人教PEP版四年级上册英语全册教案（含单元知识点总结）

Unit 1 My classroom

教材分析
单元学题新学期开始扫新更换教室教学容通学生谈扫教室情景呈现教学重点够听说认读核心句型What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see—Where is it —It’s near the windowLet’s clean the classroomLet me clean the teacher’s desk够听说认读单词短语classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读句型What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see—Where is it —It’s near the windowLet’s clean the classroomLet me clean the teacher’s desk
·够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear the…询问回答物品位置
·够情景中运句型Let’s…Let me…提出行动建议
·够意群朗读—Where is the green book —It is under the teacher’s desk等四组句子
词汇
·够听说认读单词短语classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
·够正确述词汇描述教室里物品设施
·够意义语境中正确书写述词汇
语音
·够掌握ae发音规ae单词中发长音eɪ
·够读出符合ae发音规单词够根发音拼写出符合ae发音规单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·学礼貌言行够请求道歉等行做出恰反应
·具讲卫生爱整洁意识
·够根ae发音规拼读单词够根aae发音规拼写单词
课时安排
第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
第三课时 Part A Let’s spell
第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Colour and say
第六课时 Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing

The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片够理解话意
·够正确语音语调意群朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
·够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…询问回答物品位置
·够情景中恰运句型What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see谈教室
·够语境中助图片等帮助理解新词classroom really picture near window意思够正确发音
Let’s play
·通部分提供教学活动进步巩固方位介词理解运操练课时重句型—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…

▶教学重点
1够正确语音语调意群朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
2够理解掌握课重点句型What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…
3够情景中运句型谈相关话题
▶教学难点
够语境中灵活运句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音､视频头饰单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通学生谈话拉师生间距离创造谐愉悦学环境引出课句型What’s in…通Let’s do复前学方位介词on in under等面学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy an English song—We have a new classroom （出示课件）
3 Free talk
T Hello S1 What’s in your pencil box
S1 （Open the pencil box) A pen three pencils a ruler…
The teacher asks more students to answer the question of What’s in your pencil box
4 Let’s do
T Boys and girls let’s play a game — I say you do
Teaching purpose②
导入环节教师继续句型What’s in your…学生绘画容进行提问提前进行新句型常语Really Let’s go and see渗透学生然进入英语学氛围中
Show me your ruler Put your pencil on your desk
Put your crayon in your bag
Put your eraser on your English book
…
5 Leadin②
T OK Let’s have a break Take out your pencil and crayons to draw a picture
Then the teacher asks students to stand up and answer
T S1 what’s in your picture
S1 Some flowers
T Really Let’s go and see Oh your flowers are beautiful S2 what’s in your picture
S2 An apple
T Really Let’s go and see Oh your apple is big and red
Teaching purpose③
学Let’s talk板块话前先通图片实物学新词汇classroom picture window near the window句子It’s near the window面理解话清障碍
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary classroom picture window near the window③
(1)Look and learn
T Good your pictures are very nice Look I have some pictures too Class all the things in the pictures are in our new classroom
Show a picture of classroom （课件出示：教室图片单词）
T Look This is a new classroom Read after me classklɑːsroomrum classroom
Write down the word classroom on the blackboard and teach it
Show another picture with a cover （课件出示：张遮住图画图片）
T Guess What is it
Ss 图画
T Really Let’s have a look Yes It’s a picture Read after me ckturetʃə(r) picture
Write down the word picture on the blackboard and teach it
T Do we have pictures in our classroom Where are they
Ss Yes they are on the…
T Yes they are on the wall
Point to a picture near the window and teach the phrase near the window and the sentence It’s near the window
(课件出示：张窗户附图画短语near the window)
T (Point to a picture near the window on the PPT) Where is the picture
Ss It’s near the window
T Yes it’s near the window Read after me nnearɪə(r) nearnɪə(r) wwiＩnnddowəʊ window It’s near the window Write down the sentence It’s near the window on the blackboard and teach it
(2)Ask and answer
The teacher asks questions and let students answer them with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It’s near the… according to some objects or word cards
Teaching purpose④
通头饰PPT图片创设情境引入Let’s talk板块话先学生观察图片说说图片中教室里物品检测学生新词掌握情况二降低学难度面学扫清障碍
2 Learn the dialogue of Let’s talk④
Show the headdresses of Sarah and Zhang Peng
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Zhang Peng
Show the picture of Sarah and Zhang Peng’s new classroom （出示课件）
T Class we have a new classroom This is Sarah and Zhang Peng’s new classroom They’re happy because they have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see
S1 Many desks and chairs
S2 A window
S3 Some pictures
…
Write down the sentences We have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see on the blackboard
T Good job Guess What are Sarah and Zhang Peng talking about
S1 They are talking about the new classroom
S2 They are talking about the picture
Teaching purpose⑤
听话通三问题检测学生话理解
3 Listen to the dialogue and answer the questions⑤
T Well done Let’s listen to the recording with the questions Underline the answers in the books Let’s go and see (课件出示：教材P4 Let’s talk板块音频)
Teaching purpose⑥
听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话采分角色表演方式重句型进行操练帮助学生理解运句型
Ask students to answer the questions
S1 It’s so big
S2 It’s Sarah’s picture
S3 It’s near the window
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 Listen to the dialogue again and imitate
Play the recording and let students listen and imitate sentence by sentence
2 Read the dialogue
Ask students to read the dialogue freely and then in pairs or in groups
3 Read and act out
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Girls will be Sarah Boys will be Zhang Peng
Then act out in pairs and show in class
T Who will be Sarah and Zhang Peng Now find your partners and act it out I will select the best pair The red star is for the winner
4 Play a game
Borrow some pencil boxes from students and hide the pencil boxes in different places
T Where is S1’s pencil box
Let some students guess
Teaching purpose⑦
通 Let’s play板块提供I spy游戏进步练巩固新词汇句型—Where is… —It’s inon undernear the
T What’s in hisher pencil box
Open the pencil box and let students answer
5 Let’s play⑦
Present the picture of Let’s play （出示课件）
T I see something in the picture It begins with c What is it
S1 It’s a crayon
T Really Let’s go and see Where is it
S1 It’s in the desk
S2 It’s a car It’s on the desk
S3 I see a crayon too It’s on the floor
T Good job kids Now boys and girls let’s play a game I spy
(游戏说明：教师说I spy I spy I see a letter p’学生问Where is it教师告诉学生里然学生必须告诉教师什)
Make a model
Teaching purpose⑧
巩固拓展环节通编写展示话画谈学生新教室图片培养提高学生综合语言运力
T I spy I spy I see a letter p
S1 Where is it
T It’s near the window
S1 It’s a picture
Then let students practice in pairs
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
1 Ask and answer in pairs
Show the picture of a classroom (课件出示：幅教室图片) Ask students to make their own dialogues according to the picture

Practice in pairs and act it out in class
2 Draw the new classroom and talk about it
3 Show time
T So nice You all have your new classroom You must keep your classroom clean and beautiful


▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your classroom with your partner
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1教学流程简洁明渡然流畅重点突出助种教学手段降低难度突破教学难点
2教师利图片实物肢体语言等手段学生更直观理解新词汇
3通图片PPT等创设虚拟语言情境学生情景中真实然运学语言知识进行交流达学致目
4板书设计简练学生拓展环节够根板书容编写新话教学起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act it out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s inonundernear… to ask and answer the locations of objects in situations
·Be able to use the sentence structures What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see properly to talk about the classroom
·Be able to understand and read the new words classroom really picture near window
Let’s play
·Be able to consolidate the prepositions of the position and use the sentence structures —Where is… —It’s inonundernear… to communicate in real language situations

▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to read the dialogue correctly fluently and emotionally and then act it out in groups
·Be able to understand and master the key sentence structures What’s in the classroomLet’s go and see—Where is… —It’s inonundernear…
·Be able to use the above sentence structures to talk about related topics with others in situations

▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the above sentence structures flexibly in situations

▶Teaching Procedures

Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy an English song—We have a new classroom
3 Free talk
4 Let’s do
5 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Perceive the key sentence structure
4 Review the words in on under…
5 Draw a simple picture and answer the question What’s in your picture
Review the words that students have learnt and lead in the new sentence structure to prepare for the new lesson
Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary
classroom picture window near the window
2 Teach the dialogue of Let’s talk
Talk about the picture and teach the sentences We have a new classroom What’s in the classroom Let’s go and see
3 Play the recording and ask some questions
1 Learn the new vocabulary
2 Talk about the picture
Learn the dialogue of Let’s talk Learn the key sentences
3 Listen to the recording and answer the questions
Learn the new words phrase and sentences before the learning of the dialogue Sweep the language barrier
Make sentences with objects or pictures to consolidate the sentence structures and deepen the understanding of the dialogue
Practice
1 Listen to the dialogue again and imitate
Play the recording again and let students listen and imitate
2 Read the dialogue
3 Read and act out
4 Play a game
5 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play Make a demonstration
1 Listen to the recording again and imitate
2 Read the dialogue in different ways
3 Read and act out
4 Play a game
5 Let’s play
Play the game and practice in pairs
Lead students to read the dialogue according to the correct pronunciation and intonation Use games and roleplay to practice the key sentence structures to help students understand and use them

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Show the picture of a classroom Ask students to make their own dialogues
2 Draw the new classroom and talk about it
3 Ask students to show
1 Make a new dialogue
2 Draw a picture of the new classroom Talk about it in groups
3 Act it out
Cultivate and improve students’ comprehensive language using ability by making the dialogue
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your classroom with your partner
3 Do the exercises

The second period(第二课时)
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
·够听说单词TV
·够情景中熟练运句型—What’s in the classroom —One blackboard…问答教室中种物品
Let’s do
·够听懂指令根指令做出正确动作反应
·够通操练情景中恰运open turn on close put up clean等动词（短语）
·够培养学生节约源意识

▶教学重点
够理解掌握句型What’s in the classroom重点单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
▶教学难点
1够掌握句型What’s in the classroom重点单词classroom window blackboard light picture door
2够情景中熟练运动词（短语）open turn on close put up clean
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音视频单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通欣赏歌曲活跃学氛围开展新课教学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
T Hello everyone Welcome back to our classroom
2 Enjoy the song—In the classroom （出示课件）①
Teaching purpose②
通呈现生活中教室创设情境引出课题
3 Free talk
T What’s in the classroom
Ss One blackboard…
4 Leadin
Write down the topic Unit 1 My classroom on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Teach the word classroom (课件出示间教室图片)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a classroom
Teach the word classroom and write it down on the blackboard Ask students to read the word three times to help them understand the spelling and the word formation of classroom
T class + roomclassroom clklaɑːsssrrooumm classroom
Let students read it after the teacher
Then show another picture of classroom on the PPT （课件出示：间教室图片重点突出教室中物品陈列）
Teaching purpose③
进行单词教学时渗透Let’s do板块动词短语教学巧妙二者合二
T What’s in the classroom
Ask students to look at the picture and answer the question
2 Teach the word window③
After students say out the word window write it down on the blackboard and teach it
T wwiInnddow əʊ window
Let students read it after the teacher
T Look at the window (Point to an open window) What can we do
Do the action of closing the window Write down the sentence Close the window on the blackboard and teach the word close(clklo əʊsez close ) Let students read it aloud after the teacher with the action of closing the window
Teaching purpose④
语音英语教学难点课新授单词doorblackboard中ɔ发音通拼读单词进行加深该音标认识
3 Teach the word door （课件出示门图片单词）④
T What is this
Ss Door
Write down the word door on the blackboard and teach it Emphasize that oor sounds ɔ(r)
Point to the word blackboard and tell students that oar also sounds ɔ here
Students try to read the word blackboard
Show the video of opening the door on the PPT （课件出示：开门动画短语）
T What can we do
Write down the sentence Open the door on the blackboard and teach the word open(o + penopen) Ask students to read it with the action of opening the door
Show the video of closing the door opening the window and closing the window on the PPT （课件出示：关门开窗户关窗户动画短语）
T Look What else can we do
Teaching purpose⑤
通课件中图片动画呈现教室中实物展示教师肢体动作演示引出课动词短语教学帮助学生掌握运实际
Get students to do the actions with the teacher and say out the sentences
4 Teach the word blackboard （课件出示黑板图片应单词）⑤
Take out the word card of blackboard Cover the word board Let students read black aloud Then show the whole word blackboard Get students to read it At last write it down on the blackboard Show a picture of Sarah cleaning the blackboard on the PPT (课件出示：教材P5 Sarah擦黑板图片短语)
T What is she doing
Ss She’s cleaning the blackboard
Write down the sentence Clean the blackboard on the blackboard and teach the word clean (clkleainn cleanklin) Let students read the sentence Clean the blackboard aloud after the teacher with the action
Show some pictures （课件出示首先呈现张教室脏乱图片通点击鼠标控制图片门窗户桌子椅子扫干净）
T Wow This classroom is so dirty What can we do I can clean the window You can…
S1 Clean the door
S2 Clean the desks
…
Teaching purpose⑥
教授picture时通呈现单词局部设疑讲解ture单词中音标助语音知识帮助学生更记忆单词通短语turn on教学结合生活实际培养学生节约源意识
5 Teach the words picture light in the same way⑥
(1)Show a picture and teach the word picture (课件出示幅图片单词picture) Write down the word picture on the blackboard and write ture with a red chalk
T ture sounds tʃə(r) ppiɪckturetʃə(r) picture

Use the phonetic knowledge to help students remember the word better
(2)T Let me put up the picture on the blackboard
Write down the sentence Put up the picture on the blackboard and ask students to read it and do the action together
T Look at the two words put up ppuʊtt putpʊt uʌpp upʌp
Get students to read in the same way
(3)Show the picture of light on the PPT Then teach the word light （课件出示灯图片单词）
T llighaɪtt lightlaɪt
Get students to read it
(4)Turn on the light in the classroom and teach the sentence Turn on the light
T tturɜːnn turntɜːn
Get students to read it
Write down the sentence Turn on the light on the blackboard and ask students to read it and do the action together
(5)Take out the picture of TV
T What is this
Ss TV
Teaching purpose⑦
学生输入课单词知识基础通呈现教室图片引导学生重点句型进行语言输出学会运数名词复数形式进行适表达辅题讲练结合
Teach the word TV and let students pay attention to the pronunciation
Lead students to say the sentence Turn on the TV Tell them to form the habit of saving energy
6 Show a picture of classroom （课件出示幅教室图片教室里块黑板两盏灯三扇窗户许桌子椅子）⑦
T There is one blackboard two lights three windows many desks and chairs…
Help students understand the plural forms of countable nouns
Show the corresponding exercises on the PPT

Teaching purpose⑧
教师播放单词部分录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词面教学环节展开做准备
7 Listen read and act⑧
(1)Let students listen to the recording of Let’s learn and read after it （出示课件）
Teaching purpose⑨
三次播放Let’s do板块录音次播放求浅入深学生听懂掌握做出动作利完成课容输入输出程
(2)T We can see all these things in our classroom What’s in Zoom and Zip’s classroom Let’s go and see You can listen to the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation When we state many things the word and must be used before the last thing We read the things before and with the rising tone and read the last thing with the falling tone
Play the recording again and let students listen and read it twice
Ask students to act out the dialogue in pairs Choose several groups to show the dialogue in class
Make a model
—What’s in the classroom
—One blackboard one TV…
8 Play the recording of Let’s do （出示课件）⑨
Ask students to listen for the first time and get the overall perception of the recording
Listen again Let students point out the correct picture in their books and do the actions with the teacher
Finally ask four students to come to the platform and do the actions
Teaching purpose⑩
通声读单词单词图片匹配省略单词部分字母学生补全单词游戏指导学生单词音形义三层面理解单词结合语音记忆单词加深单词音形掌握
Step 3 Practice⑩
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
（游戏说明课单词卡片背面摆放讲台组选派名学生配合组员完成游戏名学生机起张卡片读出该单词 果声读组员声读果声读组员声读）
2 Look and match
T I have some pictures of these words Can you look and match （课件出示课单词图片）
3 Guessing game
T Wow You learn so many words Let’s play a game Can you guess what words they are
Show the six words with some letters missing on the PPT （课件出示：课单词省略字母然逐出示播放单词读音）
Teaching purpose⑪
通绘画说说活动课学知识进行效融合输出提高课趣味性
Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the recording of these words Help students spell the words according to the phonetic knowledge
For example_ ind _ _ wis w and ow is əʊ
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑪
1 Draw and say
Let students draw the pictures of their classroom
Ask each group to choose a student to show herhis picture in class and say what is in the classroom in the picture
2 Enjoy a song
Enjoy the song—We have a new classroom (出示课件) While listening to the song recall the learning content of the class


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Describe your classroom for your parents
2 Copy the words classroom picture blackboard light door window
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1运歌曲引入新课利图片视频等手段创设教学情境吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣帮助学生更直观理解单词短语等新容
2单词短语句子操练贯穿教学环节呈现方式图片动画实物肢体语言等种方式
3教授单词程中适时展开音标教学拼读教学基础指导帮助学生记忆单词
4板书设计直观突出重点词汇句型起辅助教学作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the words classroom window blackboard light picture door
·Be able to listen and speak the word TV
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What’s in the classroom —One blackboard skillfully to ask and answer the objects in the classroom in situations
Let’s do
·Be able to understand the instructions and do the actions according to instructions
·Be able to use the verbs and the verb phrasesopen turn on close put up clean properly in the situation through practice
·Be able to cultivate students’ awareness of energy conservation
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the sentence structure What’s in the classroom and the key words classroom window blackboard light picture door
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to master the sentence structure What’s in the classroom and the key words classroom window blackboard light picture door in situations
·Be able to use the verbs and the verb phrases open turn on close put up clean skillfully
in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—In the classroom
3 Free talk
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Review the main sentences they have learnt
4 Read the topic
Create learning
atmosphere by enjoying
the song Quickly review the sentences to lead in the new lesson
Presentation
1 Teach the word classroom
Show a picture of classroom on the PPT
Teach classroom and write it down on the blackboard
Look at the picture and learn the word classroom

2 Teach the word window
Teach and write down the word window on the blackboard
Write down the sentence Close the window on the blackboard and
teach the word close
Learn the word window
Learn and read the sentence Close the window aloud with the action of closing the window

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Teach the word door
Teach the word door And write down the word on the blackboard
Write down the sentence Open the door on the blackboard and teach the word open
Read and learn the word door
Learn and read the sentence Open the door aloud with the action of opening the door
Create a situation to lead in the topic of this lesson The two parts phonetic teaching and word teaching word teaching and verb phrases teaching permeate each other and complement each other Use phonetic symbols to help students remember the words better
4 Teach the word blackboard
Teach the word blackboard Write the sentence Clean the blackboard on the blackboard and teach the word clean
Read and learn the word
blackboard
Learn and read the
sentence Clean the
blackboard aloud with
the action
5 Teach the word picture light
(1)Use the phonetic knowledge to help students remember the word picture better
(2)Write down the sentence Put up the picture on the blackboard and ask students to do the action together
(3)Show the picture of light on the PPT Then teach the word light
(4)Turn on the light in the classroom and teach the sentence Turn on the light
(5)Teach the word TV and the
sentence Turn on the TV
(1)Learn and read the word picture
(2)Read the sentence Put up the picture aloud after the teacher with the action
(3)Learn and read the word light
(4)Read the sentence Turn on the light aloud after the teacher with the action
(5)Read the word TV and the sentence Turn on the TV
Help students better memorize the new vocabulary and sentences Combine the teaching with the reality to cultivate student’s
awareness of energy
saving

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
6 Show a picture of classroom
Describe the classroom
Lead students to complete the exercises
Complete the exercises and understand the plural forms of countable nouns
Lead students to use the key sentence structures to express properly
Help them to understand the plural forms of countable nouns Make preparations for the
following teaching
7 Listen read and act
Play the recording of Let’s learn
Listen and follow the recording Act out the dialogue
8 Play the recording of Let’s do
Listen to the recording three times and do the actions
Practice
1 Play a game — Loudly and quietly
Read the words
Deepen the understanding
of the forms and the meanings of words Lead students to memorize the words with phonetics Deepen the mastery of the sounds and the forms of words
2 Look and match
Show pictures of the new words
Quickly match the words with pictures
3 Guessing game
Show the six words with some letters missing
Fill in the blanks
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Draw and say
Draw a picture of the classroom and talk in class
The knowledge learned in this lesson is effectively integrated and output Through the relaxing song let students recall what they have learned in this lesson
2 Enjoy a song
Listen to the song and recall the learning content of the class
Homework
1 Describe your classroom for your parents
2 Copy the words classroom picture blackboard light door window
3 Do the exercises

The third period(第三课时)
Part A Let’s spell
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s spell
·够感知纳ae单词中发音规ae单词中发长音eI
·够读出符合ae发音规单词
·够根单词读音拼写出符合ae发音规单词

▶教学重点
1够纳ae单词中发音规ae单词中发长音eɪ
2够读出符合ae发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ae发音规单词
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
通相互问候谈话活动学生产生亲切感拉彼距离通韵律歌谣学生带入轻松愉快学氛围中通歌谣复字母a重读闭音节中发短音æ规律
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings and free talk
2 Listen to a chant and review the sound of æ
T Let’s listen to a chant together

T Listen again Then tell me the words you hear in the chant
Ss AppleAntCatCap
T They have the same letter a and the letter a sounds æ Read together


3 Show and read some words (课件出示单词dad hat map bag)
Let students read the words in groups Give a prize to the best group
Teaching purpose②
通教材提供歌谣创设情景引出单词name Jake face cake make date Dave引导学生初步感知体验ae发音规
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin②
Create a situation and introduce the open syllable words with the letter a
(1)Teach the words name Jake face
Show Jake’s photo (课件出示Jake片)
T Look at the boy He’s my friend His name is Jake neɪm nameneɪm dʒ eɪk Jake dʒeɪk
Let students repeat the words name Jake and write them down on the blackboard
T He has a small face feɪs facefeɪs
Let students repeat the word face and write it down on the blackboard
(2)Teach the words cake make
Show a picture of a cake (课件出示张蛋糕图片)
T Oh what’s this Yes it’s a birthday cake Jake can make a cake keɪk cakekeɪk meɪk makemeɪk
Let students repeat the words cake make and write them down on the blackboard
(3)Teach the words date Dave
Show Dave’s photo (课件出示Dave片)
T Is this Jake No he’s Dave Can Dave make a cake No he can’t But he likes to eat cake Dave’s birthday is coming so Jake will make a cake for Dave What’s the date of Dave’s birthday Dave deɪv deɪv date deɪt deɪt
Teaching purpose③
教师教学中通拆音拼音分类等语音意识训练活动引导学生观察发现纳出ae单词中发音规
Let students repeat the words Dave date and write them down on the blackboard
2 Learn the pronunciation rule of ae③
(1)Find the common letters
Show the words name Jake face cake make date Dave on the PPT （出示课件）
Play the recording of Read listen and chant (课件出示 教材P6 Read listen and chant部分音频)
T Boys and girls let’s listen to the recording Pay attention to the words on the PPT What can you find
Ss They have the same letter a and they have the same letter e at the end
(2)Learn the pronunciation of ae
T Great They all have ae The letter e at the end is silent Let’s read these words again Pay attention to their pronunciation
T Yes ae sounds eɪ Look at my mouth eɪ eɪ eɪ Pay attention to the letter e It’s silent
(3)Read after the recording
Play the recording again (出示课件)
Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Let students read the words by themselves
(4)Try to pronounce the words
Show more words with ae
Spell first then let students pronounce the following words

Teaching purpose④
通朗朗口歌谣学生掌握ae发音规通Read listen and tick部分听力活动aae发音训练aae音—形应关系通Listen circle and write部分听音写单词活动帮助学生发音规拼写单词辨认词形
Step 3 Practice④
1 Let’s chant

2 Read listen and tick
Read the words in the book Let students pay attention to the sounds æ and eɪ
Listen to the recording and tick the right words (课件出示教材P6 Read listen and tick音频)
Check the answers
Answers 1 cake 2 dad 3 hate
3 Listen circle and write
Listen to the recording and try to circle the right letters and write the right words （课件出示教材P6 Listen circle and write音频)
First let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording and let students listen circle and write Let students pay attention to the handwriting
Check the answers
Answers cake map face
Teaching purpose⑤
通单词读音分类听音填空补全短文两活动巩固语音知识检测学生节课ae发音发音规掌握情况
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Classify the given words
Let students read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciations Ask them to discuss with their partners

Check the answers
Answers bag A C D G H Kate B E F I J K
2 I can finish the passage
Listen to the passage and fill in the blanks （课件出示填空练题）

Check the answers And read the passage
Answers My name is Kate I can make a cake This is my cap It’s in my bag Where’s my cat It’s on the map


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the chant for your family
2 Try to find more words with ae that sounds eɪ
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1通热身阶段师生问谈话活动拉彼心理距离
2复环节通韵律歌谣复字母a重读闭音节中发短音规律练环节通相韵律歌谣巩固ae开音节中发长音eɪ规律学生轻松愉快氛围中复旧知巩固新知
3教师教学中通拆音拼音分类等语音意识训练活动引导学生观察发现纳出ae单词中发音规体现课堂教学中学生体教学理念
4板书设计直观重难点目然起辅助教学作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s spell
·Be able to conclude and summarize the pronunciation rule of ae in words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ae
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ae
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to summarize the pronunciation rule of ae in words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ae
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ae
▶Teaching Procedures











Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings and free talk
2 Play a chant and review the sound of æ
3 Show the words dad hat map bag And let students read
1 Greetings and free talk
2 Listen to a chant and review the sound of æ
3 Read the words in groups
Bring students into a relaxing and happy learning atmosphere through the rhythmic chant Review the sound of letter a in stressed closed syllables
Presentation
1 Leadin
(1)Teach the words name Jake face
(2)Teach the words cake make
(3)Teach the words date Dave
Understand the meaning of the words and repeat the words
Create a situation Lead students to perceive the pronunciation rule of ae
2 Teach the pronunciation rule of ae
(1)Show the words name Jake face cake make date Dave and let students find the same letters in the words
(2)Teach the pronunciation of ae
(3)Play the recording
(4)Show more words and let students try to spell them
(1)Listen to the recording
and find the same letters
(2)Learn the pronunciation
of ae
(3)Read after the recording
Read the words by themselves
(4)Try to spell more words with ae
Lead students to observe discover and summarize the pronunciation rule of ae in words

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Play a chant
2 Read listen and tick
Let students pay attention to the sounds æ and eɪ
Play the recording
Check the answers
3 Listen circle and write
Let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording
Check the answers
1 Let’s chant
Practice the sound of eɪ
2 Listen to the recording and tick the right words
3 Listen to the recording and try to circle the right letters and write the right words
Consolidate the pronunciation of ae through various exercises Help students recognize the word form and spell the word according to the pronunciation rule
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Classify the given words
Check the answers
2 Finish the passage
Show the exercise and let students fill in the blanks
Check the answers
1 Read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciation Discuss with the partners and record the results
2 Listen to the passage and fill in the blanks
Read the passage
Improve students’ speech recognition ability
Homework
1 Read the chant for your family
2 Try to find more words with ae that sounds eɪ
3 Do the exercises

The fourth period(第四课时)
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够图片PPT老师帮助理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
·够情景中恰运句型Let’s…Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
·够语境中理解新词teacher’s desk clean help意思够正确发音
Let’s play
·通该板块提供教学活动巩固操练课时重句型Let’s…Let me…

▶教学重点
1够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
2够情景中恰运句型Let’s… Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
▶教学难点
够情景中熟练运句型Let’s… Let me…提出行动建议做出正确反应
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件､课文录音视频骰子等
Teaching purpose①
热身阶段通TPR活动学生感官调动起全身心投入英语学中时课重点句型Let’s…作指令学生初步感知句型意义法
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing an English song—We have a new classroom（课件出示教材P10 Let’s sing板块歌曲音频）
3 Do the TPR action①
T First let’s do some actions together I say you do and then repeat Let’s stand up

T Wonderful Are you happy now Good Sit down please
4 Revision and leadin
Show the second picture of Let’s talk in Part A on the PPT （出示课件） Point to different objects Lead students to review the words in Part A classroom blackboard light picture door Then lead in the new phrase teacher’s desk
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
教师首先利肢体语言抹布等道具创设情境引入帮助学生理解学Let’s talk话中出现新短语teacher’s desk单词clean动词短语clean the teacher’s deskclassroomwindowsblackboarddoor
1 Teach the phrase teacher’s desk and the word clean②
T (Point to a student’s desk) That’s your desk
T (Point to the teacher’s desk) I’m a teacher And this is my desk This is the teacher’s desk
Read it like this teacher—teacher’s—teacher’s desk Let students read the phrase in groups read by boys and girls read one by one and so on
Show a picture of a dirty teacher’s desk on the PPT (课件出示：张脏讲台图片)
T What’s this
Ss It’s a teacher’s desk
T Yes but it is dirty Let’s clean the teacher’s desk
Take out the rag and do the action of wiping the teacher’s desk to help students understand the meaning of the word clean
Teaching purpose③
创设真实语言情境中利肢体语言帮助学生理解句型Let’sLet me clean theLet me help you
Students practice the phrases clean the teacher’s deskwindows
blackboard door (Practice through these ways say in unison rush to answer say in groups say one by one and so on）
2 Teach the sentence structures Let’s…Let me…③
Look around the classroom and say Our classroom is messy Let’s clean the classroom and give other teachers a surprise OK
Write down the sentence structure Let’s… on the blackboard and teach it
Point to S1 and S2 and say Let’s clean the desks and chairs S1 S2
T For two three or many people we can use Let’s…
Teach let’slet us
Ask students to read the sentence Let’s clean the classroom
Ask a row of students to read the sentence one by one and check if they can read it correctly
T The blackboard is dirty I can clean it by myself Let me clean the blackboard
Write down the sentence structure Let me… on the blackboard and teach it
T For only one person we can say Let me… Let him… or Let her…
Ask students to read the sentence Let me clean the blackboard twice
T Who wants to clean the teacher’s deskwindowsblackboard
door…
Let some students practice the sentences Let me clean the teacher’s deskwindowsblackboarddoor…
3 Teach the word help
Take out another rag and say to S2 Let me help you Clean the windows and say to students So many windows who can help us Repeat the word help and teach it
Ss Let me help you Several students join in The teacher says Thank you to the students
T Thank you good boys and girls The windows are clean now Our classroom is clean too Go back to your seat I think other teachers will be very happy
Teaching purpose④
通图片观察简单问答引导学生初步预测话容进步感知整话语境培养学生观察力逻辑推理力
4 Teach the dialogue of Let’s talk④
(1)Let students have a preliminary understanding of the dialogue
Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P7 Let’s talk板块图片)
T Look Who can you see in the pictures
S1 Wu Yifan and his classmatesWu Yifan Mike John and Zhang Peng
T Right Where are they
S2 They are in the classroom
T Good What are they doing in the classroom
Ss They are cleaning the classroom
(2)Show some questions and make students understand the dialogue
Play the recording （课件出示教材P7 Let’s talk板块音频）

(3)Listen to the recording again and answer the questions
(4)Check the answers
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen again and repeat⑤
Teaching purpose⑤
学生听录音读教师引导学生正确语音语调意群朗读话通分角色读课文学生熟悉话容结构面环节交流做铺垫
Play the recording again (出示课件) And ask students to repeat after it
2 Practice the dialogue in pairs or in groups
Let students read the dialogue in pairs or in groups
3 Read the dialogue in different roles
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Group 1 is Wu Yifan Group 2 is John Group 3 is Mike Group 4 is Zhang Peng
T Now read the dialogue in groups of four Then act it out I will reward the best group
4 Play a game
Teaching purpose⑥
通Let’s play学生熟练运句型先教师示范学生明白游戏规方法进行组活动组展示检查操练效果
Show the pictures (课件出示快速显示扫教室擦窗户擦桌椅擦黑板擦讲台擦门等图片) Ask students to say a sentence with the sentence structures Let’s… or Let me… as quickly as they can
5 Let’s play⑥
Take out the dice prepared before class and play with students
Teaching purpose⑦
拓展环节学生分成干组通创设贴生活语言情境学生课学词汇句型新编话进行工作分工提高学生语篇输出力发挥性创造性
(游戏说明教师课前教材中示意图制作六面体骰子出示骰子投掷次投掷结果说句子Let me…Let’s…然请学生掷骰子说句子进行组活动组展示)
T Let’s clean the classroom Throw the dice like this OK Let me…
S1 (Throw the dice) Let me…
T Boys and girls are you clear Play with your partners now
Let some groups show in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Create a new dialogue
Show a picture of a messy house (课件出示张凌乱房屋图片)
T Mary is ill Her house is messy Can we help her
Ss Yes we can We can help her clean the house
T OK Please work in groups of four and make a dialogue

Let students make their dialogues in groups
2 Show time
Prepare some rags Let several groups show in class
3 Give some presents to the performers
4 Sum up
T Mary is happy now I’m also very happy that you’re helpful at school I think you’re helpful at home too Please help your parents at home


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Help your parents at home
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1通创设种情境营造民谐教学气氛引导鼓励学生英语
2特定语境中引入新单词学生觉趣利加深学生单词理解
3教学中遵循词离句句离景教学规律
4教学程中时刻关注进生性格孩子提供展示机会


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the pictures PPT and the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and be able to act out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures Let’s…Let me… properly to offer action suggestions and make correct response in situations
·Be able to understand and read the new phrase and words teacher’s desk clean help in context
Let’s play
·Consolidate and practice the key sentence structures Let’s…Let me… of this period
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to use the sentence structures Let’s…Let me… skillfully to offer action suggestions and make correct response in real situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures Let’s… Let me… skillfully to offer action suggestions and make correct response in real situations
▶Teaching Procedures

Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 sing an English song—We have a new classroom
3 Do the TPR action
4 Revision and leadin
Show the second picture of Let’s talk in Part A Then lead in the new phrase
1 Greetings
2 sing the English song
3 Do the TPR action with the teacher Review the words in Part A
4 Look at the picture and
review the words in Part A
Review the words that students have learned and lead in the key sentence structure to prepare for the new lesson

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Teach the phrase teacher’s desk and the word clean Help students understand the meaning of the word clean with the action
Learn the phrase teacher’s desk and the word clean
Practice the phrases clean the teacher’s desk windows blackboarddoor
Create situations and make students understand the new words and sentence structures by body language and other teaching appliances Then make students understand the dialogue by answering some questions
2 Teach the sentence structures Let’s… Let me…
Teach the sentence structures by creating a situation and doing actions
Learn the sentence structures
Practice the sentences and use the sentence structures in the situation
3 Teach the word help by creating a situation and doing actions
Understand the meaning of help Use the sentence Let me help you in the situation
4 Teach the dialogue of Let’s talk
(1)Show the pictures and talk about them
(2)Show some questions and let students understand the dialogue Play the recording
(3)Play the recording again
(4)Check the answers
Have a preliminary understanding of the dialogue by answering some simple questions Listen to the recording twice and understand the dialogue deeply by thinking about the questions
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Play the recording again and let students repeat
2 Let students practice the dialogue in pairs or in groups
3 Let students read the dialogue in different roles
4 Play a game
Show the pictures on the PPT and let students use Let’s… or Let me… to say a sentence as quickly as they can
5 Let’s play
1 Listen to the recording and repeat
2 Practice the dialogue in pairs or in groups
3 Read in roles
4 Look at the pictures and use the sentence structures to say a sentence quickly
5 Throw the dice and say the sentence in groups
Make students master the key words and sentence structures of this lesson better by giving students enough time to practice in class Lead students to use the key words and sentence structures through various exercises so as to pave the way for the later independent communication
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Create a situation Mary is ill Her house is messy Can we help her
2 Show time
3 Give some presents to the performers
4 Sum up
1 Work in groups of four and make a dialogue
2 Show in class
Help students use the new words and sentence structures properly in the situation Improve students’ discourse output ability
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Help your parents at home
3 Do the exercises

The fifth period(第五课时)
Part B Let’s learn & Colour and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词短语teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
·够熟练描述教室中种物品颜色
Colour and say
·通完成教室涂色作口头表达活动帮助学生更理解词汇含义学生提供运词汇性化表达机会

▶教学重点
1够听说认读单词短语teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
2够熟练描述教室中种物品颜色
▶教学难点
描述教室中物品颜色时够正确名词单复数进行表达
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､课文录音视频单词卡片贴纸等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
学生说唱活动前学指令性祈句容韵律节奏调动学生感官参活动学生快速进入英语学状态时步学提供知识储备
2 Sing the song—We have a new classroom (课件出示教材P10 Let’s sing板块歌曲音频)
3 Do and say①
The teacher says and students do and repeat

T Wonderful You are very helpful
4 Leadin
Show the pictures of Zoom and Zip (课件出示ZoomZip头)
T Zoom and Zip have a new classroom They will go and have a look Let’s go with them
Ss Great
Show the picture of the classroom in Let’s learn (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块教室图片)
T Wow Their classroom is so nice It’s new This is the new classroom
Teaching purpose②
改变单词卡单图片呈现单词方式学生场景中学新单词引起学生学兴趣学生感受物品含义形成语境更利学生理解掌握词汇
Write down the sentence This is the new classroom on the blackboard Teach the sentence Then let students read it one by one
Step 2 Presentation②
T OK Let’s look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom What’s in the classroom What colour is itare they
Talk with students to review the names and colours of the objects in the classroom
Pay attention to the plural forms of nouns such as lights There are four lights
1 Teach the new word computer and the new phrase teacher’s desk
T Please find something in the picture of the classroom It’s black It’s near the blackboard Come on boys and girls Point to it Who is the first
S1 (Point to the computer)…
T Good You find it You are the first It’s a computer Repeat computer (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中电脑图computer相关容)
Teach the word computer syllable by syllable kəmpju tə(r)
T What colour is the computer？
S1 It’s black
T Yes We can say The computer is…
S2 The computer is black
T Good job The computer is black
Write down the sentence The computer is black on the blackboard
(课件出示白色电脑图红色电脑图蓝色电脑图等)
T What colour is the computer
Let some students answer the question with the sentence structure The computer is…
T Look at our classroom Where is the computer in our classroom
Ss It’s on the teacher’s desk
(课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中讲台图teacher’s desk相关容)
Teach the new phrase (teacher—teacher’s—teacher’s desk)
T What colour is the teacher’s desk in the picture
S1 It’s yellow The teacher’s desk is yellow
T What colour is the teacher’s desk in our classroom
S2 It’s… The teacher’s desk is…
2 Teach the new word fan
T I feel hot What can make me cool Can you find it in the classroom
Students point to the fan and answer
T Good It’s a fan (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中风扇图fan相关容)
Read the word Fan fæn fæn
T What colour is the fan in the picture
S1 The fan is blue
T What colour is the fan in our classroom
S2 It’s…
Show the pictures of fans in different colours (出示课件) Lead students to describe them with the sentence structure The fan is…
3 Teach the new word wall
T Look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom Where is the fan
Students point to the fan and say There it is
T Yes it’s on the wall
Teach the word wall (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中墙壁图wall相关容)
Teach the pronunciation of the word wall with the words all tall small
T Look at our classroom What colour is the wall
Ss It’s white
T Look at Zoom and Zip’s new classroom What colour is the wall
S1 It’s white and blue
4 Teach the new word floor
Point to the floor and ask a question
T Is our floor white too
Ss No it’s yellow
T Good The floor is yellow
Teach the word floor (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块中板图floor相关容)
Teach the pronunciation of the word floor with the word door and read the word floor
T The floor is yellow in our classroom What colour is the floor of Zoom and Zip’s classroom
Teaching purpose③
教师播放Let’s learn板块录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词短语运节课学句型描述教室里物品颜色
S1 The floor is green
5 Listen to the recording read and act③
Play the recording (课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块音频) Let students listen to the recording and read after it Remind students to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ask students to act out the sentences in pairs
Make a demonstration
This is the new classroom The door is orange The computer is black
Then let students act out the sentences in pairs and show in class
Practice the sentence structures This is the new classroom The…isare…
Teaching purpose④
通短文填空练检查学生课重点句型The door is orangeThe lights are green名词单复数掌握情况
Step 3 Practice
1 Talk about the classroom④
Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the picture （课件出示教材P8 Let’s learn板块图片）

Teaching purpose⑤
通Guessing words游戏学生定范围猜测物品复前学单词检测学生否会说课新单词提高学生参兴趣活跃课堂气氛激励学生开口表达
Let students discuss in groups Choose one student from each group and show in class
Check the answers
Answers door floor wall fan lights teacher’s desk computer
2 Play some games
T Now let’s play some games If you do a good job you can get a sticker Come on
（1）Guessing words⑤
Take out the word cards of the objects in the classroom Select a card randomly from them and ask students to guess what it is
（2）Watch think and guess
(课件出示电脑图片)
T Now look what’s this We can see a part of the picture Please guess
S1 Is it a TV
T No it isn’t
S2 It’s a computer
T Good job You’re right A sticker for you Let’s go on
Teaching purpose⑥
通Make up the words游戏检测学生单词字形握程度激发学生学兴趣参积极性时达听说认读新学单词目

(3)Make up the words⑥
Present the letters that can make up the words in random order (课件出示组乱字母单词1 alwl2 olfro3 eptocmru4 skde5 anf ) Ask students to guess the words
T Look at these letters Put the letters in correct order and we can see the words What are they
T Write down the words in your exercise book Let’s go Who is the fastest Come on
Check the answers Give out the stickers to the winner
Teaching purpose⑦
通色彩教室涂色画教室涂色两活动激发学生创造力时学生掌握颜色物品联系起进行表达学生应中熟练掌握学单词达学致目
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Colour and say
Show the picture of Colour and say (课件出示教材P8 Colour and say板块图片)
T This is a new classroom It doesn’t have colours Please colour it and then say something about it （课件出示涂颜色教室图片）

Ask students to colour the classroom in the book by themselves and describe it as the demonstration
2 Draw your dream classroom
Divide students into several groups Draw a classroom together and colour it
Choose one student from each group to introduce hisher classroom in class
3 Make the evaluation
Choose the best group and give an award
▶板书设计






▶作业设计
1 Copy the vocabulary teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
2 Talk about your room with your parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1学新单词时旧引新利PPT创设教学情境抓住学生眼球激发学生学兴趣更直观理解生词等新容
2教学程中始终遵循词离句教学规律
3教授新单词时通拆音等语音意识训练活动学生注意单词音节快速记忆单词
4巩固拓展阶段通色彩教室涂色画教室涂色两活动激发学生创造力时学生熟练应学单词进行表达达学致目



▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the vocabulary teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
·Be able to describe the colours of various objects in the classroom adroitly
Colour and say
·By finishing the activity of colouring and making oral expression help students better understand the meaning of the key vocabulary and provide students with the opportunity of personalized expression
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak and read the vocabulary teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
·Be able to describe the colours of various objects in the classroom adroitly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the singular and plural forms of nouns correctly when describing the colours of the objects in the classroom
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Do and say
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Review the words
4 Learn to describe something in the classroom
Review the words they have learned by a chant Lead students to quickly enter the state of English learning
Presentation
Talk with students about some objects in Zoom and Zip’s new classroom
Review the names and colours of the objects in the classroom
Let students learn new words in the scene instead of presenting words with word cards or single pictures Arouse students’ interest in learning Make students feel the meaning of the objects Help students understand and master the vocabulary
1 Teach the new word computer and the new phrase teacher’s desk
Describe something in the classroom and let students guess
Learn the new word computer and the new phrase teacher’s desk
Guess and describe the colour
2 Teach the new word fan
Learn the new word fan
Guess and describe the colour
3 Teach the new word wall
Let students find where the fan is in the classroom and teach the word wall
Find where the fan is and learn the word wall
4 Teach the new word floor
Point to the floor and ask a question
Learn the new word floor and describe its colour
5 Play the recording
Listen to the recording read and act out

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Talk about the classroom
Present the picture of Let’s learn and a short essay Let students fill in the blanks
Check the answers
Complete the short essay
Practice the sentences in groups
Show in class
The exercise of filling in the blanks is used to check the key sentence structures of this lesson
2 Play some games
(1)Guessing words
(2)Watch think and guess
(3)Make up the words
(1)Guess the words of the objects in the classroom
(2)Observe a part of a picture and guess what it is
(3)Write down the words in correct order
Stimulate students’ interest in learning Improve students’ enthusiasm for participation Achieve the purpose of listening speaking and reading new words
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Colour and say
Present the picture of Colour and say Provide a demonstration for students
2 Draw your dream classroom
Let students draw a classroom together in groups and colour it
3 Make the evaluation
1 Colour the picture and say something about it with the key sentence structures
2 Draw and colour a classroom together in groups and introduce it
3 Choose the best group and give an award
Stimulate students’ creativity and let them know how to associate colour with objects to express Meanwhile lead students to master the new knowledge skillfully in application
Homework
1 Copy the vocabulary teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
2 Talk about your room with your parents
3 Do the exercises

The sixth period(第六课时)
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够读懂四组句子完成判断正误读务
·够意群正确语音语调朗读四组句子
·够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子填充完整
·够综合运单元核心词句
Let’s check
·够熟练听说单元AB部分核心句型
·够听说认读单元核心词汇
·够图片信息中推测考查点做意识听录音听完成判断务
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱

▶教学重点
1够意群正确语音语调朗读四组句子
2够熟练运方位介词够图判断句子正误
3够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子填充完整
▶教学难点
够综合利单元核心词汇进行换练核心句型—Where is…—It is inon under near the…
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通唱歌复旧知识新课学营造轻松愉快氛围

2PPT课件､课文录音视频材料单词卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
Teaching purpose②
通游戏观察图片学生复已学词汇新课学做知识铺垫
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—We have a new classroom （课件出示教材P10 Let’s sing板块歌曲音频）①
3 Play a game—What’s missing （出示课件）②
Review the vocabulary classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor
4 Look and circle (课件出示教材P10 Look and circle部分中教室图片容)
T Look at the picture What’s in the classroom Please read and circle
Check the answer
Answer BT Text A is different from the picture What’s the difference Let’s read Text A then find the difference
Teaching purpose③
通图片问答方式学生回顾颜色单词方位介词步阅读做铺垫
5 Leadin③
Look and say （课件出示组图片1 先呈现红钢笔呈现桌子2 先呈现绿色书呈现书包里3 先呈现黄色椅子呈现课桌旁边4 先呈现黑色猫呈现椅子面）
T Look What’s this
S1 A pen
T What colour
S1 Red
T Where’s the red pen
S2 It’s on the desk
…
Teaching purpose④
根图片话题预测文意潜词汇活跃学生思维
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading④
Look and say What’s in Zhang Peng’s classroom
T Now look at the PPT (课件出示 教材P9 Read and tick or cross 图片) This is Zhang Peng’s classroom What’s in it
Teaching purpose⑤
通细读环节初步培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力进提升学生阅读技巧学生较扎实掌握学知识通评提高学生朗读兴趣学生读会读规范优美朗读
S1 A green book a yellow book a green bag a kite a picture a blue pencil box…
2 Whilereading⑤
(1)Ask and answer
T There are many things in Zhang Peng’s classroom Now look at the PPT then answer the questions
Q Where is the green bookWhere is the kiteWhere is the picture
Where is the blue pencil box
Lead students to answer
Ss It is on the teacher’s deskIt is near the windowIt is on the deskIt is on the floor
(2)Read and tick or cross (课件出示教材P9 Read and tick or cross 中相关容呈现阅读提示Tips Read find and circle the key words)
Read the four pairs of sentences carefully Find and circle the key words Ask students to finish the task in the book
(3)Check the answers together
Answers × √ × √
(4)Listen and read aloud
Play the recording Ask students to read after it correctly Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(5)Who will be the reading star
Choose some students to read the sentences The student who reads best will be the reading star
3 Postreading
(1)Show the picture of Look choose and write (课件出示教材P9 Look choose and write部分图片) Ask students to say the things in it
Ss A window a desk a chair a picture a bag a computer and a newspaper…
Lead students to ask and answer the questions with the sentence structures —Where is the bagthe newspaperthe computer… —It’s inundernear the…
(2)Write down the words
Write down the words to finish the sentences according to the picture
T Pay attention to the spelling of the words When we write sentences we should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter and punctuation marks
Answers desk chair window
Teaching purpose⑥
通联系实际练提高学生课句型运力
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 Talk about our own classroom in groups of four
T Is the study clean or messy
Ss Messy
T Do you like the study
Ss No
T We all like clean and tidy places So we should keep our classroom clean and tidy Look This is our own classroom Now talk about our own classroom with your partners You can use the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…

Let students practice in groups and act out in class
Then ask students to finish the sentences in the book
Teaching purpose⑦
学生完成听力练前先引导观察题目中图片获取信息听音判断帮助养成完成听力题目前做信息储备惯时活动帮助学生回忆单元重点句型
Let students show the sentences
2 Listen and tick or cross （课件出示教材P10 Listen and tick or cross 部分相关容）⑦
T Look at these pictures The pictures are all about the classroom Let’s look at Picture 1 Who are in the classroom
Ss Chen Jie and Mike
T What are they doing
Ss Mike is cleaning the blackboard and Chen Jie is cleaning the desks
T Good They are cleaning the classroom Now look at Picture 2 What can you see in this classroom Ss A blackboard a teacher’s desk and some desks and chairs
T Good job What colour are the wallsthe desks What colour is the floorthe blackboard
Ss …
T This is the last picture What’s in it
Ss A fan and a window
T Where is the fan
Ss It’s near the window
T Now listen to the recording Then tick or cross
T Show me your answers please
Answers √ × √
Teaching purpose⑧
学生想象空间真正语言做活学活运写作中输入输出程提高学生写作水语言组织力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Write about your dream classroom
T What’s your dream classroom like Clean or messy Please draw a picture of your dream classroom And describe your classroom with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the… Please write them correctly in your exercise book
Practice in groups Choose the best one in each group then let himher show in class
T Your dream classroom is clean and tidy I like it How to make our classroom become our dream classroom
Ss Keep our classroom tidy and clean Make our classroom beautiful


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the sentences
2 Write about your room with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1运歌曲游戏等手段复单元单词吸引学生注意力激发学生学兴趣复效果事半功倍通听听力进步复已学单词句型步阅读做铺垫学生轻松进入阅读
2阅读部分直观说读通赛方式学生部分容烂熟心样语言输入完成通练拓展完成语言输出程
3学生四线三格书写单词句子时候教师适时予指导
4板书设计直观突出重点单词句型起辅助教学作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to read and understand four pairs of sentences and complete the postreading task of judging
·Be able to read four pairs of sentences according to the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to copy the topic vocabulary of this unit and complete the sentences in the meaningful context
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentences of this unit synthetically
Let’s check
·Be able to listen and speak the key sentence structures of this unit skillfully
·Be able to listen speak and read the key vocabulary of this unit
·Be able to infer the examination points from the picture information listen to the recording consciously and complete the judgement task after listening
Let’s sing
·Be able to understand the meaning of the lyrics and sing clearly and accurately
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to read four pairs of sentences according to the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to use position prepositions skillfully and look at the picture to judge the correctness or falseness of sentences
·Be able to copy the topic words of this unit and complete the sentences in context
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to replace the key vocabulary of this unit synthetically to practice the key sentence structures —Where is… —It is inonundernear the…
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play the song
3 Play a game
4 Look and circle
Show a picture and lead students to understand the picture
5 Leadin
Show some pictures and ask some questions
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—We have a new classroom
3 Look at the PPT and say the missing words
4 Look at the PPT Choose the right answer
5 Look at the PPT and say
Review the vocabulary and sentence structures that students have learned Create a relaxing and happy atmosphere Prepare for the new lesson
Presentation
1 Prereading
Look and say
Show Zhang Peng’s classroom and ask a question
1 Look at the pictures And answer the question
Activate students’ thinking by predicting the main content and possible vocabulary of the text according to pictures or topics
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask some questions
(2)Read and tick or cross
Read the passage carefully Find and circle the key words
(3)Check the answers
(4)Listen and read aloud
Play the recording Ask students to read after it correctly
(5)Select the reading star
(1)Answer the questions
(2)Read find and circle the key words Finish the task in the book
(3)Check the answers
(4)Listen and read aloud
(5)Read the sentences
Cultivate students’ ability of obtaining and processing information Improve students’ reading skills Consolidate the knowledge that students have learned Improve students’ writing ability
3 Postreading
(1)Show the picture of the study and ask students to say the things in it
(2)Ask students to write down the words and finish the sentences
(1)Look at the picture and answer the questions
(2)Write the words desk chair window in four lines and three grids
Practice
1 Let students talk about their classroom in groups of four
Talk about their classroom
Work in groups
Enhance students’ ability to use the key sentence structures by working in groups and listening training
2 Listen and tick or cross
(1)Show the pictures on the PPT
(2)Play the recording of Listen and tick or cross
Listen to the recording
Then tick or cross
Consolidation
&
Extension
Write about your dream classroom
Let students draw and describe their dream classrooms
Choose the best one in each group then let himher show in class
Draw their dream classrooms
Describe them with the key sentence structures Then write them in their exercise books Practice in groups
Improve students’ ability of imagination and writing Achieve the purpose of using the language flexibly
Develop students’ emotional attitudes and values
Homework
1 Practice the sentences
2 Write about your room with the sentence structures —Where is the… —It is inonundernear the…
3 Do the exercises

Unit 2 My schoolbag

教材分析
单元学题描述书包颜色说出书包里教材物品名称教学容通展示学生新书包教材文具物品通张鹏失物招领处寻找丢失书包情景呈现单元学核心词汇句型教学重点够听说认读核心句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…—What colour is it —It’s…够听说认读单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book—What colour is it —It’s
·够情景中运句型What’s in your询问某处什物品做出回答
·够情景中运句型—What colour is it —It’s询问回答物品颜色
·够意群朗读I have two storybooks three keys some candies等句子
词汇
·够听说认读单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
candy notebook toy key
·够正确述单词短语描述书包里物品
·够意义语境中正确抄写述话题词汇
语音
·够掌握ie发音规ie单词中发长音aɪ
·够读出符合ie发音规单词根发音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·学教科书名称时学生解教科书重性求爱护书
·解Hope School(希学校)Lost & Found(失物招领) 意思
·够根ie发音规拼读单词够根iie发音规拼写单词
课时安排
第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
第三课时 Part A Let’s spell
第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Draw and say
第六课时 Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing

The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片理解话意
·够正确语音语调意群朗读话组中进行角色扮演
·够情景中运句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white
·够语境中理解新词schoolbag English book maths book storybook意思够正确发音
Let’s play
·趣味游戏中运语言操练巩固句型—What’s in your… —It’s aan…

▶教学重点
1够理解掌握重点词汇核心句型
2够情景中运句型—What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white
▶教学难点
够语境中灵活运核心句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､视频书包种教材等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
Teaching purpose①
通学生招呼谈话拉师生间距离创造谐愉悦学环境引出课生词 wow句型It’s+表示颜色形容词
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
T I have a new bag What colour is it Guess
S1 It’s red
S2 It’s white

T Yes you are right It’s black Wow You’re lucky Here’s a sticker for you
3 Let’s review
Review the words about colours Students look at the PPT and say out the words quickly (课件出示颜色方块)
4 Leadin②
Teaching purpose②
导入环节通猜颜色引出两种颜色表达方法操练程中断学生进行第单元单词really输入训练
The teacher shows a colourless pencil box on the PPT (课件出示：色文具盒)
Let some students guess what colour it is
Ss …
T Really (Click the pencil box) Look It’s blue and yellow
The teacher must emphasize how to express two or more colours
Show the other two kinds of colourless pictures in turn on the PPT and let students guess the colours (课件出示次显示色橡皮色铅笔图片)
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose③
处理课时新授话时采处理局部语言呈现完整话方式先学话中出现新词新句面学理解话扫清障碍然听话通设置三问题检测学生话理解
1 Learn the new vocabulary and sentence structures③
(1)Learn the new vocabulary schoolbag English book maths book storybook
(课件出示黄色猫形状魔术包)
T I have a magic bag
Help students ask Really
T Yes It’s a cat It’s yellow
Write down the sentence structure I have aan… on the blackboard
Show several kinds of stationery on the PPT （课件出示：黄蓝相间汽车形状魔术文具盒） Practice the sentence structures I have aan… It’s aan… It’s… with students
T Guess What’s in the bag
Let one student click the mouse
Ss Wow It’s a pencil box It’s a bus
T Good A bus pencil box So nice What colour is it
S1 It’s yellow and blue
T What’s in the pencil box Who wants to click the mouse （S2 clicks the mouse）
Ss Wow
T It’s a schoolbag in it So magic It’s a magic pencil box
Write down the word schoolbag on the blackboard and teach the word schoolbag (school + bagschoolbag)
Ask some students to show their schoolbags and say I have a schoolbag It’s aan… It’s… one by one
In the same way lead in the new vocabulary English book maths book storybook
(2)Let students understand the sentence It’s a fat panda
T I have a new schoolbag
Ss Really
Show a real schoolbag to students There are many things in the schoolbag
T Look It’s a cat It’s yellow and white What’s in the schoolbag
Ss A pencil box an English book a maths book…
The teacher puts the things in the bag again
T It’s a fat bag It’s a fat cat Cat kæt kæt fat fæt fæt
Help students understand fat and It’s a fat panda2Learn the dialogue of Let’s talk
(1)Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT (出示课件)
T Amy has something new too What’s it Guess A A toy panda B A panda schoolbag
Ask students to underline the key sentence about the question in their books
(2)Listen to the dialogue and answer the question (课件出示：教材P14 Let’s talk板块音频)
S1 A new schoolbag
S2 It’s a panda
S3 It’s a panda schoolbag
Check the answer
Answer B
(3)Listen to the dialogue again and answer the questions
T What colour is the schoolbag What’s in the schoolbag Listen to the dialogue again and answer the questions Underline the key sentences in your books about the questions
Teaching purpose④
通读模仿分角色表演话根话原文填空学生掌握话语言框架面运拓展做准备活动What’s in the pencil boxLet’s play针课重点句型What’s in… 进行巩固练学生熟练该句型进行问答

Check the answers
Answer 1 B
Answer 2 B
Step 3 Practice④
1 Listen to the recording of Let’s talk and imitate
Play the recording again Let students read the dialogue after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
2 Read and role play in groups
T Now who wants to be Chen Jie Who wants to be Amy Let’s read it in roles
3 Act out the dialogue in roles
T Now let’s find the best actor or actress Please come to the front of the classroom and show the dialogue
4 Fill in the blanks

Check the answers (出示课件)
5 Activity What’s in the pencil box
（1）Ask and answer with the partner
(活动说明两组准备文具盒文具盒里装文具运课核心句型进行话）
（2）Show time
6 Let’s play (课件出示：教材P14 Let’s play板块图片)
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Zhang Peng
T Yes they’re Sarah and Zhang Peng They are playing a guessing game What’s in Sarah’s hand Is it a pencil
Ss No It’s an eraser
Let students play the game in groups
Teaching purpose⑤
巩固拓展环节设置两活动第活动教师提供图片语言支架学生编新话学生进行初步语言运交流第二活动学生设计书包伙伴课学句型进行话充分发挥学生性培养学生创造性提高学生综合语言运力
Act out in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Create a new dialogue
Show three schoolbags on the PPT A black and white football schoolbag a yellow and white cat schoolbag and a blue and red cap schoolbag （出示课件）
T Do you like these schoolbags
Lead students to answer I like this schoolbag
T OK Choose a schoolbag you like Make a new dialogue with your partner
Show the language scaffolds on the PPT to help students make dialogues
Practice in pairs and report it in class
2 Draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with your partner
Students draw a new schoolbag then talk about it in pairs
Choose some groups to act out in class
The teacher and students evaluate their performances together


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your partner
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1课伊始通学生谈话拉师生间距离创造谐愉悦学环境 然然引出课表达物品颜色句型
2教学程中遵循词离句句离篇教学原Really What’s in…？贯穿教学环节
3课时教学采处理局部语言呈现完整话方式先学话中出现新词然听话通问题检测学生话理解
4新单词通PPT展示神奇魔术包变出牢牢抓住学生眼球新句型呈现通实物书包教师相应动作生动直观帮助学生理解a fat panda含义
5通形式样操练活动步步引导学生掌握课重点句型通巩固拓展部分两活动训练学生灵活运语言力
6板书设计简洁重难点突出起辅助教学作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
·Be able to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation intonation and meaning group and act
out in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What’s in your schoolbag —An English book…I have a new schoolbag It’s black and white in the situations
·Be able to understand the meanings of the new vocabulary schoolbag English book maths book storybook in context and pronounce them correctly
Let’s play
·Practice and consolidate the sentence structures —What’s in your… —It’s aan… in fun games
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and master the key vocabulary and the key sentence structures
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to communicate in the situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures flexibly to communicate in context
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
3 Let’s review
Show blocks of different colours
4 Leadin
Show several colourless stationery pictures and let students guess the colours
1 Greetings
2 Free talk
3 Review the words about colours
4 Guess the colours
Create a harmonious and pleasant learning environment Review the words about colours Lead in the new sentence structure

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Teach the new words and the sentence structures
(1)Lead in and teach the new vocabulary and sentence structures
(2)Let students understand the sentence It’s a fat panda
(1)Learn the new vocabulary and practice the sentence structures
(2)Understand the sentence It’s a fat panda
First learn the new vocabulary and the sentence structures in the dialogue so as to prepare for the later learning and understanding Then test students’ understanding of the dialogue by setting up three questions
2 Teach the dialogue of Let’s talk
Present the pictures of Let’s talk Give some questions and play the recording twice
Check the answers
Listen to the dialogue twice and answer the questions
Check the answers
Practice
1 Play the recording
2 Let students read in roles
3 Let some students act out in roles
4 Let students fill in the blanks
5 Activity What’s in the pencil box
6 Let’s play
1 Listen to the recording again and imitate
2 Read and role play in groups
3 Act out the dialogue in roles
4 Fill in the blanks
5 Ask and answer with the partner and show in class
6 Play the game and act out in class
Practice the main sentences in different ways Prepare for the next part
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
Show three schoolbags and language scaffolds
2 Draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with your partner Make an evaluation
1 Create a new dialogue according to the language scaffolds Practice in paris and report it in class
2 Draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with your partner
Act out in class
Evaluate some students’ performances
Use the sentence structures learned in this lesson to create a dialogue Give full play to students’ autonomy cultivate their creativity and improve their ability to use the language synthetically
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your partner
3 Do the exercises

The second period(第二课时)
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book
storybook
·够熟练运句型What’s in your schoolbag询问书包中种书名称
做出回答
Let’s do
·够听懂指令做出正确动作反应
▶教学重点
1够理解掌握句型What’s in your schoolbag重点单词短语schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
2注意含 book短语maths book English book Chinese book合成词storybook正确书写
▶教学难点
1够熟练运句型What’s in your schoolbag询问书包里种书名称做出回答
2够熟练句型Put…inonundernear…
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件视频单词卡片等
▶教学程
Teaching purpose①
通欣赏歌曲营造英语学氛围吸引学生注意力提高学生学英语兴趣面学新容做铺垫
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Sing a song
T Hello boys and girls Let’s enjoy the song My schoolbag You can sing the song gently with the music (课件出示歌曲My schoolbag)
2 Revision
Review the dialogue of Let’s talk (课件出示 Amy熊猫书包)
T Look What’s this Oh It’s a panda It’s Amy’s new…
Ss Schoolbag
The teacher writes down the word schoolbag on the blackboard
T Good It’s Amy’s new schoolbag
T OK Who wants to be Amy Who wants to be Chen Jie
Act out the dialogue in roles
3 Leadin
T Good job Amy has a fat panda Amy’s schoolbag is heavy We can ask Amy Amy What’s in your schoolbag
Write down the sentence What’s in your schoolbag on the blackboard Teach the word schoolbag
T Pay attention to the word schoolbag s sounds s ch sounds k sch sounds sk oo sounds u school school school a sounds æ bag bag bag school + bagschoolbag
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary
(1) Watch the cartoon and answer
Play the cartoon for the first time （课件出示教材P15 Let’s learn板块动画）
T What’s in Amy’s schoolbag
Ss Many books
Teaching purpose②
通活动检查学生否初步建立起节课书词汇音形义联系
T Right Many books are in Amy’s schoolbag So her schoolbag is so heavy
(2)Watch and do②
T What books are in Amy’s schoolbag Watch the cartoon again Then take out the right books of your schoolbags
Check the answer on the PPT (出示课件)
Teaching purpose③
Let’s do中句型穿插Let’s learn板块教学中教师引入相关指令语学生听听做做手眼耳脑帮助学生更记忆单词意思读音时增加课堂趣味性活跃课堂气氛
(3)Learn the new vocabulary English book Chinese book maths book storybook③
①Learn English book
The teacher shows an English book
T It’s an English book Pay attention to an
Write down an English book on the blackboard
T Pay attention to the first letter of English The letter E is the capital letter It sounds ɪ It is a vowel So there is an an before English OK Read after me ɪŋglɪʃ Very good
T I say and you do Show me your English book Put your English book on your head Put your English book on your desk
②Learn Chinese book
The teacher shows two books
T I have two books An English book and a Chinese book
Write down a Chinese book on the blackboard
T Pay attention to the first letter of Chinese The letter C is the capital letter Now read after me ch sounds tʃ tʃaɪniz
T Show me your English book and Chinese book Put your Chinese book on your English book
③Learn maths book
T S1 show me your schoolbag What’s in your schoolbag Let me see Oh you have a maths book
Write down a maths book on the blackboard
T Please look at my mouth and pay attention to the pronunciation of the word maths m sounds m a sounds æ th sounds θ s sounds s The letter m sounds m It is a consonant So there is an a before maths book
T Everybody show me your maths book Put your maths book on your desk How many books are there on your desk now
Ss Three books
T What are they
Ss An English book a Chinese book and a maths book
④Learn storybook
T Look at my schoolbag What’s in my schoolbag Please guess
Ss …
The teacher opens the schoolbag and says A Chinese book a maths book an English book and…
The teacher shows three storybooks and says Storybooks One storybook two storybooks three storybooks
Write down three storybooks on the blackboard Lead students to observe the structure of the word storybook
Teaching purpose④
通完成连线练检查学生学词汇形义掌握程度时引导学生关注名词单复数形式
T This word storybook is a compound word The words story and book are not written separately And what’s in my schoolbag
Ss A Chinese book a maths book an English book and three storybooks
T Very good
2 Look and match④
Look at the PPT and match the words with the pictures
Teaching purpose⑤
教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读面教学环节展开做准备

3 Listen to the recording of Let’s learn （课件出示教材P15 Let’s learn板块音频）⑤
Let students read after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
4 Let’s do
(1)The teacher plays the recording sentence by sentence （课件出示教材P15 Let’s do板块音频） Students show the things they have heard
(2)The teacher repeats sentence by sentence Students point out the pictures in their books
(3)Listen and do
T Class Now I say and you do Show me your Chinese bookEnglish bookmaths bookpencil boxeraser… OK wonderful Please listen and do after the recording
Play the recording again and let students do the corresponding actions after the recording together
Teaching purpose⑥
通三趣游戏增加英语课堂趣味性复巩固新词汇
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
Tips The teacher hides the word card in a certain place Ask one student to find If heshe comes near the word card students speak the word quietly If heshe goes far away from the card students read the word loudly
2 Play a game—Simon says
(游戏说明教师发指令前说Simon says学生做动作发指令前没说Simon says学生做动作Simon says show me your Chinese book学生做动作 Put your maths book in your schoolbag学生做动作活动组竞赛形式进行)
3 Play a game—Sharp eyes
Show some pictures and options one by one and let students choose the correct option for each picture as quickly as they can
Teaching purpose⑦
巩固拓展部分提供三游戏旨训练学生综合运新句型新词汇力够学容运真实语言情境中起知识化作

Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 A guessing game
Play the game in groups of four One student hides a book in hisher schoolbag The others guess
S1 What’s in my schoolbag Guess
S2 A maths book
S3 …
S4 …
2 Play a chain game
S1 What’s in your schoolbag
S2 A Chinese book
S3 A Chinese book and a pencil box
S4 …
3 A circling game
T Anna has a nice schoolbag What’s in it Let’s listen and circle the things in Anna’s schoolbag [课件出示书包书文具（必须包含面话中出现物品加关物品）]

Students listen to the dialogue and circle the things

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Copy the new vocabulary and the sentences
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1运歌曲PPT游戏等种教学手段吸引学生参种教学活动中轻松愉快氛围中复旧知学新知
2Let’s do中句型穿插Let’s learn板块教学中教师引入相关指令语学生听听做做手眼耳脑帮助学生更记忆单词意义读音时增加课堂趣味性活跃课堂气氛
3通形式样游戏操练活动全面提高学生听说认读词汇力
4板书设计直观突出重点词汇句型起辅助教学作

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the vocabulary schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook
·Be able to use the sentence structure What’s in your schoolbag skillfully to ask and answer the names of the various books in the schoolbag
Let’s do
·Be able to understand the instructions and do the corresponding actions
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and grasp the key vocabulary schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook and the sentence structure What’s in your schoolbag
·Pay attention to the writing of the word and the phrases with book
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structure What’s in your schoolbag adroitly to ask and answer the names of the various books in the schoolbag
·Be able to use the sentence structures Put…inonundernear… adroitly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Sing a song
2 Revision
3 Leadin
Lead in the new lesson and teach the word schoolbag
1 Sing a song—My schoolbag
2 Review the dialogue of Let’s talk Read and act out in roles
3 Listen to the teacher and learn the word schoolbag
Create an English learning atmosphere by singing a song Review the content of the last class and lay a good foundation for the new lesson
1 Teach the new vocabulary
(1)Play the cartoon and ask a question
(2)Watch and do
(3)Teach the new vocabulary
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer
(2)Watch and do
(3)Learn the new vocabulary English book Chinese book maths book storybook
Through various games and activities let students master the new vocabulary from three aspects sound shape and meaning Lead students to know the singular and plural forms of nouns Activate the atmosphere of the class
2 Look and match
Present a match game
Look and match
Lead students to read the vocabulary according to the correct pronunciation and intonation Prepare for the next step
3 Listen to the recording of Let’s learn
Play the recording
Read after the recording
4 Let’s do
(1)Play the recording sentence by sentence
(2)Repeat sentence by sentence
(3)Listen and do
(1)Show the things they have heard
(2)Point out the pictures in their books
(3)Listen and do after the teacher and the recording
Practice
1 Play a game— Loudly and quietly
2 Play a game—Simon says
3 Play a game—Sharp eyes
1 Play a game—Loudly and quietly
2 Play a game—Simon says
3 Choose the correct option for each picture as quickly as they can
Stimulate students’ interest Consolidate the new vocabulary in this lesson through games
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 A guessing game
2 Play a chain game
3 A circling game
1 Play the game in groups of four
Hide and guess
2 Play a chain game
3 Listen to the dialogue and circle Anna’s things
Train students’ ability to use language synthetically through games so as to achieve the purpose of knowledge internalization
Homework
1 Copy the new vocabulary and the sentences
2 Talk about your schoolbag with your parents
3 Do the exercises


The third period(第三课时)
Part A Let’s spell
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s spell
·够感知纳ie单词中发音规ie单词中发长音aɪ
·够读出符合ie发音规单词
·够根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词

▶教学重点
够读出符合ie发音规单词根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ie发音规单词
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
Teaching purpose①
课前利歌曲热身创设愉快英语学氛围说唱编歌谣复字母i闭音节中发音ɪ谈学书包引出课新授部分情境
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag (出示课件)
3 Let’s chant
T What’s this
Ss A pig
T Yes It’s a big pig (Write down big pig on the blackboard) How many pigs now
Ss Six
T Good Six big pigs (Write down six on the blackboard)

Chant in groups Let’s have a PK The winner will get a red star
4 Leadin
T S1 show me your schoolbag What’s in your schoolbag
S1 A Chinese book a maths book…
Talk about things in the schoolbags with several students
Teaching purpose②
教师教学中通拆音拼音分类等语音意识训练活动引导学生观察发现纳ie单词中发音规
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Find the letters ie
Find and learn the pronunciation rule of ie
(课件出示Zoom背书包图片)
(1)T Look Zoom has a new schoolbag too Wow It’s nice (Write down nice on the blackboard)
Students read it after the teacher The teacher underlines the letters ie and teaches aɪ
(2)T Zoom’s schoolbag is nice So he likes it very much (Write down like on the blackboard)
Students read it after the teacher The teacher underlines the letters ie
T How does ie sound Yes ie sounds aɪ Read after me aɪaɪaɪ
Read like this ieaɪcsiceaɪs nicenaɪs ieaɪkkikeaɪk likelaɪk
(3)T Guess What’s in Zoom’s schoolbag
Ss An English bookA Chinese book…
The teacher clicks the mouse Show a kite on the PPT (出示课件)
Ss Wow It’s a kite
T Yes It’s a kite (Write down kite on the blackboard)
Students read kite after the teacher Then the teacher repeats aɪ and let some students try to underline the letters (Reward students with some red stars)
Read like this ieaɪttiteaɪt kitekaɪt
(4)Click the mouse and enlarge the picture of the kite on the PPT （出示课件）
T Look There’s a secret on the kite What is it Yes two numbers five and nine (Write down five nine on the blackboard) Read like this ieaɪvviveaɪv fivefaɪv ieaɪnnineaɪn ninenaɪn
(Reward students with some red stars)
(5)T Zoom has a nice kite in his schoolbag He likes the kite very much He flies the kite all day He’s hungry He’s eating some rice (课件出示Zoom正吃米饭图片) （Write down rice on the blackboard）
Let students underline ie and read it Then spell the word (Reward students with some red stars)
Lead students to observe their common points ie the vowel letter i and a silent e at the end of the words sounds the same sound aɪ That is ie sounds aɪ in the words
2 Read and match
T Look at the PPT Read the words and match with the pictures (课件出示单词like kite five nine rice图片)
3 Read after the recording （课件出示教材P16 Read listen and chant部分音频）
(1)Look at the pictures carefully and say something about the pictures
(2)Students listen to the recording
(3)Students read after the recording
Teaching purpose③
通练帮助学生发音规拼读单词辨认词形完成单词拼写
(4)Students listen to the chant and circle the letters ie
Step 3 Practice③
1 Read listen and number (课件出示教材P16 Read listen and number部分音频)
T Turn to page 16 and finish the exercise of Read listen and number
(1)The teacher teaches the word fine and students read the words
(2)Listen to the recording and number the words
(3)Check the answers
Answers 1 pig 2 big 3 fine 4 nice 5 six 6 ice
2 Read and distinguish
Read the words in each group and distinguish
3 Listen circle and write
(1)Give an example
T Look at the first picture What can you see
Ss Five
T Great Now listen to the recording (课件出示five音频) What do you hear
Ss faɪv
T Good job
(2)Lead students to observe the pictures of this part and try to predict the content of the listening text
(3)Let students listen circle and write (课件出示教材P16 Listen circle and write部分音频) Remind them to pay attention to the words’ handwriting
Teaching purpose④
通尝试利发音规拼读单词读音单词分类两活动巩固检测学生节课ie发音发音规掌握情况
Answers six big kite
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension④
1 Try to read the following words
Show some words with ie just like time wife white line bite Mike drive on the PPT (出示课件)
Let students try to spell these words Then read them aloud
2 Classify the given words
T Read the following words and classify them according to their pronunciations Discuss with your partners Then report the results

Check the answers
Answers ɪ A C F J əɪ B D E G H I K


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Try to find more words with ie that sounds aɪ
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课前歌曲教师学生谈书包话题创设课新授部分情境做准备
2复环节通编歌谣复字母i闭音节中发ɪ音规律复旧知面学生辨词形做准备
3教师教学中通拆音拼音分类等语音意识训练活动引导学生观察发现纳ie单词中发音规体现课堂教学中学生体教学理念
4板书设计直观重难点突出起总结纳作

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s spell
·Be able to perceive and generalize the pronunciation rule of ie in the words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ie
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ie according to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ie and spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ie according to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of ie according to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a song—My schoolbag
3 Teach students a chant
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—My schoolbag
3 Learn a chant and review the sound of ɪ
4 Talk about things in the schoolbags
Create an English learning atmosphere Review the sound of ɪ Lead in the new lesson
Presentation
1 Find the letters ie
Create a situation and present the words nice like kite five nine rice
Teach the sound aɪ
Find the letters ie
Learn the sound aɪ
Lead students to observe find and summarize the pronunciation rule of ie in the words
2 Read and match
Present the words and the pictures on the PPT Let students read and match
Read the words
Match the words with the pictures
3 Read after the recording
Let students read after the recording
(1)Look at the pictures carefully and say something about the pictures
(2)Listen to the recording
(3)Imitate after the recording
(4)Listen to the chant and circle the letters ie

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read listen and number
Teach the word fine Play the recording of Read listen and number
2 Read and distinguish
Present some words on the PPT
3 Listen circle and write
(1)Give an example
(2)Lead students to observe the pictures of this part and try to predict the content of the listening text
(3)Let students listen circle and write Remind students to pay attention to the words’ handwriting
1 Turn to page 16 and finish Read listen and number
2 Read the words in each group and distinguish
3 Finish the exercise of
Listen circle and write on page 16
Through practice help students spell the words according to the pronunciation rules recognize the shapes of the words and complete the spelling of the words
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Try to read the following words
Show some words with ie
Let students try to spell these words
2 Classify the given words
Present a group of words on the PPT
Check the answers
1 Try to spell these words
Then read them aloud
2 Read the words and classify them according to their pronunciations
Discuss with their partners
Report the results
Check the answers
Consolidate and test students’ mastery of the pronunciation and the pronunciation rule of ie in this lesson
Homework
1 Try to find more words with ie that sounds aɪ
2 Do the exercises

The fourth period(第四课时)
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色扮演
·够情境中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
·够情境中理解新词lost toy notebook意思正确发音
Let’s play
·够通板块提供教学活动操练巩固课核心句型—What colour is it
—It’s…

▶教学重点
1够理解新词掌握重点句型
2够情景中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
▶教学难点
够情景中恰运句型—What colour is it —It’s…问答颜色
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件视频等
Teaching purpose①
通TPR活动学生感官调动起全身心投入英语学中时提前渗透句型Here it is
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—My schoolbag （出示课件）
3 Do the TPR action
T Where is your mouththe dooryour pen…
Teaching purpose②
通谈情景图导入课话题学理解新单词lost notebook
Ss Here it is
Step 2 Presentation②
1 Leadin
T Good job Are you happy now
Ss Yes
Show the main scene graph of Unit 2 on the PPT （课件出示：教材P12情景图中关SarahAmy图片）
T Who are they
Ss Sarah and Amy
T Is Sarah happy
Ss No
（The teacher shows a notebook）
T You’re right Sarah is not happy because she lost her notebook
Write down lost notebook on the blackboard
T Read after me please lɒst lɒst nəʊt nəʊt the letter e is silent bʊk bʊk notenəʊtbookbʊk notebook

Let students read after the teacher
Teaching purpose③
教师设置问题步步引导学生观察讨Part B Let’s talk板块图片引出学新词常语新句型—What colour is it —It’s…学通实物创设情境真实语境中学理解通听课文录音回答预设问题理解课文
2 Learn Lost & Found excuse me③
(1)T Sarah isn’t happy She lost her notebook Where can she find it Maybe she can go to the Lost & Found (课件出示失物招领处画面)
Write down Lost & Found on the blackboard
Let students read after the teacher
(2)Show the pictures of Let’s talk in Part B (出示课件)
T We can see Zhang Peng in this picture Look carefully Where’s Zhang Peng
Ss At the Lost & Found
T Yes he’s at the Lost & Found Why is he here Maybe he lost…
S1 …
S2 …
Listen and choose the right answer (出示课件)

Check the answer
Answer B
T How do you know the answer Can you read the sentence in the book out
Ss Zhang Peng says I lost my schoolbag
Let students read the sentence one by one
T Zhang Peng is a polite boy because he says Excuse me I lost my schoolbag
Let students read this sentence one by one
Present some scenes to practice excuse me (课件出示：场景：交警叔叔问路场景二东西场景三请路）
3 Learn the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… and the new word toy
The teacher walks to S1
T Excuse me Can I have a look at your schoolbag
…
T Oh thank you Your schoolbag is nice It’s blue and yellow What’s in it
(The student takes out the books and answers)
S1 A maths book a Chinese book…
T Can I borrow your schoolbag for a moment The teacher walks to S2
T Excuse me Can I have a look at your schoolbag
…
T Oh thank you What colour is it
S2 It’s red
T Can I borrow your schoolbag for a moment
Write down the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… on the blackboard
Let students read after the teacher Then students read it one by one
…
The teacher gets several schoolbags in the same way
T Now I have some schoolbags here But I forget their owners Whose schoolbags are on the teacher’s desk Please come here
T What colour is your schoolbag
S1 …
T What’s in it
S1 …
T Oh What’s this It’s a toy There is a toy in your schoolbag Can we take toys to school No we can’t So you can’t take a toy next time OK
S1 OK
T Here it is
S1 Thank you
The teacher writes down the new word toy on the blackboard
T Now read after me Toy tɔɪ tɔɪ
The teacher and students continue to ask and answer like this until the teacher finds other schoolbags’ owners
4 Get more details
Listen to the recording and answer the questions (课件出示教材P17 Let’s talk板块音频) Underline the key sentences in the books

Check the answers
Answer 1 B
T How do you know the answer
S1 Zhang Peng says It’s blue and white
Answer 2 A
T What’s in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
S2 An English book two toys and a notebook
Answer 3 Yes he can
T Yes Zhang Peng found his schoolbag He thanks Miss White very much So he says Thank you so much
Teaching purpose④
学会正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演真实语境中操练重点句型帮助学生真正理解掌握重点句型
Repeat so much Let students read and act out Thank you so much
Step 3 Practice④
1 Listen to the recording again and repeat
Let students read the dialogue after the recording Listen carefully and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
2 Read the dialogue
Let students read the dialogue in pairs
3 Role play
T Let’s read the dialogue in roles Group 1 and Group 2 you are Zhang Peng Group 3 and Group 4 you’re Miss White Now read the dialogue in pairs Then act it out in class I will find the best group The red star is for the best group
4 Let’s play
Ask students to guess what book it is according to the colours Finish the activity of Let’s play (课件出示教材P17 Let’s play板块图片)
（1）T Look What’s this Yes It’s a storybook What colour is it It’s green What’s this It’s a Chinese book What colour is it It’s red…
Help students get to know all the books and their colours in Let’s play Then start the activity
T I have a new book Guess what is it You can ask me the colour of my new book Then you can know it
Make a model first
T I have a new book
S1 What colour is it
T It’s yellow
S1 It’s a Chinese book
T Yes Now please do it like this in pairs I will find the best pair The red stars are for the winners
（2）Show time
Teaching purpose⑤
通两活动培养学生真实情境中运学新词新句型力放手学生表达真实情感发挥学生性创造性
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Create a new dialogue
Two students make a group to create a dialogue according to the PPT

2 Draw and talk
Let students draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with their partners like this
S1 This is my new schoolbag
S2 What colour is it
S1 It’s…
S2 What’s in it
S1 …
S2 It’s nice
S1 Thank you
Let several groups show in class Reward some presents to the winners


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the dialogue
2 Act out the dialogue with your partner at the Lost & Found
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1课前热身环节通学生喜爱课时教学容相关歌曲TPR活动充分激发学生学兴趣
2课时教学失物招领线创设情境情境中学新知巩固新知运新知
3教学程中通师生生生话情景中知识遵循词离句句离景教学规律
4真实语境中操练重点句型帮助学生真正理解掌握重点句型学会灵活运

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and then act out in groups
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to ask and answer about the colours properly in the situations
·Be able to understand and pronounce the new words lost toy notebook in the situations
Let’s play
·Be able to practice and consolidate the key sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… through the teaching activities provided in this section
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand the new words lost toy notebook and grasp the key sentence structures
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to ask and answer the colours properly in the situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to ask and answer about the colours properly in the situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—My schoolbag
3 Do the TPR action
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—My schoolbag
3 Do the TPR action with the teacher
Arouse students’ initiative by TPR Learn the sentence in advance Prepare for the new lesson

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Leadin
Show the main scene graph of Unit 2 and lead in the new lesson Teach the new words lost notebook
Look at the picture and answer some questions Learn the new words lost notebook
Lead in the new lesson by talking about the main scene graph Help students know the new words lost notebook
2 Teach Lost & Found excuse me
Learn Lost & Found excuse me
Lead students to observe and discuss the pictures through setting questions Help them learn the new vocabulary and the sentence structures by creating situations and understand the text by listening to the recording and answering the questions
3Teach the sentence structure—What colour is it —It’s… and the new word toy
Learn the sentence structures —What colour is it —It’s… and the new word toy
4 Get more details
Show questions Play the recording Check the answers
Listen to the recording and answer the questions Check the answers
Practice
1 Play the recording again
2 Let students read the dialogue
3 Role play
4 Let’s play
Show some pictures and let students guess what book it is
1 Listen to the recording and repeat
2 Read the dialogue in pairs
3 Read in roles and act out in class
4 Look at the pictures and guess
Learn to read the dialogue with correct pronunciation and intonation Act out in groups Practice the key sentence structures in real context Help students understand and master them
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Create a new dialogue
2 Draw and talk
1 Work in groups of two and make a dialogue
2 Draw a new schoolbag and talk about it with their partners
Cultivate students’ ability to use the key vocabulary and the sentence structures in real situations Let students express their true feelings Stimulate students’ autonomy and creativity
Homework
1 Read the dialogue
2 Act out the dialogue with your partner at the Lost & Found
3 Do the exercises

The fifth period(第五课时)
Part B Let’s learn & Draw and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词candy key toy notebook
·够熟练运句型What’s in the schoolbag询问描述书包中种物品名称
·描述书包中物品时够正确名词单复数形式
Draw and say
·复巩固Part B Let’s learn板块句型What’s in myyour schoolbag单词candy key toy notebook

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说认读单词candy key toy notebook
2 够熟练描述书包中种物品
▶教学难点
描述书包中物品时够正确名词单复数形式
▶教学准备
1 预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件视频贴纸实物等
▶教学程
Teaching purpose①
猜猜教师书包里什复前学关书词汇询问颜色句型
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag （出示课件）
3 Revision
Put the schoolbag in a plastic bag and show it to students
T Look boys and girls What’s this … Yes It’s my schoolbag It’s a nice schoolbag What colour is it What’s in it Do you want to know Please guess Come on class If you do a good job you can get a sticker (Show students the stickers)
T What colour is my schoolbag
S1 Green
T No again
S1 Orange
T Yes you’re right Here’s your sticker
T What’s in my schoolbag
S2 A Chinese book
T No again
S2 An English book
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words notebook toy toys
(课件出示：节课张鹏失物招领处找蓝白色书包)
T Look Do you know this schoolbag Whose schoolbag is it
Ss It’s Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
T Yes It’s Zhang Peng’s schoolbag He found it at the Lost & Found What’s in his schoolbag
Ss An English book two toys and a notebook
T Are you right Let’s check
(课件出示 P18 Let’s learn板块插图)
T Oh yes look A notebook Two toys
(课件出示书包中笔记两玩具分闪烁两接着图片旁边出现单词notebooktoys中toys中字母s红色)
T How many notebooks can you see in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag
Ss One
T Good one notebook Notebook notebook notenəʊtbook
bʊk notebook How many toys
T Let’s count One two Two toys Toy oyɔɪ toytɔɪ toystɔɪz
Write down the words notebook toy toys on the blackboard
The teacher reads the words toys and notebook syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the words
(课件出示种物品)
Teaching purpose②
设定情境中方式呈现新单词吸引学生注意力学生感受物品真实含义形成语境帮助学生理解掌握单词
Students read the words after the teacher for three times Then choose a group of words to read one by one like this one boy two boys three boys One book four books five books
2 Teach the new words candy candies key keys②
(1)The teacher holds a candy in the hand
T Guess What’s in my hand It’s sweet and children all like it
Ss …
T Good Look It’s a candy It’s a red candy Candy cank æn
dydi candy
Write down the word candy on the blackboard
The teacher reads the word candy syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the word
The teacher shows another candy
T What colour is it
Ss It’s blue
T Wonderful Now Let’s count One candy two candies I have two candies One candy two candies
Write down the word candies on the blackboard
The teacher reads the word candies syllable by syllable Students follow the teacher and then practice reading the word
(2)The teacher shows students a schoolbag
T I have something in the schoolbag Please ask with the sentence What’s in your schoolbag And you can touch and take itthem out Then tell other students what it isthey are
Write down the sentence What’s in your schoolbag on the blackboard
S1 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch the inside of the schoolbag) A notebook and two candies
T Great You’re right
S2 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch the inside of the schoolbag) …
S3 What’s in your schoolbag (Touch the inside of the schoolbag) I don’t know
T Take itthem out of the bag Let’s have a look
T Oh they’re keys
The teacher shows one key and says slowly A key
Teaching purpose③
教师播放单词部分录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读单词
The teacher shows two keys and says slowly Two keys
The teacher shows a bunch of keys and says I have many keys
Write down the words key keys on the blackboard
The teacher reads the words like this kkeyi keyki keyskiz Students follow the teacher and practice reading the words Then read one by one
Teaching purpose④
三游戏活动目第游戏检查学生新单词音形掌握情况第二游戏单词含义单词图片结合活动第三游戏检查学生单词字形握程度否做拼读单词三活动游戏形式呈现激发学生学兴趣提高学生参积极性时达听说认读新单词目
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen to the recording and repeat (课件出示教材P18 Let’s learn板块中单词音频)③
T What’s in Zhang Peng’s schoolbag Listen and repeat
Play the recording Let students listen to the recording and repeat Remind students to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
2 Read the words and the sentences
Let students read the words and the sentences in different ways Read freely Read in pairs Read together
3 Play some games④
T Now Let’s play some games If you do a good job you can get a sticker Come on
(1)Flash words (课件出示快速闪现Part APart B两部分学词汇)
T Look at the PPT and say the words as quickly as you can
(2)Watch think and guess
The teacher shows a part of some pictures and asks What’s this
Students try to guess and answer
T Good job You’re right Here’s a sticker for you Let’s go on
…
(3)Make up the words
Present the letters that can make up the words in random order Ask students to guess the words
T Look at these letters Put the letters in right order and we can see a word What is it

T Write down the words in your exercise books Come on
Check the answers Give out the stickers for the winners
Teaching purpose⑤
通两活动巩固课学单词句型学生应中熟练掌握学容达学致目
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Listen and circle


T What’s in Amy’s schoolbag Look at the PPT and listen carefully then circle
2 Draw and say
Draw a schoolbag and some things in the schoolbag
Talk about the schoolbag like this
A What’s in your schoolbag
B Three keys two toys and an English book
Practice in pairs
Choose some pairs to act out in class
The teacher makes an evaluation
▶板书设计



▶作业设计
1 Read the new words to your parents and copy the words
2 Practice reading the sentences
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1方式呈现新单词吸引学生注意力学生感受物品真实含义形成语境更利学生理解掌握单词
2教学程中单纯教单词始终遵循词离句教学原学生语境中更容易理解单词含义
3教授新单词时候通拆音拼音等语音意识训练活动帮助学生快速记忆单词
4学生想象空间学生画书包书包里装物品谈新书包培养学生想象力交际力


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the words candy key toy notebook
·Be able to use the sentence structure What’s in the schoolbag to ask and describe the objects in the schoolbag adroitly
·Be able to use the singular and plural forms of nouns correctly when describing the objects in the schoolbag
Draw and say
·Review and consolidate the main sentence structures What’s in myyour schoolbag and the words candy key toy notebook
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak and read the words candy key toy notebook
·Be able to describe the objects in the schoolbag adroitly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the singular and plural forms of nouns correctly when describing the objects in the schoolbag
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag
3 Revision
Show a schoolbag and let students guess what colour it is and what is in it
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag
3 Revision
Guess the colour of the teacher’s bag and the items in the bag
Review the words and the sentence structures related to this lesson by guessing the colour of the teacher’s bag and the items in the bag
Presentation
1 Teach the new word notebook toy toys
Show Zhang Peng’s schoolbag and create a situation Zhang Peng found his bag What’s in his schoolbag
2 Teach the new words candy candies key keys
(1)Ask students to guess a riddle It’s sweet and children all like it
(2)Let students touch and guess
1 Learn the new words
notebook toy toys
2 Learn the new words
candy candies key keys
(1)Guess a riddle and learn the new words candy candies
(2)Touch and guess the objects in the schoolbag and learn the new words key keys
Attract students’ attention by presenting the new words in different ways and let them feel the real meanings of the objects in a set situation Help students understand and grasp the new words

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Play the recording
2 Let students read the words and the sentences
3 Play some games
(1)Flash words
Show the words on the PPT
(2)Watch think and guess
Show a part of the pictures
(3)Make up the words
Show the letters in random order
1 Listen to the recording and repeat
2 Read the words and the sentences
3 Play some games
(1)Flash words
Say the words as quickly as they can
(2)Watch think and guess
Look at a part of the pictures and guess the words
(3)Make up the words
Lead students to read the new words with correct pronunciation and intonation Through three different games stimulate students’ learning interest increase the initiative of students’ participation and achieve the purpose of listening speaking and reading the new words
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Show the exercise on the PPT
Play the recording
2 Let students draw and say
1 Listen and circle
2 Draw and say
Let students consolidate the words and the sentence structures learned in this lesson and master the content in the application through the activities
Homework
1 Read the new words to your parents and copy the words
2 Practice reading the sentences
3 Do the exercises

The sixth period(第六课时)
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够读懂组句子完成选择正确图片务
·够正确意群语音语调朗读组句子
·够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
·够综合运单元核心词句
Let’s check
·检测单元AB部分核心句型
·考查单元核心词汇认读
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱

▶教学重点
1够读懂组句子完成选择正确图片务
2够正确意群语音语调朗读组句子
3够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
4够综合运单元核心词句
▶教学难点
够综合运单元核心词句
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件录音视频材料
Teaching purpose①
通唱歌复旧知新课学营造轻松愉快氛围
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag (出示课件)①
3 Play a game—What’s missing②
Review the words schoolbag maths book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key (课件出示schoolbag maths Teaching purpose②
通游戏学生复已学词汇新课学做知识铺垫
book English book Chinese book storybook candy notebook toy key然机消失)
Ask students to say the missing word quickly
Teaching purpose③
通谈学生书包颜色书包里物品复单元重句型引出新课
4 Leadin③
Talk about the schoolbags with students
T What colour is your schoolbag
S1 It’s blue
T What’s in your schoolbag
S2 An English book a maths book three storybooks
…
Teaching purpose④
引导学生观察图片说出学词汇学二会单词cute面阅读做铺垫
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading④
(1)Look and say
T I know what is in your schoolbag Now I have two schoolbags (课件出示教材P19 Read and circle中两书包图片) I have many things in the two schoolbags Look What are these
Show the things on the PPT (课件出示 教材P19 Read and circle中书包外物品分类呈现)
Lead students to say a storybook two storybooks a car a ball some candies some toys
(2)Learn the word cute (课件出示带熊猫钥匙图片闪烁)
T What are these
Ss Keys
T How many keys
S Three keys
T Yes The keys are with a panda I like the panda because It’s cute Do you like it
Ask students to read after the teacher cute cute a cute panda
(课件出示带猴子钥匙图片闪烁)
The teacher leads students to say a cute monkey
Ask students to read after the teacher cute cute a cute monkey
Teaching purpose⑤
新授环节初步培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力引导学生掌握阅读技巧
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask and answer (课件出示教材P19 Read and circle部分两幅图片)⑤
T Look at Picture A What’s in the schoolbag
S1 Two storybooks three keys some candies some toys and a cute panda
T What’s in the schoolbag in Picture B
S2 A storybook two keys some candies some toys and a cute monkey
(2)Listen and underline
T Listen to the recording and underline the words about school things（课件出示教材P19 Read and circle部分音频）
(3)Read and circle
T Read the text then circle the correct answer
Teaching purpose⑥
通赛提高学生朗读兴趣学生读会读规范优美朗读
(4)Check the answer
Answer A
(5)Listen again and read after the recording
T Now let’s listen to the recording again and read after it Make sure you can read the sentences correctly Pay attention to your pronunciation and intonation
(6)Show time⑥
Students have a reading show Choose several reading stars The reading stars can get presents
3 Postreading⑦
Teaching purpose⑦
部分训练容培养学生书写力
Look choose and write
(1)What is in it (课件出示教材P19 Look choose and write部分图片)
T Now we can see a desk What’s in it
S1 An egg a pen a notebook and three keys
T Good We must pay attention to the words egg and notebook The first letter of egg sounds e It is a vowel So we say an egg And keys is the plural form We can’t say three key We must say three keys
Let students turn to page 19 in the book and fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
Let a student read it
(2)What’s in your desk
T Now please look at your desk What’s in your desk
Ss …
T Good Please fill in the blank on page 19
The teacher can walk around and make sure students write the words correctly
Step 3 Practice
Let’s check
(1)Listen and number (课件出示教材P20 Listen and number中四幅图片)
T Look at these pictures They are all school things Now look at Picture 1 What can you see
S1 A pen
T Good It’s a red pen And how about Picture 2 What’s it And what colour is it
S2 It’s a green schoolbag
T Great What can you see in Picture 3
S3 I can see a red schoolbag
T Wonderful And what’s in the red schoolbag
S3 A storybook and some candies
T Good job Now who can say something about Picture 4
S4 I can see a pink schoolbag A notebook and a maths book are in the schoolbag
T Very good Let’s listen and number (课件出示Listen and number音频)
Check the answers
Teaching purpose⑧
通两练提高学生阅读力检测学生节课数名词复数语法点掌握情况
Answers 3 1 2 4
(2)①Look and circle (课件出示教材P20 Look and circle部分文字图片)⑧
T What’s in the schoolbag Please read and circle You can underline the different school things in A and B first Then look at the picture and circle the correct answer Check the answer and let students read in groups
Answer B
②Read and fill in the blanks

Let students look at the picture on the PPT and try to fill in the blanks
Check the answers (出示课件)
Teaching purpose⑨
培养学生综合语言运力通语言化运完成语言输入输出程
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑨
1 Write about your schoolbag or your pencil box
T What’s in your schoolbag What’s in your pencil box Choose one topic and write about it You can write like this

T Please write down on your exercise books Pay attention to the capitalizing letter before a sentence and the punctuation after a sentence
Show some students’ sentences in class
Check the answers with students
The other students check in pairs
2 Emotional education
T Is your schoolbagdesk tidy or messy Please put away your school things in time Keep your schoolbag or desk tidy It’s a good habit


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the text to your parents
2 Write about your desk in your bedroom
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1热身环节通歌曲游戏活动复已学单词新课学做知识铺垫
2阅读教学前语篇认真进行分析明确语篇中心容知识点找出中重难点词汇句型明确教学目标重难点阅读程中初步培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力引导学生掌握阅读技巧阅读通练加强巩固学生语言实际运力书写力3教学程中注重培养学生良规范书写惯
4板书设计呈现课语言支架学生阅读书写起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to understand a group of sentences and complete the task of selecting the right picture
·Be able to read this group of sentences according to the correct meaning group pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to copy the topic vocabulary of this unit and complete the sentences in context
·Be able to use the key words and the key sentences of this unit synthetically
Let’s check
·Check the key sentence structures of Part A and Part B of this unit
·Examine the recognition of the key vocabulary of this unit
Let’s sing
 ·Be able to understand the meaning of the lyrics and sing clearly and accurately
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand a group of sentences and complete the task of selecting the right picture
·Be able to read this group of sentences according to the correct meaning group pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to copy the topic vocabulary of this unit and complete the sentences in context
·Be able to use the core words and the core sentences of this unit synthetically
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the core words and the core sentences of this unit synthetically
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play the song—My schoolbag
3 Play a game What’s missing
4 Leadin
Talk about the schoolbags with students
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song—My schoolbag
3 Play a game What’s missing
4 Talk about the schoolbags with the teacher
Use the song and the game to create a relaxing and pleasant learning atmosphere review the words learned and prepare for the new lesson
Presentation
1 Prereading
(1)Look and say
Show the pictures and lead students to say the words
(2)Teach the word cute
(1)Look at the pictures and say the words that students have learned
(2)Learn the new word cute

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Whilereading
(1)Ask and answer
(2)Play the recording
(3)Read and circle
(4)Check the answer
(5)Play the recording again
(6)Show time
Choose the reading stars and give presents
(1)Talk about Picture A and Picture B
(2)Listen and underline the words about school things
(3)Read the text and circle the correct answer
(4)Check the answer
(5)Listen again and read after the recording
(6)Show time
Read the text in class
Observe the pictures and review the words that students have learned Learn the new word to prepare for reading
Cultivate students’ ability to obtain and process information through independent reading and lead them to master reading skills Improve students’ reading interest so as to achieve the purpose of reading normatively and gracefully
3 Postreading
Look choose and write
(1)What is in it
Ask the question and finish the writing task Check the answers
(2)What’s in your desk
Lead students to finish the writing task Make sure they write correctly
Answer the questions and fill in the blanks Check the answers with the teacher
Practice
Let’s check
(1)Listen and number
Lead students to say something about the pictures Play the recording Check the answers
(2)①Look and circle
②Read and fill in the blanks
Show the text and a picture
Check the answers
(1)Say something about the pictures Then listen and number
(2)①Look at the picture and circle the correct answer
Check the answer and read in groups
②Look at the picture and try to fill in the blanks
Check the answers
Improve students’ reading ability and help them grasp the grammar point of the plural forms of countable nouns

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Write about your schoolbag or your pencil box
2 Emotional education
1 Write about your schoolbag or your pencil box
2 Keep a good habit
Cultivate students’ comprehensive language application ability Finish the process from the input to the output of language by internalizing and using language
Homework
1 Read the text to your parents
2 Write about your desk in your bedroom
3 Do the exercises

Unit 3 My friends

教材分析
单元学题介绍朋友友性格外貌特征进行描述教学容通展示学生介绍友情景展开教学重点够听说认读核心句型—What’s his name —His name is Zhang PengHe’s tall and strongWho’s heHe has glasses and his shoes are blue够听说认读单词strong friendly quiet hair shoe glasses
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
· 够听说认读句型—What’s his name —His name is Zhang PengHe’s tall and strongWho’s heHe has glasses and his shoes are blue
·够情景中运句型—What’s hisher name—His Her name is…—Who’s he she—He She is…询问姓名身份做出回答
·够情景中运句型He’s She’s…He She has…描述物性格外貌特征
·够意群朗读He has short hair He has a big green bag What is his name等四组句子
词汇
·够听说认读单词strong friendly quiet hair shoe glasses
·够正确述单词描述物性格外貌特征
·够意义语境中抄写述话题词汇
语音
·够掌握oe发音规oe单词中发长音əʊ
·够读出符合oe发音规单词根发音拼写出符合oe发音规单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够解外貌描述中文化禁忌：学长胖戴眼镜等歧视性语言
·够根oe发音规拼读单词够根ooe发音规拼写单词
课时安排
第课时：Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
第二课时：Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
第三课时：Part A Let’s spell
第四课时：Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
第五课时：Part B Let’s learn & Say and draw
第六课时：Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing

The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
·够情景中运句型—What’s his her name —His Her name is询问姓名够回答够情景中运句型He’sShe’sHe She has…描述物性格外貌特征
·够语境中助图片等理解新词friendly strong his意思够正确发音
Let’s play
·通观察Let’s play板块图片够语言示范简单描述物外貌特征
·够进步巩固核心句型He’sShe’s—What’s hisher name —His Her name
is理解运

▶教学重点
1 够情景中运句型—What’s his her name —His Her name is…询问姓名够回答
2 够情景中运句型He’s She’s…He She has…描述性格外貌特征
▶教学难点
1 够情景中灵活运核心句型询问姓名回答
2 够熟练描述性格外貌特征
3 够正确读出Chinese his尾音
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件卡片块幕布等
Teaching purpose①
教师问候握手交朋友动作展开教学营造轻松愉快学氛围引出单元话题说唱chant猜游戏够调动学生积极性激发语言表达欲学生快速精力集中课堂
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Greetings
T Good afternoon boys and girls Today let’s be good friends OK
Ss OK
The teacher shakes hands with a student and says Friends friends good friends Then students shake hands with each other and say what the teacher says
Ss Friends friends good friends
T Now tell me Who is your good friend
S1 He She is…
S2 …
2 Let’s do
Show the chant on the PPT Play the music and chant with students （出示课件）
Teaching purpose②
通层层递进话逐渐动权交学生仅已学句型My name’s…进行巩固时导入his稍加点拨加强化操练学生快掌握his法加强知识结构前联系

3 Play a guessing game
Pull up a curtain Ask some students to hide behind the curtain and put their arms or legs out of the curtain in turn Point to one of them and let the other students guess who he she is
T Who’s he she
Ss He She is…
Step 2 Presentation②
Teaching purpose③
语言断听说中My name’s…导入继操练句型His Her name is…基础学会问答What’s hisher name步步水渠成
1 Learn the new sentences③
(1) The teacher makes a selfintroduction with the sentence My name’s… and asks a boy
T What’s your name
Boy My name is…
After the boy answers the question the teacher introduces the boy
T His name is… He is…
(2) The teacher asks students What’s his name
(3) The teacher inspires other students to answer the question and writes down the sentence structure His name is… on the blackboard
Ask students to pay attention to the ending sound of the word hishɪz
(4) The teacher points to other boys one by one and lets students do more exercises to master the language points
T What’s his name
Ss His name is…
(5) The teacher points to a girl and says She’s… Her name is…
Then the teacher asks students What’s her name
Let students try to answer the question Write down the sentence structure Her name is… on the blackboard
Ask students to pay attention to the ending sound of the word herhə (r)
The teacher points to another girl and asks What’s her name

Let students ask and answer in pairs with the sentence structures —What’s her name —Her name is…
2 Practice the new sentences
（1）Show fuzzy pictures of the two people on the PPT (课件出示：学生熟悉两模糊图片两分男女者男孩女孩)
T Look He’s She’s my new friend
Let students guess the names of the two people
Teaching purpose④
通面环节全面系统学课单词句型学生组中师生操练中反复认知现新句型完成教学目标
Lead students to ask the question What’s hisher name Show clear pictures of the two people and reveal the names（出示课件） Write down the sentence What’s his her name on the blackboard And emphasize the distinction between his and her
（2）Show some students’ pictures collected in advance on the PPT (出示课件)④
T Look I have some pictures Look at this picture Who can tell me hisher name
Lead students to use the sentence structure His Her name is… to answer
Ss His Her name is…
T Is he she tall short
Ss Yes
T Is he she thin
Ss No he she is…
Do the action to show strong Then write down the word strong and teach it
T strstroɒngŋ strongstrɒŋ
T He’s She’s tall and strongshort and thin And heshe is friendly
Write down the word friendly on the blackboard Mark ly with red chalk Teach the word
T friendfrendlyli friendly
Teaching purpose⑤
通课文图片问题呈现引导学生听录音理解话容通观录调动学生视觉听觉记忆力提高参语言活动积极性
Ask students to read it and pronounce it correctly
Introduce the etiquette of appearance description Replace fat with strong
T We usually don’t say he she is fat but he she is strong
3 Let’s talk⑤
（1）Show a picture of John on the PPT (出示课件)
T What’s his name
Ss His name is John
Show a picture of John’s mum on the PPT (出示课件)
T She is John’s mother What are they talking about
Ss … （Guess）
T They are talking about John’s new friend Who is heshe
（2）Show the questions one by one on the PPT
①Does John have a Chinese friend
T We are all Chinese because we are all from China
Point to the Chinese flag on the wall to help students understand the word Chinese
Then teach the word Chinese
T Chtʃiaɪneseniz Chinese
②What’s John’s friend’s name
③Is John’s friend tall and strong
Teaching purpose⑥
教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调意群朗读话组中进行角色扮演
（3）Play the video of Let’s talk on the PPT Let students watch the video with questions （课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频）
Ask students to underline the sentences about the answers in their books and answer the questions in class Then check the answers together
4 Listen read and act⑥
(1) Let students listen to the recording and read after it（出示课件）
Teaching purpose⑦
通完成Let’s play找朋友活动进步巩固核心句型He’s She’s…His name is… —What’s hisher name —His Her name is…理解运
(2) Lead students to act out the dialogue in pairs
Step 3 Practice⑦
1 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT (出示课件)
T We have four new friends today Can you introduce them to me
Ss His name is… He’s… Her name is… She’s…
T Good Now let me describe them and you say out the names She’s tall and thin What’s her name
Ss Her name is Lucy
T Where is she
Ss …
T Yes there she is (Do the action to point at Lucy on the screen)
Let students quickly name the characters according to the teacher’s description Finally point to the character and say the sentence Oh there she he is
Then lead students to ask and answer in pairs One describes and asks the other answers
2 Play a game—Find a friend
Divide students into groups of four Let each student write down a classmate’s name on the card The back of the card is facing up Let a student in each group pick a card randomly and describe the student on


the card one by one The rest of the group guess who the student is according to the description
Make a model
A My friend is a boy He’s thin He has short hair He likes maths Who’s he
Teaching purpose⑧
通学生喜欢画画活动发挥绘画技画出物课核心句型做介绍提升语言运真实性
B & C & D His name is…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Play a game—Draw my friend
Present a passage on the PPT Lead students to read the passage Then ask students to draw a portrait on the blackboard one by one Each one draws a brushstroke to complete the portrait


▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Introduce the friend to parents with the key sentence structures
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 课时学描述性格外貌特征课程开始通复巩固句型My name is…导入新词his her稍加练学生快掌握句型What’s his her name句型His Her name is…进行作答
2 活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养
3 猜绘画活动活跃课堂氛围调动学生学积极性加强师生交流活动合作竞争取错教学效果
4 突出语功联系学生实际情况设置环节层层深入帮助学生真实情景中灵活操练学语言


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the meaning of the dialogue with the help of photos the PPT and the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation And be able to act out
the dialogue in the groups
·Be able to use the sentence structures to ask and answer the names and describe the characters in situations
·Be able to understand the new words friendly strong his in context and pronounce them
correctly
Let’s play
·Be able to describe the characters’ appearances simply according to the language demonstration
by observing the pictures of Let’s play
·Be able to further consolidate the understanding and application of the key sentence structures
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to ask and answer about names with the key sentence structures in real situations
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to describe the characteristics of others in real situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures flexibly to ask and answer about names in real situations
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to describe the characteristics of others expertly
·Be able to pronounce the ending sound Chinese his correctly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do
Show the chant on the PPT
Play the music and chant
3 Play a guessing game
1 Greetings
2 Chant with the teacher
3 Guess who’s behind the
curtain
Create a teaching atmosphere through greetings and games







Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Learn the new sentences
（1）Make a selfintroduction Ask a boy about his name Introduce the boy
（2）Ask students about the boy’s name
（3）Teach the sentence structure His name is…
（4）Let students do more exercises
（5）Teach the sentence structures with the girls’ names
(1) Listen to the teacher
(2) Listen and answer the name
(3) Learn the sentence structure His name is… Pay attention to the pronunciation of his
(4) Do more exercises
(5) Ask and answer in pairs with the sentence structures
Through progressive dialogues help students review and consolidate the sentence structure My name’s… and quickly grasp the usage of his her Enhance the linkages of knowledge
2 Practice the new sentences
(1) Show fuzzy character pictures and let students guess the names
(2) Show pictures of some students and ask questions
(1) Guess who the characters in the pictures are Learn how to use his and her
(2) Practice the sentence structures to introduce others
Make students learn the vocabulary and the sentence structures of this lesson synthetically and systematically Let students practice new sentence structures in various forms to achieve teaching aims
3 Let’s talk
（1）Show the pictures of John and his mum and talk about them
（2）Show the questions on the PPT Interpret and teachChinese
（3）Play the video of Let’s talk on the PPT Check the answers
(1) Talk about the pictures of John and his mum
(2) Read the questions and learn Chinese
(3) Watch the video with questions Then answer the questions and check the answers
By presenting texts and questions lead students to understand the dialogue By watching the video let students take part in the language activity with visual sense auditory sense and memory
4 Listen read and act
（1）Play the recording
（2）Lead students to act out the dialogue
(1) Listen to the recording and read after it
(2) Practice and act out the dialogue in pairs
Help students master the correct pronunciation and intonation
Practice
1 Let’s play
Show the picture and
give students an explanation
2 Play a game — Find a friend
1 Listen to the teacher and answer his her questions Ask and answer in pairs
2 Play the game
Practice the key sentence structures Further strengthen the understanding and application of them
Consolidation
&
Extension
Play a game — Draw my friend
Show a passage on the PPT
Read the passage on the PPT Draw a portrait on the blackboard one by one
Increase the authenticity of language use
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Introduce the friend to parents with the key sentences
3 Do the exercises



The second period(第二课时)
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s chant
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词tall strong short thin friendly quiet
·够情景中熟练运句型He’s She’s…介绍物性格外貌特征
·够运句型Who is he she询问姓名回答
Let’s chant
·够通节奏说唱强化单词音义联系增加课堂趣味性
·理解歌谣中物外貌性格特征描述创编新歌谣描述朋友

▶教学重点
1 够掌握描述物特点词汇
2 够词汇简单描述性格外貌特征
▶教学难点
1 够情景中熟练运句型He’s…介绍物性格外貌特征
2 够掌握单词friendly quiet发音
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
节课中学询问姓名重点句型开始课程起温作时带游戏趣味韵句进行交流够极激发学生学兴趣课堂氛围更加热烈更益学生英语学
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision①
(1) Point to a boy and ask his name in rhyme Ask students to answer in rhyme too
T（Clap hands）What’s his name What’s his name
Ss His name is… His name is…
T What’s her name What’s her name（Clap hands and point to a girl）
Ss Her name is… Her name is…
(2) Play a game—I say you do (课件出示：段节奏背景音乐)
T Boys and girls now I say you do Make yourself tall

Teaching purpose②
通节课容角色扮演复旧知识导入新课做准备
Ss Tall tall tall (Students stand up and say while they do it)
T Make yourself short Make your arms long Make your eyes big …
Ss Short short short Long long long Big big big …
3 Watch and act②
Play the video of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P24 Let’s talk板块视频) Let students watch it and act out the dialogue in pairs
4 Leadin
T John has a good friend I have a good friend too Do you want to know what his her name is
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the sentences
T I have a good friend in our class He is a boy He’s tall and strong He’s in Group 4 Guess What’s his name
Describe the appearance of a student in the class simply If other students can’t guess who he is lead them to ask What’s his name
T You can also ask me Who is he
Teaching purpose③
教师播放录音学生听录音读训练认真倾听倾听程中获取重信息力学生读掌握单词正确读音
Write down the sentences What’s his name Who is he on the blackboard
2 Let’s learn③
（1）Learn the words tall strong short thin
Ask a student to come to the front of the classroom and introduce him as a good friend
Then invite another student who is completely different from the boy before Ask other students to observe their differences in figure Lead in the words tall strong short thin
Show the word cards in turn Teach these words Ask students to read after the teacher

Let students point to the classmates and use the sentence structure He’s She’s… to describe others
（2）Learn the phrases tall and strong short and thin
Point to the tall and strong boy on the podium Lead students to say the sentences He’s tall and He’s strong
Then the teacher says He’s tall and strong Ask students to read the sentence after the teacher
Practice the sentence He’s short and thin in the same way
(3) Learn the word quiet
The teacher makes a gesture with the index finger to keep students quiet and says the sentence Be quiet Then show the word card quiet and read it qukwiaɪeətt quiet Then paste the card onto the blackboard Help students understand the meaning of the word quiet Lead students to use the word quiet to make sentences in the real situations
(4) Learn the word friendly
Show pictures of some activities on the PPT and ask Who is friendly

Explain the exact meaning of the word friendly through the movement or the expression
(5) Play and watch
Play the video of Let’s learn on the PPT（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s learn板块视频）Let students watch it
Play it again Ask students to imitate after it and read the words and the sentences over and over again
The teacher describes John with the sentences I have a good friend He’s short and thin
Lead boys to ask Who is he Lead girls to guess who he is and use the sentence His name is John to answer
Ask students to choose a person from the pictures of this section and practice the dialogue in pairs Then let students act it out
Teaching purpose④
三组活动断升级新词词义词形读音相统保证学生够正确认读单词活动会断重复操练新词读音助熟练掌握单词
Step 3 Practice④
1 I point you say
Show the words at random on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to say out the words quickly
T I will point to the words one by one on the PPT Please say out the words quickly Let’s go What’s this
Ss …
2 I say you do
The teacher speaks the words and asks students to perform corresponding actions
T This time I say you do When I say the word tall please do like this（Raise the arms up）When I say the word short please do

like this（Put the arms down）When I say the word strong please do like this（Raise the fists up）And this is for thin (Put the hands on the both sides of cheeks) Are you ready Let’s play
3 I do you say
Teaching purpose⑤
通观察物特征选择正确词汇形容帮助学生正确理解新学词汇
T Now let’s exchange I do you say
4 Let’s chant⑤
Show the pictures of Lily and Tim in the chant on the PPT (课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块中物图片) Help students describe Lily and Tim with the words they have learned and the sentence structure HeShe is…
Play the chant separately（出示课件）Let students read the chant after the recording
Teaching purpose⑥
话题继续延伸创编歌谣活动实际相结合鼓励学生发挥想象力观动性培养英语思维
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a competition
Let students chant in different ways to make a competition Remind students to do some actions while they’re chanting
2 Create a new chant⑥
Encourage students to replace the adjectives in the chant according to the true situations of friends Create a new chant and perform it in class
▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times in four lines and three grids
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 韵句中复课句型极激发学生学兴趣
2 指说说做等连串活动贯穿授新操练程学生种感官参学程中提高学效率
3 学单词目单词灵活运句子中表达更加完整时单词运句子中巩固学单词两者间相辅相成相互促进
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the words tall strong short thin friendly quiet
·Be able to use the sentence structure He’sShe’s… to introduce the characters’ personalities and appearances in situations
·Be able to use the sentence structure Who is he she to ask someone’s name and be able to answer
Let’s chant
·Be able to strengthen the phonetic connection of words and increase the interest of the lesson through rhythmic chant
·Be able to understand the description of the characters’ appearances and personalities in the chant and create a new chant about friends
▶Teaching Priorities
·Master the words that describe characters’ characteristics
·Be able to simply describe the appearances and personalities of others with the above words
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structure He’s She’s… skillfully in real situations
·Be able to master the pronunciations of the words friendly quiet
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Ask in rhyme and do the actions Play the game
1 Greetings
2 Answer in rhyme and do the actions as the teacher’s instruction
This activity can refresh the knowledge learned before and stimulate students’ interest in learning
3 Watch and act
Play the video of Let’s talk
4 Leadin
3 Watch and act out the dialogue in pairs
4 Listen to the teacher
Through roleplay review old knowledge and lead in new knowledge


Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Learn the sentences
Create a situation Teach the sentences What’s his name Who is he
Listen to the teacher’s description and guess who he is Learn the sentences
Introduce the new sentences
2 Let’s learn
(1) Teach the words tall strong short thin
(2) Teach the phrases and lead students to say the sentences to express the appearance of the character
(3) Teach the word quiet
(4) Show pictures of different activities on the PPT to help students understand the meaning of friendly
(5) Play the video of Let’s learn on the PPT
(1) Learn the new words
Make sentences to describe classmates
(2) Learn the phrases and practice the sentences
(3) Understand the meaning of quiet and learn how to use it
(4) Understand the meaning of friendly and learn how to use it
(5) Read the words and the sentences repeatedly Practice the dialogue and act it out
Help students master the correct pronunciation of the words by comparing observing and listening
Practice
1 I point you say
Show the words at random on the PPT
2 I say you do
Speak the adjectives
3 I do you say
Do the actions
4 Let’s chant
Show the pictures of Lily and Tim in the chant on the PPT Play the chant
1 Quickly say out the words on the PPT
2 Do the corresponding actions
3 Say the corresponding words
4 Use the words and the sentence structures they have learned to describe the characteristics Listen to the chant follow it and chant together
Get students to grasp the words from shape meaning and pronunciation through three groups of activities Help students understand and use the new vocabulary correctly
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a competition
Let students chant in different ways to make a competition
2 Create a new chant
1 Chant in different ways
2 Create a new chant
Act it out in class
Extend the topic Combine the creative activity with the real situation Encourage students to use their imagination and initiative Cultivate their English thinking
Homework
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times in four lines and three girds
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
3 Do the exercises


The third period(第三课时)
Part A Let’s spell
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s spell
·够感知纳oe单词中发音规
·够读出符合oe发音规单词
·够根单词读音拼写出符合oe发音规单词

▶教学重点
1 够感知纳oe单词中发音规
2 够读出符合oe发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合oe发音规单词
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件语音例词单词卡等
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身学生韵律中集中注意力激发学生学兴趣学生轻松欢快氛围中准备课容学吟唱两首ieo相关歌谣律动中复o短音发音规律节课语音教学做铺垫
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin①
1 Enjoy a song
Play the song—Friends Ask students to sing after the recording （出示课件）
2 Let’s chant
Play the chant for ie in Unit 2 on the PPT Get students to chant together （课件出示：教材P16 Let’s spell板块中Read listen and chant部分chant容）
Teaching purpose②
逐步出示语音例词学生语境中理解词汇含义
Play the chant for short sound of o on the PPT Get students to chant together （课件出示：PEP三教材P40 Let’s spell板块中Listenrepeat and chant部分chant容）
Step 2 Presentation
1 Read the words②
T Today we have a new friend Look
Show the picture of Mr Jones on the PPT（课件出示：教材P26 Mr Jones图片）Lead in the words of this section

T Who is he
Ss He is Mr Jones
T Yes he is Mr Jones j sounds dʒ oe sounds əʊ n sounds n s sounds z Read after me
Ss …
Write down Mr Jones on the blackboard
T (Point at Mr Jones’ nose) What’s this
Ss It is Mr Jones’ nose
T Yes it’s his nose nose nose nnoəʊsz Write down the word nose on the blackboard
T Touch your nose please
Let students do the action
Show another picture on the PPT

T And what’s in Mr Jones’ left hand
Ss It’s a note
T Good We write notes on our notebooks And this is Coke (Point at the Coke in Mr Jones’ right hand) Do you like Coke
Write down the words note Coke on the blackboard
Teaching purpose③
通拼读学生发现字母发音规模仿口型获正确发音方式
Ask students to read after the teacher and practice in groups
2 Find out the rules③
T Look at these words on the blackboard What can you find
S1 They have the same letter o
S2 They have the same letter e
T Yes They all have oe The letter e at the end is silent What is the sound of the oe Let’s read and find
The teacher reads each word slowly with students
T What is the sound
Ss …
T Yes it’s əʊ Look at my mouth and read after me
Lead students to summarize the pronunciation rule of oe Present the rule on the PPT

Teaching purpose④
学生先倾听韵句初步感受韵句容然读获取正确语音吟唱学生喜欢方式操练韵句达熟练说韵句目
3 Read listen and chant④
Ask students to look at the pictures of Read listen and chant carefully Then play the recording of this part (出示课件)
Let students listen to it carefully Next show the listening material (出示课件) Ask students to read it after the recording and circle the words with oe At last play the recording and lead students to chant freely with clapping their hands
4 Act out
Teaching purpose⑤
通观察教师口型猜单词助学生感受oe单词中发音掌握oe发音方法
Get students to act out the chant together
Step 3 Practice⑤
1 Guess the words
The teacher says the four words one by one in silence The students guess the words by observing the teacher’s mouth and say them out loudly
Teaching purpose⑥
活动检验学生否听懂学语音例词提高学生听音辨音力
2 Listen and do⑥
The teacher gives out the word cards to students and says the words at random The students listen to the teacher and raise up the corresponding word cards
3 Read listen and tick⑦
Teaching purpose⑦
活动单词读音词形结合起学生准确辨音基础区分掌握单词词形
Present the four groups of words on the PPT (课件出示： 教材P26 Read listen and tick部分练) Get students to observe them and discuss the similarities and the differences
Let students read the four groups of words Remind students to pay attention to the different pronunciations of o and oe oe sounds
Teaching purpose⑧
学生先根听单词读音判断属闭音节开音节圈出相应代表符号四线三格写写单词方面体会单词四线三格中书写方式方面书写中进步体会字母单词中发音
əʊ in the open syllable and o sounds ɒ in the closed syllable
Play the recording and ask students to choose the words they hear (课件出示：教材P26 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Play the recording again Check the answers together with students
Answers 1 note 2 home 3 dog 4 lost
4 Listen circle and write⑧
(1) Let students look at the pictures in this section and try to predict the content of the listening
(2) Let students look at the standard writing of the word dog in the textbook Then read the word
T ddoɒgg dogdɒg

Lead students to find the letter o is in a closed syllable so o sounds ɒ here
(3) Play the recording of this section (出示课件) Ask students to answer Is there o’ or oe’ in the words you hear
(4) Let them circle the right answers and write down the words they hear
Remind students to write English words correctly
Answers 1 dog 2 nose 3 mom 4 note
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Spell the words
Show more words on the PPT such as smoke phone joke… Ask students to try to read the words according to the pronunciation rule of oe
Show more words on the PPT such as dog box fox… Ask students to try to read the words according to the pronunciation rule of o
Teaching purpose⑨
通韵句完整呈现课重点语音知识学生逐句读中断重复强调oeo单词中发音总结巩固发音规律奠定基础

2 Chant together⑨
（1）Show a chant on the PPT Let students try to sing the chant

（2）Act out the chant
Give students some time to practice it Encourage them to add their own actions Let them work in groups and choose the ways they like to chant creatively

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read Let’s spell three times after the recording
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 节语音课教学元音字母o重读开音节中发音规教学音标时充分调动学生积极性学生断感知练中总结发音规律
2 通口型猜单词听音找单词听音写单词活动学知识运实践中提高学生参课堂学意识调动学热情
3 通听听读读等种形式反复练学生听读中找出发音规律拼写规律培养学生分析力纳总结力
4 通创编chant发音规融入活泼韵句中降低学生学难度


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s spell
·Be able to perceive and generalize the pronunciation rule of oe in the words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of oe
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of oe according to the words’ pronunciations
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to perceive and generalize the pronunciation rule of oe in the words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of oe
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule of oe according to the words’ pronunciations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Enjoy a song—Friends
2 Let’s chant
Play the two chants learned
1 Listen to the song and sing after the recording
2 Chant together
Warming up with a song can help students focus their attention on the rhythm and stimulate students’ interest in learning Through chanting help students review the pronunciation rule of o

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Read the words
Play the PPT Talk with students and lead in the example words
Watch the PPT and talk with the teacher Then read the example words after the teacher and practice in groups
Present the example words step by step Make students understand the meaning of the words in the context
2 Find out the rules
Summarize the pronunciation rule of oe
Find out the pronunciation rule of oe Imitate the teacher’s pronunciation and accent
By spelling let students find out the pronunciation rule by themselves and get the right way to pronounce
3 Read listen and chant
Play the recording of Read listen and chant three times
At the first time listen carefully At the second time read after the recording At the third time chant freely
Get students to listen to the chant and feel the content of the chant Then repeat after the recording to get the correct pronunciation Get students to practice the chant in the ways they like to help them speak the chant fluently
4 Act out
Act out the chant together
Practice
1 Guess the words
Say the words one by one in silence
Guess the words by observing the teacher’s mouth and say them out loudly
Help students feel the pronunciation of oe in the words
2 Listen and do
Give out the word cards Say the words at random
Listen to the teacher and raise up the corresponding word cards
Improve students’ ability of listening and identifying phonetic symbols
3 Read listen and tick
Get students to observe the similarities and the differences of the four groups of words
Play the recording
Check the answers
Talk about the similarities and the differences of the words Read the words Listen and choose the words they hear Check the answers
Enable students to distinguish and master the form of words on the basis of accurate pronunciations
4 Listen circle and write
Play the recording and instruct students to complete the tasks
Look at the pictures in this section Circle the right answers and then write down the words
Further experience the pronunciation rules of o and oe in the words when they write
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Spell the words
Show more words on the PPT
Try to read the words according to the pronunciation rules
Help students master the pronunciation rules of the letter o and oe
2 Chant together
(1) Show a chant on the PPT
(2) Lead students to practice the chant in groups
(1) Learn to sing the chant
(2) Act the chant out
Consolidate the pronunciation rules ofoeando through chanting
Homework
1 Read Let’s spell three times after the recording
2 Do the exercises



The fourth period(第四课时)
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
·够情景中恰运句型He has…and his…描述外貌特征
·够语境中理解新词or right glasses shoes意思正确发音
·重点关注glassesshoes末尾ess发音
Let’s play
·够根语言支架创编话综合运目标语言
·够根描述判断出相应物

▶教学重点
1 够理解话意
2 够正确语音语调朗读话够组中进行角色扮演
3 够运重点句型描述外貌特征
▶教学难点
1 够语境中理解新词or right glasses shoes意思正确发音
2 够掌握单词is are has have法
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
学生熟悉chant开始课程学生营造欢快英语学氛围环节学做知识准备
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a chant①
Play the video of Let’s chant on page 25（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块视频）Get students to sing together
Teaching purpose②
通学生问教师答猜游戏引出课重容学生够语境中理解课重点词汇时理解重点句型意思法
T Do you remember the chant about friends Let’s sing the chant together
2 Leadin②
Show three characters on the PPT (课件出示：矮男孩John穿蓝色鞋子双胞胎姐妹LucyLilyLucy高子穿红色鞋子Lily高子穿黑色鞋子)

Lead students to find clues by asking the teacher to guess who the teacher’s friend is
Ss Is your friend a boy
T No she is a girl
Ss Is she tall
T Yes she is
Ss Is she Lucy
T No Look at the shoes (Point to the shoes and help students know the meaning of shoes)
Write down the word shoes on the blackboard and read it Get students to know es sounds z here
T Her shoes are black (Say the colour of the friend’s shoes)
Ss She is Lily
T Yes you’re right Lucy’s shoes are red Lily’s shoes are black And we can say
Her shoes are red (Point at Lucy)
Her shoes are black (Point at Lily)
His shoes are blue (Point at John)
Teaching purpose③
通两轮问题展示学生学容充满阅读兴趣学生带着问题听录音动画方面集中注意力方面训练倾听时抓住关键信息力听讨学生够更理解话容正确理解新词汇意义
Then write down the sentence structure HisHer shoes are… on the blackboard
Step 2 Presentation
1 Let’s talk③
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s talk (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s talk板块图片) Talk about the dialogue with students Ask students to predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Who are they
Ss They are Mike and John
T What are they talking about Guess
S1 Maybe they are talking about friends
S2 …
…
T You know about my new friend What about Mike’s new friend Who is he or she Let’s listen to the recording with the questions underline the key sentences about the questions then answer the questions
Show the question and the pictures of different characters on the PPT (课件出示：张鹏吴陈杰图片)
Questions Who is Mike’s new friend A boy or girl
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P27 Let’s talk板块音频）
T Who is Mike’s new friend A boy or girl
Ss A boy
T Who’s he Zhang Peng
Ss No
T Is he Wu Yifan
Ss Yes You’re right
Write down the word or and the sentence Who is he？ on the blackboard and teach them
Tell students how to answer the questions with or
（2）Show the questions on the PPT：
①Is Mike’s friend a boy or a girl
②Is he tall and thin
③Who is tall and thin too
④What colour are Wu Yifan’s shoes
⑤Does he have glasses
Show the picture and the word glasses on the PPT（课件出示：glasses相关容）Teach the word and ask students to pay attention to the pronunciation of es
Play the cartoon on the PPT（出示课件）Lead students to watch it carefully and discuss the dialogue then answer the questions
T Is Mike’s friend a boy or a girl
Ss A boy
T Is he tall and thin
Ss Yes You’re right
T Who is tall and thin too
Ss Zhang Peng
T What colour are Wu Yifan’s shoes
Ss His shoes are blue
T Does he have glasses
Teaching purpose④
通播放话录音学生读保证学生够正确朗读话容分角色表演课文方面学生够正确流利朗读课文方面学生进步熟悉重点句型表达
Ss Yes He has glasses
T Yes He has glasses And I have glasses too
Write down the word has Remind students to pay attention to the usage of has have
Point to the boy or the girl wearing glasses in the classroom Lead students to say the sentence He She has glasses
2 Read after the recording④
Play the recording again (出示课件) Ask students to follow it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
3 Act out in pairs
Get students to read the dialogue freely Then ask them to act it out in pairs and find the best pair
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑤
游戏方式进行重点句型练通句型物特征匹配重点句型操练真实语境中进行帮助学生够真正理解掌握重点句型意思法

1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to make a new dialogue with the main sentence structures in this lesson and talk in pairs
2 Guess Who’s he she⑤
（1）Show several characters that students are familiar with in turn on the PPT Let students try to describe their characteristics in groups
T Look at this man Can you say something about him Please have a try
Make a model
T He is a man He is tall and thin He has glasses His shoes are black His bag is blue Who’s he Is he…
Ss … (If students are right the teacher says Yes You’re right)
（2）Show time
S1 He She is… He She has… His Her shoes are… His Her bag is…
Teaching purpose⑥
游戏中操练学生提供描述物机会 教师出语言支架学生够正确学词汇句型描述物特征
S2 …
3 Let’s play⑥
T (课件出示：教材P27 Let’s play板块图片文字) Boys and girls we all have good friends Look at the picture Please talk about your friends in pairs with the key sentence structures
S1 He is a boy He has… His shoes are… His bag is… What’s his name
S2 He is…
S1 Yes You’re right What about your friend
S2 She is a girl She has… Her shoes are… Her bag is… What’s her name
Teaching purpose⑦
通角色描述猜测学生够学句型交流程中加深话理解完成找活动中加强目标语训练加语言输入输出量
S1 …
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Little policeman policewoman—Looking for the lost child
Divide students into three groups Select one student from each group to play the role of the mother or the father Ask the selected student to describe the physical feature of her his lost child and the others help her him find the child
Make a model with a student
T (mother) Help me I lost my baby
S1 A boy or girl
T …

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read after the recording of Let’s talk three times
2 Describe one of your best friends to your parents
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 chant引入引领学生进入课堂激起学生学兴趣紧接着猜游戏引出课重句型
2 通创设真实情境引导学生听说演开始运学语言完成活动寻找走失孩子
3 教学中注重新旧知识间渗透培养学生综合运语言力
4 实践中注意分层教学材施教效方式激发学生动参培养独立思考合作探究创新精神
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the pictures the PPT and the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation And be able to role play in groups
·Be able to use the sentence structureHe hasand hisproperly to describe the appearance characteristics in the situation
·Be able to understand the meanings of the new wordsor right glasses shoesin context and pronounce them correctly
·Pay attention to the ending sounds according to of the wordsglassesandshoes

Let’s play
·Be able to create dialogues the language scaffolds and use the target language synthetically
·Be able to judge the corresponding characters according to the descriptions
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and role play in groups
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to describe the appearances and other characteristics
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand the meanings of the new words or right glasses shoes in context and pronounce them correctly
·Be able to master the usage of the wordsis areandhas have
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Sing a chant
2 Leadin
Show three characters on the PPT
Talk about the characters with students
1 Sing the chant together
2 Look for clues by asking the teacher to guess who the teacher’s friend is
The important content of this lesson is brought out through the guessing game Help students understand the meaning and the usage of the sentence structures
Presentation
1 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures and ask questions Then play the recording Teach the word or and the sentence
(2) Show the questions Let students watch the cartoon carefully and discuss the dialogue
(1) Listen to the recording carefully and find out the answers to the questions Learn the word or and the sentence
(2) Learn the word glasses Watch the cartoon Understand the dialogue and answer the questions
Train students to grasp the key messages by listening with the questions
Enable students to better understand the dialogue and understand the meaning of the new words
2 Read after the recording
Play the recording again
Read the dialogue after the recording Pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ensure that students can read the dialogue correctly
3 Act out in pairs
Get students to read the dialogue freely and then act out in pairs
Read the dialogue freely
Then act it out in pairs
Enable students to read the dialogue fluently and become more familiar with the expression of the key sentences







Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
Lead students to make a new dialogue
Make a new dialogue and talk in pairs
Help students better grasp the sentence structures of this lesson
2 Guess Who’s he she
(1) Show several characters in turn on the PPT Make a model to give the language support
(2) Show time
Try to describe their characteristics Practice in groups with the language support Then figure out the characters
Show time
Practice the main sentences in the real situations
3 Let’s play
Show the pictures and the sentence structures on the PPT
Practice in pairs with the key sentence structures to talk about friends
Help students truly understand and master the meaning and the usage of the key sentence structures
Consolidation
&
Extension
Little policeman policewoman —Looking for the lost child
Divide students into three groups Lead them to play the game
Complete the tasks with the key sentence structures
Through the description and speculation of different characters make students practice the learned sentence structures Deepen the understanding of the dialogue during the exchange process Enhance the training of the target language and increase the input and the output of language
Homework
1 Read after the recording of Let’s talk three times
2 Describe one of your best friends to your parents
3 Do the exercises


The fifth period(第五课时)
Part B Let’s learn & Say and draw
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读短语long hair short hair brown shoes blue glasses a green bag
·够运述短语描述物外貌特征衣着扮
·够理解句型表达相意思His glasses are blue表达
He has blue glasses提高学生灵活运语言力
Say and draw
·通活动复巩固重点句型He has…Let’s learn板块学短语
·培养学生口语表达力综合实践力

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说认读单词hair shoes glasses
2 够听懂会说认读句型He has…His…is are…
▶教学难点
1 够熟练正确描述物外貌特征衣着扮
2 关注名词单复数变化
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通描述非常熟悉学特征帮助学生回忆前课时学重点词汇句型步学做铺垫
2 PPT课件课文录音视频单词卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a chant
Play the chant in Let’s chant on page 25（课件出示：教材P25 Let’s chant板块chant）Get students to chant together
Teaching purpose②
hair学生新接触单词单词融入短语中方式学生充分理解新词意思教师通真实情景帮助学生句型表达种意思
2 Leadin①
Point to a student and ask other students to try to describe his her characteristics by using the key sentence structures they have learned

Step 2 Presentation
1 Create a situation②
(1) Show the outline of Sarah（课件出示：Sarah外轮廓）
T I have two new friends Who are they Guess Now let’s have a look
Ss She is a girl She is tall and thin（Get students to describe her characteristics）
T Look at her hair（Point to her hair）
Teach the word hairheə(r) and ask students to read it after the teacher
T It’s long (Show students the meaning of long by gestures) Her hair is long She has long hair
Write down the sentence She has long hair on the blackboard
Ss She is…
According to the description and the observation let students guess her name Then show a complete picture of Sarah (课件出示：Sarah完整图)
T Oh it’s Sarah Sarah has long hair
Teach the phrase long hair and the sentence She has long hair Point to the other girls with long hair in class and practice the sentence
(2) Point to a girl with short hair in the class
T But she has short hair (Show students the meaning of short by gestures Write down the phrase short hair on the blackboard)
Point to a boy with short hair in the class and say out the phrase short hair Ask students to read the phrase while doing some actions Practice the phrase short hair and the sentence He She has short hair
T Who has short hair in our class
Get students to answer the question with the sentence He She has short hair
T Yes His Her hair is short
Write down the two sentences and ask students to make a comparison
(3) Show the outline of Wu Yifan on the PPT (课件出示 吴外轮廓) Lead students to say the sentences He is a boy His hair is short He has short hair
Then present Wu Yifan’s green schoolbag and blue glasses on the PPT (课件出示：吴绿书包蓝眼镜)
Teach the phrases blue glasses a green bag
Ask students to use the key sentence structures He has… or His…is are… to introduce the boy
S1 He has blue glasses He has a green bag
S2 His glasses are blue His bag is green
Present a complete picture of Wu Yifan（课件出示：吴完整图）
Teaching purpose③
谈课物然渡谈学生熟悉班级学激发学生运学知识进行表达欲学致操练课时学词汇句型
T (Point to the picture) It’s Wu Yifan
(4) Point to a boy in the class③
T Look What colour are his shoes
Ss …
T His shoes are brown And we can say He has brown shoes
Then present some pictures of shoes in different colours on the PPT Lead students to say …shoes
Teaching purpose④
形式样朗读训练巩固强化目标词汇句型生生互动效提升学生学热情增强学生信心满足学生成感
Write down the sentence His Her shoes are… He She has…shoes on the blackboard
2 Let’s learn④
T My another friend is Wu Yifan And he is Mike’s good friend too Let’s listen and read
（1）Show the picture of Let’s learn on the PPT Play the recording (课件出示：教材P28 Let’s learn板块图片音频) Ask students to read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation Lead students to read the words together and have a competition in different groups For example Group 1 PK Group 2 boys PK girls
（2）First make a model with a student Then lead students to ask and answer in pairs
Teaching purpose⑤
交流中学生理解新授容够运短语描述物特征奠定基础
（3）Ask some students to act out the dialogue
3 Talk in class⑤
Show pictures of the other two characters in Let’s learn on the PPT (课件出示：教材P28 Let’s learn板块外两物图片)
Ask students to imitate the dialogue between Mike and Chen Jie and discuss the appearances and other characteristics of the two characters
Make a model
A My friend has brown shoes
B It’s Amy Her shoes are brown
Step 3 Practice
1 Find friends
The teacher takes out the prepared phrase cards and lets students say the equivalent phrases of the card in groups
Like this
Group 1 shows the card long hair
S1 Long hair
S2 Short hair
Group 2 shows the card long arms

S1 Long arms
S2 Short arms
Group 3 shows the card a red bag
S1 A red bag
S2 A green bag
2 Find and match
Teaching purpose⑥
通活动学生够真正运学短语句型描述身边朋友特征达掌握知识目
The teacher shows photos of three cartoon characters with descriptions on the PPT and ask students to find and match (课件出示：卡通物相应描述)
3 Guess in groups⑥
Divide students into groups of four Let students take turns describing one member of the group and the others in the group guess who he or she is
Make a model
T He is a boy He has short hair He has black glasses He has blue shoes Who is he Guess
Teaching purpose⑦
整合运学语句谈情景图延伸听说画活动通活动灵活操练句型He has巩固前面学短语
Ss He is…His name is…
4 Say and draw⑦
(1) Talk about the main scene picture of Unit 3
Present the main scene picture of Unit 3 and talk about the picture （课件出示：Unit 3情景图）
(2) Say and draw
Present the picture of Say and draw (出示课件)
The rule One person introduces the characteristics of hisher friend The other draws the corresponding character on the paper
Make a model
T I have a friend He has short hair He has red glasses He has brown shoes…
Teaching purpose⑧
通引导学生完成调查汇报活动巩固课学重点突破难点培养学生综合运语言力
Ask students to draw the boy
Let students say and draw in pairs according to the rule At last select the pair that performs best
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
Do a survey
Show the form on the PPT Let students investigate each other about the length of their hair the colours of their shoes and whether they have glasses in groups

Ask students to report the results of the survey in the group after completing the survey
Make a model：
I have a friend His Her name is… He She has…hair His Her shoes are… He She has doesn’t have glasses

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the vocabulary after the recording
2 Describe a friend with the key sentence structures and write them down
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 课词汇句型新授课新课教学前通歌曲话方式帮助学生复节课学知识节课做铺垫
2 结合课件师生互动讲授新知新授词汇融入句子教学中帮助学生词汇灵活运句子中时句子中巩固学词汇二者相辅相成互相促进
3 呈现单元情景图通画画学生玩乐中练巩固词汇句型英语课堂生动起
4 组完成调查报告学生够运学语言描述身边朋友亲
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the phrases long hair short hair brown shoes blue glasses a green bag
·Be able to use the phrases above to describe the character’s appearances and dress
·Be able to understand that different sentence structures can express the same meaning and improve students’ ability to use language flexibly
Say and draw
·Be able to help students review and consolidate the key sentence structures and the phrases they have learned in Let’s learn with the activity
·Cultivate students’ oral expression ability and comprehensive practice ability
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak and read the words hair shoes glasses
·Be able to listen speak and read the sentence structures He has…His…isare…
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to describe character’s appearances and dress skillfully and correctly
·Pay attention to the changes of singular nouns and plural nouns
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Sing a chant
Play the chant on the PPT
2 Leadin
Point to a student and ask other students to describe him her
1 Sing the chant together
2 Describe the student’s characteristics by using the key sentence structures they have learned
Through the chant and the description help students review the phrases and the sentence structures they have learned
Presentation
1 Create a situation
（1）Teachhair long hair
（2）Teachshort hair
（3）Teach blue glasses and a green bag
（4）Teachbrown shoes
Learn the new phrases and practice the sentence structures flexibly
Make students fully understand the meaning of the vocabulary in a comparative manner And help them know that we can express the same meaning with different sentence structures








Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Let’s learn
(1) Play the recording of Let’s learn on the PPT
(2) Make a model with a student
(3) Ask some students to act out the dialogue
(1) Listen carefully imitate and read the words And have a competition in different groups
(2) Ask and answer in pairs
(3) Act out the dialogue
Various forms of reading exercises can consolidate and strengthen the target vocabulary and the sentence structures And it can effectively improve students’ learning enthusiasm enhance their confidence and satisfy their sense of achievement
3 Talk in class
Ask students to imitate and discuss
Imitate the dialogue between Mike and Chen Jie Discuss the appearances and the dress of the other two characters
Enable students to understand and use the phrases and the sentences in communication Lay the foundation for students to freely use these phrases to describe characters’ characteristics
Practice
1 Find friends
Take out the prepared phrase cards
2 Find and match
Show the PPT and lead students to finish the task
3 Guess in groups
Make a model
4 Say and draw
Present the main scene picture of Unit 3 Talk about it Then present the picture of Say and draw
1 Read the cards and say other phrases of the same kind
2 Find and match the characters
3 Practice the main phrases and sentences in groups
4 Talk about the main scene picture of Unit 3 Then do the activities
Help students practice the phrases and the key sentence structures flexibly Combine the pronunciations with the meanings of the words to deepen students’ memory Integrate the sentence structures and the phrases in this unit
Consolidation
&
Extension
Do a survey
Show a survey form on the PPT
Do a survey in groups
Report in the group
Lead students to consolidate the key points of the course and overcome the difficulties by completing the survey and reporting Cultivate students’ ability to use language synthetically
Homework
1 Read the vocabulary after the recording
2 Describe a friend with the key sentence structures and write them down
3 Do the exercises


The sixth period(第六课时)
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够读懂四组句子图中物正确匹配
·够正确语音语调意群朗读四组句子
·够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
·够综合运单元核心词句
Let’s check
·通图学会图片信息中推测考查点做意识听录音听完成排序务
·够养成良听力惯持续提高学生听力水
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱

▶教学重点
够运学词汇句型简单描述位熟悉朋友学
▶教学难点
理解What is his her nameWho is he she？区联系
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
通运前面课时中学描述物外貌特征衣着扮词汇句型开始课程起温作够极激发学生学兴趣课堂氛围更加热烈更益学生英语学
T Good morning afternoon boys and girls
Ss Good morning afternoon Mr Miss Mrs…
T How are you today
Ss …
2 Revision①
(1) Free talk
T Who is tall and strong in our class
Ss …
T Who has brown shoes in our class
Ss …
…
(2) Fill in the blanks

Present the words of this unit on the PPT Ask students to complete the exercise as required

Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
通创造超级模特游戏激发学生表达欲提高课堂参度利已学词汇输出句子学生点（词汇）组合构成面（语段）进行输出
Read and write
（1）Prereading
①Play a game—Create a supermodel②
Draw the outline of a person on the blackboard Ask students to design his her appearance and clothes Let each student say one sentence Draw the outline according to students’ descriptions until a supermodel is created
Ask students to look at the picture again Let them try to make descriptive sentences into a short paragraph
②Guess Who is my best friend
Ask some students to use a complete paragraph to introduce their good friend’s appearance and dress Ask the other students to guess who he she is Review and consolidate the key sentences learned in this unit
Teaching purpose③
先学生观察讨图片容根句子选择正确图片培养阅读策略检验学生否够正确认读理解词汇句型
(2) Whilereading③
①Show the picture and four groups of sentences of Read and match on the PPT（出示课件）
Let students observe the picture underline the key words and phrases and talk about it in class
T Look at these children boys and girls Who are they
Ss They’re Ben James Ann and Kate
Write down the names on the blackboard and read them at the same time
T Ben pen—Ben ee James name—James aeeɪ Ann ant—Ann aæ Kate cake—Kate aeeɪ
Ss … (Read after the teacher)
T Can you talk something about James
S1 …
T Who can talk about Ben？
…
②Complete the activity of Read and match
Ask four students to read the four groups of sentences in turn The other students judge by what they hear
Then check the answers together by letting students ask and answer
Answers：1—James 2—Ann 3—Kate 4—Ben
S1 He has short hair He has a big green bag What is his name
S2 His name is James
S3 She has long hair She has orange shoes What is her name
S4 Her name is Ann
Write down the sentence structures HeShe has… —What’s hisher name —His Her name is… on the blackboard
S5 She is tall She is friendly She has a blue hat Who is she
S6 She is Kate
S7 He is short and thin He has glasses He is near the window Who is he
S8 He is Ben
Write down the sentence structures —Who is heshe —He She is… on the blackboard
Lead students to understand the difference between What is hisher name and Who is he she？
T What is his her name We can only answer the name here Who is he she We can answer the name the job or the relationship with the speaker here
③Listen and repeat
Ask and answer in pairs One says the name of the character in the picture The other quickly retells the character’s descriptive text Then exchange to complete the exercise
For example
S1 Kate
Teaching purpose④
活动帮助学生读音词义词形结合起保证够理解重点词汇句型意思够正确运
S2 She is tall She is friendly She has a blue hat
（3）Postreading④
①Observe and read
Present the three pictures the words and the phrases（课件出示：教材P29 Look choose and write部分文图片）Ask students to observe the pictures and read the words and the phrases
②Give the language support and talk with students
T (Point to the tall man) Look at this man He is…and… （Describe with body language）
Ss He is tall and thin
T Who is this old man He is Santa Claus What does he have
Ss He has a red bag
T Yes there are many gifts in the red bag He has a red hat too But there is no hat in the square frame So we should fill bag in the blank
Does this girl have long hair or short hair

Ss She has long hair
T Great Please choose the correct words or phrases to fill in the blanks
③Remind students to write the words or phrases correctly
Comment on the completion of students Correct writing errors in time Then check the answers together
Answers 1 tall thin 2 bag 3 long hair
Ask three students to read the sentences in turn
④Let students write a few sentences they have learned in this unit to introduce a classmate Next let some students read the sentences they have written The other students guess which student they’re describing
Comment on the completion of students Correct writing errors in time
Teaching purpose⑤
先引导学生观察图片中容然听录音图片排序学生养成完成听力活动前先获取题信息惯检验学生否听懂单元重点句型
Step 3 Practice
Let’s check
(1) Listen and number⑤
Show the pictures of Listen and number on the PPT （出示课件）
Let students talk about the names characteristics and other features of the characters in the pictures
S1 She is a girl She has long hair and oranges shoes
S2 He is a boy He has short hair
S3 He is a boy He has long hair He has brown shoes
S4 He is a boy He is tall and strong He has glasses
Play the recording Remind students to grasp the key information and complete the exercise of Listen and number（出示课件）
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生观察图片发散思维建立学单词句子联系检验学生否认读理解词汇句型运知识进行合适表达
Play the recording again to help students check the answers （出示课件）
Answers 2314
（2）Look and match⑥
Show the pictures of Look and match on the PPT（出示课件）
Let students observe the picturesand then describe the characteristics of the characters in the pictures with the sentence structures He She is…He She has…
T Look at this girl in the first picture What’s she like
Ss She has short black hair She is quiet
T Good What about this girl in the second picture What do you think about her
…
Show the words and the phrases on the PPT（出示课件）Let students read them and choose the right pictures to match
Remind students that there is more than one word or phrase that can match the same picture
Check the answers
Answers 图1 quiet 图2 long black hair glasses friendly
图3 tall and strong blue shoes short brown hair图4 short and thin
Teaching purpose⑦
表演欣赏演唱创编歌曲等种形式回忆单元重点词汇达总结目
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s act⑦
Ask students to act out the words tall short fat thin quiet…
2 Listen and do
Give orders such as Clap your hands Stamp your feet Wave your arms Shake your body…
Students do actions according to the orders
3 Let’s sing
(1) Play the song —Friends（出示课件）Get students to enjoy it together
(2) T Listen again and answer If your friend is tall and quiet what can you do
Ss Clap my hands
(3) Students sing the song in pairs then sing the song together
(4) Make a new song with replacing the adjective and the verb phrases of the song in groups
Make a model
If your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet If your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet
If your friend is thin and funny if your friend is thin and funny if your friend is thin and funny stamp your feet

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Copy the key words learned in this unit five times
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思

1 课进行读写练读写句子单元重点容
2 采学生问答方式展开课时重点容减轻学生压力活跃课堂气氛
3 教学程中充分运游戏图片录音等教学手段学生积极参课堂活动学生参意识强完成效果错
4 难点进行细化采单词—短语—句型方式化解难点
5 引导学生开展练操练句型完成务加深学生句型印象培养学生学英语兴趣
6 板书设计清晰明重点突出起总结作

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to read and understand the four groups of sentences and match them with the characters correctly
·Be able to read the four groups of sentences with the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to copy the topic vocabulary of this unit in the meaningful context and complete the sentences
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentences of this unit synthetically
Let’s check
·Learn to predict the examination points from the picture information and consciously listen to the recording and complete the task
·Be able to develop good listening habits and improve students’ listening skills
Let’s sing
·Be able to sing the song—Friends Be able to understand the meaning of the lyrics and sing clearly and accurately
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to simply describe a familiar friend or classmate by using the vocabulary and the sentence structures they have learned
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Understand the difference and the connection betweenWhat’s his her name and Who is heshe？
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Talk to students and show the exercise
1 Greetings
2 Talk to the teacher Fill in the blanks
Review the vocabulary and the sentence structures Stimulate students’ interest Lay the foundation for the new lesson
Presentation
Read and write
(1) Prereading
①Play a game—Create a supermodel
②Who is my best friend
①Design appearance and clothes and help the teacher to draw a model
Make descriptive sentences into a short paragraph
②Some students introduce their good friends with a complete paragraph The other students guess who he she is
Stimulate students’ desire to express and improve their participation in class Increase students’ language output
(2) Whilereading
Show the picture and four groups of sentences of Read and match on the PPT
Instruct students to observe the picture complete the activity and retell the text
Talk about the picture in class Complete the activity And retell in pairs
Develop students’ observation skills through the picture Cultivate their reading strategies
(3) Postreading
Lead students to complete the activity of Look choose and write
Observe the pictures Read the words and the phrases Then complete the activity of Look choose and write
Help students combine word pronunciation word meaning and word formation Ensure that they can understand the meaning of the key vocabulary and sentence structures and use them correctly
Practice
Let’s check
(1) Listen and number
Show the pictures of this section And play the recording
Discuss the names characteristics and other features of the characters in the pictures Complete the exercises of Listen and number
Make students get into the habit of obtaining the information of the exercises first before they finish the listening activities
(2) Look and match
Show the pictures the words and the phrases on the PPT Get students to observe the pictures and read the words and the phrases Talk to students
Observe the pictures and describe the characteristics of the characters in the pictures Complete the exercise of Look and match
Cultivate students’ divergent thinking Make sure students can use the words the phrases and the sentence structures correctly
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Ask students to act out the words
2 Give orders
3 Play the song—Friends Lead students to make a new song
1 Act out the words
2 Do corresponding actions
3 Enjoy the song Make a new song
End the lesson with a song Let students recall the key vocabulary of this unit through the song
Homework
1 Copy the key words learned in this unit five times
2 Draw your parents and describe them in English
3 Do the exercises

Recycle 1

教材分析
单元复单元复1~3单元核心知识点该单元包含六部分容
Read aloud话中复现1~3单元句型词汇教材通陈杰John谈书友事情景学生学词汇句型语义语情景加深记忆
Connect and say通五名字Kate Mike Rose Tim Bob串起a i o三元音字母长短音求学生寻找含相发音单词连线城堡
Look listen and write求学生图听录音填充三句绕口令复前三单元学语音知识
Look and find通张鹏根Sarah描述物特征连词找朋友情景复第三单元核心词汇句型
Read aloud and match the pictures求学生阅读两组话选择正确图片匹配根图片提示续编话该活动旨复巩固1~3单元词汇句型
Play a game呈现情景陈杰Mike两挑战登山 途中回答遇问题先达山顶获胜者通活动复1~3单元核心句型
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读实际情景中运1~3单元核心句型
·够情景中运句型 What’s in your…询问回答某处什物品够情景中运句型—Where is… —It’s in on under near the…询问回答物品位置
·够情景中运句型介绍朋友姓名性格外貌穿着等—What’s hisher name —His Her name is…He’sShe’s…He She has…
·够意群朗读课文
词汇
·够听说认读实际情景中运1~3单元关教室物品设施书文具描述性格外貌穿着单词短语
·够意义语境中抄写述话题词汇
语音
·够掌握1~3单元中ae ie oe发音规
·够读出符合发音规单词根发音拼写出符合发音规单词
情感态度文化意识学策略目标：
·够体会学间互帮互助友谊加强际交力
·够游戏闯关活动中提高语言学积极性增强灵活运语言力
课时安排
第课时 Read aloud & Connect and say & Look listen and write
第二课时 Look and find & Read aloud and match the pictures & Play a game

The first period(第课时)
Read aloud & Connect and say & Look listen and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read aloud
·够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
·够通学话复巩固What’s in itWho’s your friendWhat’s her name等句型 作出回答
·够语境中理解Your bag is so heavyI knowI don’t know等句子意思正确朗读
Connect and say
&
Look listen and write
·够巩固学1~3单元语音知识读出符合发音规单词
·够根发音规单词类完成连线填充单词务

▶教学重点
1 够1~3单元核心语言融体具体情景中然熟练运
2 巩固学1~3单元语音知识
▶教学难点
1 够核心句型描述朋友特征
2 够根发音规读出符合发音规单词根发音规单词分类
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身激发学生学兴趣眼疾口快复学词汇活跃课堂气氛
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Sharp eyes
Show the following vocabulary on the PPT one by one
（课件出示：classroom window blackboard light picture door teacher’s desk computer fan wall floor schoolbag maths English Chinese storybook candy notebook toy key strong friendly quiet hair shoe glasses）
T If you know the vocabulary you can stand up and read it out
4 Free talk
Do Q & A on the topics of classroom schoolbag and friends
T What’s in the classroom What’s in your schoolbag Who’s your friend What is he she like Is he she tall thin… …
Ss …
Teaching purpose②
教师通问题引导学生复1~3单元容创设情境学生领会句子Let me help you单词heavy学生认识遇困难时互相帮助进入Read aloud部分话题做铺垫
Step 2 Presentation
1 Leadin②
Show a schoolbag with some books in it
T Look at this schoolbag What’s in it Let’s have a look
Lead students to answer An English book a maths book a notebook and ten storybooks
Take all the books out of the schoolbag Then put some school things on the teacher’s desk and ask a student to come to the front
T Put the pen pencil ruler…in the schoolbag
The student does as the teacher says
T Now show me the schoolbag
(The schoolbag is too heavy for the student to carry)
T Let me help you (Help the student raise the schoolbag)
S1 Thank you
The teacher asks more students to carry the schoolbag
T What do you think of this schoolbag
Ss So heavy
T Yes The schoolbag is so heavy
Let students read the word heavy after the teacher and help them understand the sentence Let me help you
Teaching purpose③
教师引导学生带着问题观文动画整体感知文获取信息
T We should help each other Look Chen Jie is helping John (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分图)
2 Watch and answer③
(1) Look at the pictures and answer the question
T What’s in John’s schoolbag (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分图二图三)
Ss Books
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
Show the questions on the PPT

Then play the cartoon of Read aloud (课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分视频) After students finish watching check the answers by talking to them
T Are they John’s storybooks
Ss No they are his friend’s

T Oh I know I know they are his friend’s (Emphasize I know with the head nodding) But who’s his friend I don’t know (Emphasize I don’t know with a gesture and an expression)
Ss Sandy White
T I know John’s friend is Sandy White So they’re Sandy White’s storybooks
Teach the sentence They’re my friend’s storybooks
Show a picture of Sandy White（出示课件）
T Look This is Sandy White Do you know what her job is and what she is like
Ss …

Check the answers and teach the sentences above
Students read these sentences after the teacher
Show the pictures of two pupils in the class (出示课件)
T Who is he she Can you tell me something about him her
Teaching purpose④
引导学生正确语音语调朗读话组中进行角色表演

(3) Watch the cartoon again and then number the pictures（课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud动画六张乱序图片）
3 Read and act④
（1）Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation（课件出示：教材P32 Read aloud部分音频）
Teaching purpose⑤
通引导学生关注元音字母发音帮助回忆相关语音知识完成教材中活动做准备请学生说出名中a i o字母发音引导发现相字母重读开音节闭音节里发音
（2）Let students practice the dialogues in groups
（3）Choose some students to act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Connect and say⑤
（1）Let’s chant（课件出示：Units 1~3中Let’s spell板块歌谣）
（2）Show the pictures of the five children (课件出示：教材P33 Connect and say部分五物图片) Describe their appearances and read their names
T Look at the pictures I will say something about them Listen carefully She is a girl She has a blue hat Who is she
Ss She is Kate
T Yes she is Kate Read after me please Kate
Ss Kate
T Pay attention to the sound of ae What is the sound of ae It’s eɪ Can you say any words like this
Ss Yes Name
T What else
Ss …
T Look at the two boys one is Mike the other is Tim Please compare the sounds of the letter i in the words Mike and Tim The sound of ie in Mike is aɪ The sound of i in Tim is ɪ Can you say any words like these
Ss Yes Like win…T Look the clever girl is Rose The boy with glasses is Bob Please compare the sounds of the letter o in the words Rose and Bob The sound of oe in Rose is əʊ And the sound of o in Bob is əʊ Can you say any words like these
Ss Yes Nose dog…
Teaching purpose⑥
教师先帮助学生理解题目求发现题目考查目请学生展示答案时读出单词检验否发音规拼读单词通游戏学生字母发音单词结合起利学字母发音拼读记忆单词
（3）Listen and connect⑥
T How does Kate go to the castle You can connect the words that have the same letter a and the same sound eɪ Now listen and connect （课件出示：教材P33 Connect and say部分音频）
T Help the other children go to the castle in the same way
Check the answers and read them
Answer：
Kate—name—race—lake—game Mike—nine—fine—time—side
Rose—note—Jones—Coke—hope Tim—win—big—milk—fit
Bob—dog—Tom—hot—doll
（4）Play a match game
Teaching purpose⑦
先引导学生初步认识单词正确书写单词学生赛快速说出绕口令时感受练绕口令乐趣培养学生竞争意识时锻炼口语表达力提高语音准确度
T Let’s play a match game If I say eɪ please say name Kate and so on If I say əʊ please say Rose note Jones and so on Are you ready Let’s play
2 Look listen and write⑦
（1）Talk about the pictures
①T（课件出示：rice cake女孩Kate图片）Look What are they They are rice cakes They are Chinese food (Teach rice cake) This girl is Kate Guess What is she doing (Do the action of making rice cakes)
Ss She’s making rice cakes
T Yes Kate likes to make rice cakes (Teach this sentence)
②T （课件出示：bikefive mice图片） Look at these pictures This is a bike They are mice How many One two three… Five mice

Mice is the plural form of mouse What do they do (Do the action of riding a bike)
Ss They ride a bike
T Is the bike nice
Ss Yes
T Five mice ride a nice bike (Teach this sentence)
③T（课件出示：Mr Jones房子图片）Wow what a beautiful house This is Mr Jones’ home Look where is Mr Jones
Ss He’s at home
T What does he do（Do the action of phoning）
Ss He phones
T Good Mr Jones phones me at home (Teach this sentence)
（2）Listen to the recording then fill in the blanks (课件出示：教材P33 Look listen and write部分音频)
T You know the letters and the sounds well Please look at the pictures and listen carefully Pay attention to the key words Write down the words you hear and fill in the blanks
Check the answers and read them（课件出示：Look listen and write部分答案）
T It’s interesting isn’t it They are tongue twisters Now read after the recording
（3）Reading competition
Teaching purpose⑧
赛形式练重点句型问答帮助学生复相关知识激发学生学兴趣原枯燥操练变趣
T Now who can say the sentences more quickly Let’s have a competition
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 A group game⑧
Teaching purpose⑨
通老师示范引导学生描述朋友猜猜考验参介绍学口语表达力考验学否听懂相关语句否具良观察力
T John’s schoolbag is so heavy There is an English book a maths book a notebook and ten storybooks in it Is your schoolbag so heavy What’s in your schoolbag Let’s PK Please ask and answer one by one For example
T What’s in your schoolbag
S1 A Chinese book a maths book… What’s in your schoolbag
S2 …
2 A guessing game⑨
T John has a friend Sandy White Do you have a good friend Who is your good friend Please come to the front and tell us what your good friend is like The others guess Let me do it first I have a friend in this class She is tall She has long hair Her shoes are… Her schoolbag is… Who is she
Ask students to play the game with the demonstration
3 Classify the words according to the pronunciation rules
T Look at the two words dog and note When I say dog please say one When I say note please say two If I say a word like dog you say one If I say a word like note you say two Let’s do it

T What do you find The vowels in ae ie and oe sound long sounds

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Describe your parents with the sentence structures He She is… He She has…
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 通唱歌玩游戏师生话方式带领学生复1~3单元学单词短语然巩固关教室学品朋友等话题重点句型部分话学做铺垫
2 通媒体教学形式教学话然学生通角色扮演方式练话
3 通听录音图片唱歌谣等方式回忆元音字母发音规律然通城堡游戏巩固发音规律
4 通组竞赛猜猜找发音规律方式节课知识加巩固学生积极性进步激发整教学程学生活动充分体现学生体教育理念教学效果良

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read aloud
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogues and read the dialogues with the correct
pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to review and consolidate the sentence structuresWhat’s in itWho’s your friendWhat’s her nameby learning the dialogues and be able to answer them
·Be able to understand the meanings of the sentencesYour bag is so heavyI knowI don’t knowin context and read them correctly
Connect and say & Look listen and write
·Be able to consolidate the phonetic knowledge of Units 1~3 and read out the words that conform to the pronunciation rules
·Be able to classify the words according to the pronunciation rules complete the tasks of connecting and filling in the blanks
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to integrate the key language of Units 1~3 and use it naturally in specific situations
·Consolidate the phonetic knowledge of Units 1~3
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to describe the characteristics of friends
·Be able to read the words and classify them according to the pronunciation rules
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Sharp eyes
4 Free talk
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Play the game
4 Talk with the teacher and answer the questions
Stimulate students’ learning interest Review the knowledge that students have learned
Enliven the class atmosphere
Presentation
1 Leadin
Show a schoolbag with some books in it Teach the word heavy and the sentence Let me help you
Review the words
Learn the word heavy and the sentence Let me help you
Create situations for students to understand the word and the sentence Let students understand that when they are in trouble they should help each other Pave the way for the topic of Read aloud


Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
2 Watch and answer
(1) Show the pictures and ask the question
(2) Play the cartoon then ask questions
(3) Play the cartoon again then let students number the pictures
(1) Look at the pictures and answer the question
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
(3) Watch the cartoon again and number the pictures
Lead students to watch the cartoon with questions Help them perceive the text as a whole and obtain useful information
3 Read and act
（1）Play the recording
（2）Let students practice the dialogues in groups
（3）Let students act out the dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogues in groups
(3) Act out
Lead students to read the dialogues according to correct pronunciation and intonation
Practice
1 Connect and say
(1) Let’s chant
(2) Show the pictures of the five children Describe their appearances and read their names with students
(3) Play the recording
(4) Play a match game
(1) Chant together
(2) Guess the children’s names by description then read their names
(3) Listen and connect
(4) Play a match game
Help students recall relevant phonetic knowledge and prepare for the completion of the activities in the textbook Help them find out the difference of the same letter in the stressed open syllable and the closed syllable
2 Look listen and write
(1) Lead students to describe the pictures
(2) Play the recording Ask students to fill in the blanks
(3) Reading competition
(1) Describe the pictures
(2) Listen and fill in the blanks
(3) Join in the reading competition
First let students feel the joy of English tongue twisters Then let students practice their oral expression ability through the competition and improve the accuracy of their pronunciation
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 A group game
2 A guessing game
3 Show some words
1 Ask and answer
2 Describe their friends and guess
3 Classify the words according to the pronunciation rules
Review the phonetic knowledge in Units 1~3 through the three games It not only increases students’ interest in learning but also improves their language output ability
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Describe your parents with the sentence structures He She is… He She has…
3 Do the exercises


The second period(第二课时)
Look and find & Read aloud and match the pictures
& Play a game
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Look and find
&
Read aloud and match the pictures
·够通观察谈话部分图片理解话意
·够正确意群语音语调朗读话
·够求完成图文配等务
Play a game
·够根实际情况熟练问答1~3单元学核心句型

▶教学重点
1 复描述外貌特征性格特点常词汇句型
2 复表示建议句型Let’s… Let me…法
▶教学难点
1 够情境中熟练运核心词汇句型描述外貌特征性格特点
2 够情境中熟练运表示建议核心句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
指令性活动重现12单元重点词汇学生活动中复学重点词汇快乐氛围中进入课学
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 Play a game—I say you do
Teaching purpose②
通学生间交谈学生真实语境中交流关朋友外貌性格衣着等特征复相关知识环节活动做准备
T Let’s play I say and you do Open the door Turn on the light Close the window Put up the picture Clean the blackboardPut your pencil box in your desk Put your Chinese book on your English book Put your eraser near your pencil boxPut your maths book under your schoolbag
4 Free talk②
T Do you have friends How many friends do you have What’s your friend’s name Is your friend a boy or a girl Is he she tall Is

he she friendly Does heshe have long hair (Use the words or phrases quiet friendly tall thin small glasses brown shoes a blue bag long hair …)
Teaching purpose③
通学生描述指定物活动复练相关知识检验学生否正确认读重点词汇描述物外貌特征
Step 2 Presentation③
1 Look and say
Show the pictures of Fred Kate Ben and Ann（课件出示：教材P34 Look and find部分FredKateBenAnn图片）
T Look at these boys and girls They are Fred Kate Ben and Ann Can you say something about them

S1 This is Fred He is tall His hair is short and brown He has glasses His shoes are red and white
S2 This is Kate She is tall She has long hair She has a blue hat She has brown shoes
S3 This is Ben He is short He has short hair He has a blue bag
S4 This is Ann She is short She has long hair She has yellow shoes
2 Look and find
T Sarah and Zhang Peng are talking about their good friends Sarah has a good friend She asks Zhang Peng to guess who he is Read the sentences that Sarah says Help Zhang Peng find Sarah’s good friend
Ask students to read the sentences and find the correct friend
Check the answer
T Who’s Sarah’s good friend
Ss He is…
Answer Fred
3 Pair work
Let students use the words or the phrases in Look and find correctly to describe the other three characters in the activity
T Choose one student of these to be your friend Say something about your friend Let your partner guess who your friend is Practice your dialogue in pairs please
Make a model
T I have a good friend She is friendly She’s thin She has a blue hat and brown shoes Who is she
S1 She is Kate
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new chant④
T It’s time for a chant Let’s chant together
Teaching purpose④
通韵句轻松氛围中帮助学生复总结课时重点知识激发学生学兴趣

Teaching purpose⑤
通游戏学生够根相应描述猜出学身份时学生老师示范帮助学通提问获相应重信息
T Now please make a new chant about your friend You can talk in groups Ask students to make their own chants Then let some of them show in class
2 Play a game — Guess who he she is⑤
Show four photos of the students on the PPT (出示课件) Everyone has a schoolbag
T Now I will stand here with my back to you You choose one of them to the front I ask some questions and you answer And I guess who it is
Start like this
T Is it a boy Does he have glasses What colour is his schoolbag What colour are his shoes His name is… Yes or no
After giving a demonstration let students play the game
Teaching purpose⑥
通活动复第单元第三单元相关重点知识学生够认读相关容听懂相关句型时够正确表达交流
T Now who wants to try
3 Read aloud and match the pictures⑥
(1) Present the Dialogue 1 and the two pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分话图片)
T Look at the first picture Who are they Where are they What are they doing
S1 They are Mike and John
S2 They are in the classroom
T Yes And they are cleaning the classroom But in Picture 2 they are talking about What’s in the schoolbag
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分中话音频）
T Now listen to the recording and read after it Then choose the correct picture
Check the answer (Answer Picture 1)
Present the Dialogue 2 and the two pictures of this part on the PPT (出示课件)
Play the recording and ask students to answer the questions （课件出示：教材P34 Read aloud and match the pictures部分中话二音频）
①Who is the new student
②What’s he like
③Is he Mike’s friend
T Now listen to the recording again and read after it Then choose the correct picture
Check the answer (Answer Picture 2)
(2) Read and act out the dialogues
(3) Make new dialogues
T There are other two pictures（出示课件）Please make new dialogues according to the other two pictures Practice in pairs Then show to us
Find the best group
References are as follows
①Ted Oh my schoolbag is heavy
John What’s in your schoolbag
Ted I have an English book a maths book and two storybooks
②Mike John this is Ted my new friend He’s a new student
John Nice to meet you
Teaching purpose⑦
通问答问题竞赛学生复巩固1~3单元学重点句型
Ted Nice to meet you too
4 Play a game⑦
T Everyone did a good job Now let’s play a game Look at the picture It’s a mountain Let’s see who can climb the mountain fast How to climb it Yes you should answer the questions correctly Let’s see who the winner is
（游戏说明：全班学生分成组通回答阶梯问题进行竞赛男生女生组间等答组旗帜移组先登顶峰）
For example Competition between boys and girls
Boy 1 What colour is your schoolbag
Girl 1 It’s blue
Girls climb a step up the mountain
Teaching purpose⑧
通创设真实情境学生根实际情况编写话展示培养学生综合语言运力
Girl 1 What colour is your English book
Boy 2 Oh sorry
Boys can’t answer so they stay where they are
Boy 2 Who’s your best friend
Girl 2 …
(课件出示：教材P35 Play a game部分图片容)
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑧
1 Make dialogues
Divide students into three groups and give the three topics my classroom my schoolbag my friends to the three groups Ask each group of students to make a dialogue on the topic they are assigned to

2 Show time
Ask some students from each group to act out the dialogues

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogues
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 节课综合复课帮助学生复表示建议句型Let’s… Let me…法描述特征句型询问关信息问句
2 通唱歌曲说做游戏互动师生话引导学生复1~3单元学单词短语引出关朋友话题句型部分话学做铺垫



3 通媒体口语交流图练等种形式充分调动学生积极性学生知觉中完成复务较实现教学目标
4 复活动设计样化语言输入输出较全面兼顾单元重点知识梳理纳


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Look and find & Read aloud and match the pictures
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing the pictures and talking about them
·Be able to read the dialogues according to the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to complete the tasks as required
Play a game
·Be able to skillfully ask and answer with the key sentence structures learned in Units 1~3 according to actual situations
▶Teaching Priorities
·Review the words the phrases and the sentence structures that are used to describe people’s appearances and personality characteristics
·Review the usages of the sentence structuresLet’s Let me…
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentence structures to describe people’s appearances and personality characteristics adroitly in situations
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to express suggestions adroitly in situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Friends
3 I say you do
4 Free talk
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Do actions
4 Answer the questions
Cultivate students’ learning interest Review the knowledge learned before
Presentation
1 Look and say
Show the pictures of Look and find Ask students to describe Fred Kate Ben and Ann
2 Look and find
Check the answer with students
3 Pair work
Make a model to lead students to finish the task
1 Look at the pictures and describe Fred Kate Ben and Ann
2 Read the sentences and find Sarah’s friend
3 Choose one from Kate Ben and Ann as a friend and describe him her Ask you partner to guess who the friend is
Review and practice the relevant knowledge Test whether students can read the key words and the phrases correctly and describe the appearances of the characters
Practice
1 Make a new chant
Show a model on the PPT
Make a new chant according to the model Show their chants in class
Help students review the key knowledge Stimulate students’ learning interest
2 Play a game—Guess who he she is
Show four photos on the PPT
Make a demonstration
Guess who the person is
Help students learn how to get important information by asking questions
3 Read aloud and match the pictures
（1）Finish the task ofRead aloud and match the pictures
（2）Read and act out the dialogues
（3）Make new dialogues
(1) Look at the pictures and answer the questions Listen to the recordings and choose the correct pictures
(2) Read and act out the dialogues
(3) Make new dialogues according to the other pictures
Through the above activities review the relevant key knowledge in Units 1~3 Make sure students can read the relevant content understand the relevant sentence structures and express correctly
4 Play a game
Ask and answer
Review and consolidate the key sentence structures in Units 1~3
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Divide students into three groups and let them make dialogues
2 Show time
1 Make dialogues
2 Act out the dialogues
Cultivate students’ comprehensive language application ability by creating real situations
Homework
1 Practice the dialogues
2 Do the exercises

Unit 4 My home

教材分析
单元学题家里居室相关设施教学容围绕着家朋友间家居生活展开教学重点够听说认读核心句型—Where is she —She’s in the kitchenOpen the door pleaseLook They’re in the door—Is she in the… —Yes she isNo she isn’tWhere are the…—Are they in… —Yes they areNo they aren’t够听说认读单词短语bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom bed phone table sofa fridge
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
· 够听说认读句型—Where is she —She’s in the kitchenOpen the door pleaseLook They’re in the door
· 够情景中运句型 —Is she in the… —Yes she isNo she isn’tWhere are the…—Are they in… —Yes they are No they aren’t询问物品物位置作出相应判断
·够情景中运句子Open the door please提出行动建议
·够意群朗读描述起居室（living room）文段
词汇
·够听说认读单词短语bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom bed phone table sofa fridge
·够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇
·够正确述词汇描述家里居室物品设施
语音
·够掌握ue发音规ue单词中发长音ju
·够读出符合ue发音规单词够根发音拼写出符合ue发音规单词

情感态度文化意识学策略目标：
·够生活中动询问询问够热情应答
·够感受家温馨激发学生爱家爱家情感
·够动收拾物品摆放整齐养成良生活惯
·够逐步做见符合ue发音规单词够拼读听符合ue发音规单词够拼写
课时安排
第课时： Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
第二课时： Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do
第三课时： Part A Let’s spell
第四课时： Part B Let’s talk & Ask answer and write
第五课时： Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
第六课时： Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing

The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够通观察谈Let’s talk板块图片图片PPT教师帮助理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话
·够情景中运句型—Is she in the…—Yes she isNo she isn’t询问物品物位置时作出判断
·够情景中恰运句型—Where is she —She’s in the kitchen
·够语境中理解新词汇living room study kitchen意思够正确发音
Let’s play
·够通板块提供教学活动操练巩固课时重句型—Is it in…—Yes it is No it isn’t

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说句型—Where is she—She is in the kitchen—Is she in the…—Yes she is No she isn’t
2 够听懂词汇living room study kitchen
3 够听懂会读话分角色表演
▶教学难点
够情景中正确句型—Where is she it —She It is…询问描述物物品位置句型—Is she it in… —Yes she it is No she it isn’t询问物物品位置时作出判断
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
通歌曲激发学生学兴趣帮助学生歌声中复询问位置句型—Where is —It’s通互动问答方式引导学生进步操练课时学奠定基础

2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Short vowel song（课件出示：三教材P69歌曲视频）①
3 Free talk
Review the sentence structures —Where’s… —It’s in on under…（课件出示：球课桌方位图片）
T Where’s the ball
Ss It’s in on under the desk
Ask and answer with other things
T Where’s the book pen pencil…
Teaching purpose②
通设置情景学生情景中熟悉新词汇感知新句型通猜测方式学生练般疑问句答语
Ss It’s in on under…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary②
（1）Present the picture of Amy’s home in the main scene（课件出示：Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片）
T Look this is Amy’s home Let’s go and have a look This is the bedroom study living room kitchen bathroom So in Unit 4 we’ll talk about home
Write down the topic Unit 4 My home on the blackboard
T（Point to the bedroom）Look What can you see in this room
Ss A bed
T Great We can see a bed in the room bed + roombedroom
Write down the word bedroom on the blackboard and teach it
T Follow me bed bed room room bedroom
Practice the word bedroom in groups or one by one
T（Point to the study）Is this a bedroom
Ss No it isn’t
T It’s a study We can see a computer on the desk We can see many books in the bookcase We study hard in the study
Write down the word study on the blackboard and teach it
T Please read after me If I read it in a low voice you read it loudly If I read it loudly you read it in a low voice
Teach the new vocabulary living room kitchen bathroom in the same way as above
T Amy’s home is very nice
（2）Present the pictures of a home and a dog（课件出示：家庭居室图狗厨房图）Talk with students
T Look I have a dog She’s cute I love my dog But I can’t find her now Oh Where’s the dog Is she in the living room bedroom study bathroom
Teaching purpose③
通问题引导学生观察讨图片助问题图片预测文容学生带目性听录音
(Help students answer the questions)
Ss No she isn’t
T Is she in the kitchen
Ss Yes she is
2 Let’s talk③


（1）Present the pictures of Let’s talk and lead students to predict the main idea of the dialogue（课件出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块图片）
T Look this is Amy’s home What rooms can you see in the pictures
Ss I can see a bedroom a living room a study and a kitchen
(2) Present the questions about Let’s talk on the PPT
Play the recording (出示课件) Ask students to answer the questions and underline the key words of the answers in their books

T What are Amy and Sarah doing
Ss They are looking for the cat
Show the four pictures of Let’s talk in turn on the PPT (课件次出示：教材P38 Let’s talk 板块四幅图片)
T Amy and Sarah are in the bedroom Is the cat in the bedroom
S1 No she isn’t
T Now they are in the living room Is the cat in the living room
S2 No she isn’t
T Now they are in the study Is the cat in the study
S3 No she isn’t
Teaching purpose④
通三活动学生够充分理解话容够正确朗读话形式朗读活动学生逐步理解掌握课时重点句型熟练表达奠定基础
T The cat isn’t in the bedroom the living room or the study Where is she
Ss She’s in the kitchen
T Very good
(3) Read after the recording④
T Boys and girls let’s read the dialogue after the recording Please listen and read carefully
(4) Read the dialogue in different roles
(5) Act it out
T Now we’ll find the best actor or actress Please come to the front and show the dialogue
Teaching purpose⑤
通hideandseek游戏进步巩固练新词汇句型—Is it in the… —Yes it is No it isn’t
Step 3 Practice
1 Recognize the pictures
Present the pictures quickly （课件出示：客厅厨房书房图片）
T Say the words or the phrase quickly
2 Let’s play hideandseek⑤
Ask students to play the game in pairs Make a model with a student
Let the student hide a pen when the teacher closes hisher eyes Then open the eyes and guess
S1 I have a pen It’s nice Where’s my pen
T Is it on your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it in your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it under your desk S1 No it isn’t
T Is it in your hand S1 Yes it is
T Now play hideandseek with your partner
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s chant
Make up a chant according to the dialogue of Let’s talk

Teaching purpose⑥
通寻找五游戏充分调动学生积极性学生情境中合理运学句型激发学生英语学动力培养学生竞争意识
Change the words to adapt the chant Then have a show
2 Play a game — Look for Xiaowu ⑥
（1）Present the picture of Xiaowu（课件出示：五客厅电视图片）Ask students to compete in groups
T Who is he He’s Xiaowu He is watching TV now Oh he’s missing Where is he Let’s go and look for him（课件出示：五家居室图）
(2) Read out the names of the rooms in groups
Practice the vocabulary bedroom living room kitchen bathroom study
(3) Look for Xiaowu
The group that finds Xiaowu first will be the winner
Practice the sentence structures —Is he in the… —Yes he is No he isn’t—Where is he —He is in…







▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Practice the sentence structures —Is she in the… —Yes she is No she isn’t with your partner
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 歌曲视频引入带领学生边唱边复句型—Where’s… —It’s in on under…谈话中巩固该句型进激发学生兴趣新课做铺垫
2 创设现实生活教材容相语境特定语境中导入新词汇句型然开展教学容环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握教学重点
3 设计活动形式丰富易操作具备层次感效提升学生核心素养教学程中学生解决问题导引导学生学
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue by observing and talking about the pictures
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to use the key sentence structures —Is she in the… —Yes she is No she isn’t to ask and judge the locations of objects or characters in situations
·Be able to use the key sentence structures —Where is she —She’s in the kitchen properly in situations
·Be able to understand the new vocabulary in context and pronounce correctly
Let’s play
 ·Be able to practice and consolidate the key sentence structures by the provided teaching activity
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and speak the sentence structures —Where is she —She is in the kitchen Is she in the… —Yes she is No she isn’t
·Be able to understand and use the key vocabulary living room study kitchen
·Be able to understand read and act the dialogue out in different roles
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures correctly in situations to ask and describe the location of characters or objects and make a judgement at the same time
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Short vowel song
3 Free talk
Show some pictures Ask some questions
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song
3 Answer the questions
Cultivate students’ learning interest Review and consolidate the sentence structures —Where is… — It’s in on under… Lay the foundation for this class
Presentation
1 Learn the new vocabulary
（1）Present the picture of Amy’s home Teach the new vocabularybedroom study living room bathroom kitchen
（2）Present the pictures of a home and a dog Talk with students Teach the new sentence structures
（1）Learn the new vocabulary
（2）Talk with the teacher
Learn the new sentence structures
Let students learn the new vocabulary and perceive the new sentence structures in situations Lead students to practice the general questions and the answers by guessing
2 Let’s talk
(1) Present the pictures Ask students to predict the main idea of the dialogue and describe the pictures simply
(2) Play the recording and ask the questions
(3) Play the recording again
(4) Ask students to read the dialogue in different roles
(5) Ask students to act it out
(1) Predict the main idea and describe the pictures simply
(2) Listen to the recording then answer the questions
(3) Read after the recording
(4) Read the dialogue in different roles
(5) Act it out
Help students understand the content of the dialogue and read the dialogue correctly Lead them to master the key sentence structures of this lesson by different forms Lay the foundation for their skillful expression
Practice
1 Present the pictures
2 Let’s play hideandseek
Ask students to play the game in pairs Make a model with a student
1 Say the vocabulary quickly according to the pictures
2 Play hideandseek with the partner
Further consolidate and practice the new vocabulary and sentence structures by the game hideandseek provided in this section
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Let’s chant
Make up a chant according to the dialogue of Let’s talk
2 Play a game — Look for Xiaowu
Show the pictures
1 Make up a chant and have a show
2 Compete in groups
Look at the pictures
Read out the names of the rooms in groups
Look for Xiaowu by asking and answering with the key sentence structures
By making up a chant and play the game arouse students’ enthusiasm of learning English Lead students to practice the sentence structures actively Cultivate their sense of competition
Homework
1 Practice the dialogue
2 Practice the sentence structures —Is she in the… —Yes she is No she isn’t with your partner
3 Do the exercises

The second period(第二课时)
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s do

▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词短语bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom
·够熟练运句型Where’s Amy—Is she in the study —Yes she is进行询问作出回答
Let’s do
·够听懂指令根指令语做出正确动作

▶教学重点
1 够描述居室名称重点词汇
2 够情景中运重点句型询问物物品位置作出回答
▶教学难点
够听懂Let’s do 中指令根指令做出正确动作够正确匹配居室活动
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通韵句激发学生学兴趣帮助学生复Let’s talk板块容通游戏复重点句型—Is it in the… —Yes it is No it isn’t
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant

3 A guessing game
(课件出示：钢笔书包文具盒桌子盒子等物品里图片)
T I lost my pen Where’s my pen Let’s look for it together Is it in the… Guess

S1 Is it in the box
T Yes it is No it isn’t
Teaching purpose②
方面通情景引入新词汇帮助学生助图片等理解新词汇意思正确发音方面边学新词边Let’s do板块容机结合起词汇句子层层递进学生轻松愉快氛围中学新知
…
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary and sentences②
（1）Teach the word study
T Where are my books Look they are in a room (课件出示：书房中书图片) I have many books in it Oh it’s a study (课件出示：study相关容) (Write down the word study on the blackboard and teach it)
T Follow me study ststuʌdydi study
Ss … (Read it together then read it one by one)
T What can you do in the study
Ss Read a book
T (课件出示：read a book相关容) Do you like reading books
Ss Yes
T Let’s go to the study and read a book Follow me Go to the study Read a book
Write down the phrase read a book on the blackboard and teach the sentences Go to the study Read a book
(2) Teach the phrase living room
Show a picture of a living room (课件出示：客厅图片)
T Is this room a classroom
Ss No
T What’s this
Ss A living room
T Yes This is a living room (课件出示：living room相关容) Follow me living room lilɪvingvɪŋ living ouroomrum living room
Write down the phrase living room on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it in groups)
T What can you see in the living room
Ss I can see a table a sofa a…and a TV
T Do you like watching TV （课件出示：watch TV相关容）
Ss Yes
T Let’s go to the living room and watch TV
Ss OK
T Go to the living room and watch TV Follow me Go to the living room Watch TV
Write down the phrase watch TV on the blackboard and teach the sentences Go to the living room Watch TV
(3) Teach the word kitchen
T Oh I read a book I watch TV Now I feel a little hungry I want to have a snack (课件出示：have a snack相关容) Follow me have a snack have a snack Do you want to have a snack
Ss Yes
Write down the phrase have a snack on the blackboard and teach it
T Oh I can’t find any snacks Where can we get snacks
Ss Kitchen
T Yes (课件出示：kitchen相关容) Follow me kitchen kikɪtchtʃenɪn kitchen
Write down the word kitchen on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it one by one)
T Let’s go to the kitchen and have a snack Follow me Go to the kitchen Have a snack
Teaching purpose③
通TPR活动形式增强课堂趣味性提高学生参积极性强化单词读音词义匹配
Teach the sentences Go to the kitchen Have a snack
(4) Teach the word bathroom③
T Haha I’m full (Touch the belly and yawn looking sleepy) I’m sleepy Can I have a nap (Help students understand with the action)
Ss No you’re dirty
T Yes Let me take a shower (课件出示：take a shower相关容)
Write down the phrase take a shower on the blackboard and teach it
T Where can I take a shower
Ss Bathroom (课件出示：bathroom相关容)
T Yes Follow me bathroom babɑːthθbath bathroom
Write down the word bathroom on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it aloud or in a low voice)
T Let me go to the bathroom Take a shower Follow me Go to the bathroom Take a shower Wash your face and hands Brush your teeth
Teach the sentences Go to the bathroom Take a shower
(5) Teach the word bedroom



T Now I’m clean and I’m tired I want to have a nap (课件出示：have a nap相关容)
Write down the phrase have a nap on the blackboard and teach it
T Where can I have a nap
Ss Bedroom (课件出示：bedroom相关容)
T Follow me bedroom eebedbed bedroom
Write down the word bedroom on the blackboard and teach it
Ss … (Read it in groups)
T Good Follow me Go to the bedroom Have a nap
Do the corresponding actions and let students learn the new vocabulary above Present the vocabulary bedroom living room bathroom on the PPT
T Please read the words and the phrase together and tell me what you find
Ss …
T Great They are all rooms and they all have the same word room
Teaching purpose④
通提问激起学生学兴趣学生听录音时更目性听时候会更加认真样情境中进行话练学生运课句型
2 Let’s learn④
（1）Show the pictures of Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s learn板块房间图片)
T Look it’s a nice home That is Amy’s cat Where is the cat Is she in the bedroom living room bathroom study kitchen
Ss …
T Where is Amy Let’s listen to the recording of Let’s learn and answer the question
(2) Listen and answer
Play the recording of Let’s learn and ask the questions (出示课件)
T Where is Amy Is she in the bedroom living room bathroom study kitchen
Ss …
T Amy is in the study Where’s Amy’s dad And where’s Amy’s mum
Teaching purpose⑤
通游戏进步加深学生新授词汇熟悉程度结合句型练学生更熟练掌握运课重点词汇句型
Ss Is he she in the…
（课件出示：点击学生问房间点进爸爸客厅妈妈厨房）
（3）Ask students to listen to the recording again and read after it
(4) Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
1 Play games⑤
(1) What’s missing
Present the vocabulary living room bedroom study bathroom kitchen on the PPT Ask students to say the missing word or phrase quickly（出示课件）
(2) Guess words
Show the back of the word cards Ask students to guess what the word or the phrase is Students can say Is it a…
2 Let’s do
Teaching purpose⑥
通学生活动居室名称匹配起形成新授词汇立体记忆达牢固掌握动词短语居室名称目
(1) Play the video of Let’s do (课件出示：教材P39 Let’s do板块视频) Ask students to read after the video
(2) Let’s match⑥
T Now let’s match I say the name of the room You say what you can do in it and do the action Then practice in pairs
3 Guess where Mike is
Present the picture of Mike’s home (课件出示：Mike家猜房间猜点开房间Mike)
T Look this is Mike’s home We can see a living room a bedroom a study a bathroom and a kitchen in his home But where is Mike Let’s guess You can say Is he in the…
S1 Is he in the living room
T No he isn’t
Teaching purpose⑦
运学语言描述家锻炼学生运语言力提高学生参英语学积极性
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Talk about your home⑦
Present a picture of a new home (课件出示：新家图片)
T Look boys and girls This is my new home You can see a living room two bedrooms a study a bathroom and a kitchen in it I can watch TV in the living room I can read a book in the study I can have a nap in the bedroom I can take a shower in the bathroom I can have a snack in the kitchen
Take out the picture of your home Talk about your home with your partners Then introduce your home to us (课件出示：句型This is my new home You can see… I can…in…)
Divide students into three groups Lead students to work in groups At last ask some students to show in class
2 Let’s sing
Sing the song —My home (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
T East or west home is the best We love our home We love our family



▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Practice the words and the dialogue
2 Design your ideal home then introduce it to your parents
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 韵句游戏导入新课引导学生复课容迅速抓住学生注意力
2 通情景引入新词词汇学环节融入Let’s do板块容学生轻松愉快氛围中学掌握新知识
3 通游戏创设新知融入生活活泼游戏形式帮助学生进步巩固学知识学生玩中学学中玩
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the vocabulary bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom
·Be able to use the sentence structuresWhere’s Amy—Is she in the study —Yes she is to ask and answer adroitly
Let’s do
·Be able to understand the instructions and do the correct actions according to the instructions
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to use the key vocabulary to describe the room names
·Be able to use the key sentence structures to ask the locations of characters or objects in situations
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to understand the instructions in Let’s do and do the correct actions according to the instructions And be able to match the rooms with the activities correctly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 A guessing game
1 Greetings
2 Read the chant together
3 Guess where the pen is
Stimulate students’ interest in learning and review the content of Let’s talk through the chant Review the key sentence structures through the game
Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary and sentences
Teach the new vocabulary
bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom Teach the content of Let’s do
2 Let’s learn
(1) Show the pictures of Let’s learn
(2) Play the recording of Let’s learn and ask the questions
(3) Play the recording again
(4) Ask students to act out the dialogue
1 Learn the new vocabulary and sentences
2 (1) Talk about the pictures
(2) Listen to the recording of Let’s learn and answer the questions
(3) Read after the recording
(4) Act out the dialogue
Lead in the new vocabulary and sentences properly Help students learn them with the pictures and activities Help students practice the new vocabulary and sentences in different ways
Practice
1 Play games
(1) What’s missing
Present the vocabulary
(2) Guess words
2 Let’s do
(1) Play the video of Let’s do and ask students to read after the video
(2) Let’s match
3 Guess where Mike is
1 (1) Say the missing word or phrase quickly
(2) Look at the back of the word cards and guess the words or the phrases
2 (1) Read after the video
(2) Match the corresponding rooms with the activities and do the actions
3 Guess where Mike is
Deepen students’ impression of the new vocabulary through the games Make students master and use the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this lesson more skillfully
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Talk about your home
Present a picture and give a demonstration first
2 Sing a song —My home
1 Talk about their homes in groups
2 Sing the song —My home
Promote students’ ability of using the language and improve their enthusiasm of learning English
Homework
1 Practice the words and the dialogue
2 Design your ideal home then introduce it to your parents
3 Do the exercises


The third period(第三课时)
Part A Let’s spell
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s spell
·够感知纳ue单词中发音规
·够读出符合ue发音规单词
·够根单词读音拼写出符合ue发音规单词

▶教学重点
1 够感知纳ue单词中发长音ju发音规
2 够读出符合ue发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合ue发音规单词
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Teaching purpose①
学知识编chant进行热身帮助学生唤醒已知识

3 Let’s chant①

Step 2 Presentation
1 Find the same letters
(1) Teach the word cute (课件出示：漂亮带白猫图案铅笔盒)
T Oh what a beautiful pencil box There is a white cat on it The cat is so cute Follow me Cute cute the cat is cute Please make a chant like Cute cute … (课件出示：爱狗鸭子等图片)
Ss Cute cute the dog is cute Cute cute the duck is cute…
(2) Teach the words excuse use
T Excuse me I lost my pen Can I use your pen
Teaching purpose②
先学生通观察发现三单词点ue发相音ju通听录音读学生进步感知体验发音面拼读练做准备
Ss Yes of course
T Follow me excuse excuse use use
Write down the words cute excuse use on the blackboard
(3) Read and find out the rules②
T Look at these words What are the same letters
Ss ue
T Yes The letter e at the end of the words is silent What’s the sound of ue Listen to the recording carefully
Play the recording of the words (课件出示：单词cute excuse use发音)
Teaching purpose③
通变换辅音字母学生尝试读出新单词含ue单词读音进行强化训练培养学生见词读力
Ss ju
(4) Teach the sound of ue
2 Let’s read③
Help students try to read the words mute cute tube cube muse fuse mule duke huge on the PPT (出示课件)
3 Read listen and chant
(1) Look and think
(课件出示：猫两球图片两猫三球图片)
T Look at Picture 1 One cute cat uses two balls Look at Picture 2 Two cute cats use three balls So three cute cats use…
Ss Three cute cats use four balls
T And four… And five…
Ss Four cute cats use five balls Five cute cats use six balls
T Good Five cute cats are playing tricks
(2) Let’s chant
Teaching purpose④
通观察读引导学生掌握字母u发短音规律正确拼读单词
Play the video (课件出示：教材P40 Read listen and chant部分视频) Ask students to read the chant after the video together
4 Let’s read and find④
Present the words us up duck on the PPT (出示课件) Ask students to find out the same letter in these words
T What’s the sound of u in these words Listen to the recording carefully (课件出示：述单词音频)
Ss ʌ
T Yes U u ʌ us up duck
Let students read after the teacher and then read together
(课件出示：bus mum cut fun nut cup)
Ask students to try to read these words Pay attention to the sound of letter u in these words
Teaching purpose⑤
通u ue发音强化u ue音—形应关系时培养学生听音辨力
Step 3 Practice
1 Listen circle and say⑤
Play the recording（课件出示：教材P40 Listen circle and say部分音频）Ask students to listen and circle the words
T Look at these letters There are many words in them Listen and find the words you hear Then circle them
Teaching purpose⑥
通观察书写单词培养学生根发音规拼写单词力真正做语音学落实单词拼写面培养学生听词写力
Check the answers together Read the words after the recording
Answers cute cut us use fun tube up excuse bus mum mule
2 Listen circle and write⑥
(1) Listen to the recording and try to write the right words
First let students observe the pictures carefully and make predictions Then play the recording and let students listen circle and write (课件出示：教材P40 Listen circle and write部分音频) Pay attention to the handwriting
(2) Check the answers
Answers duck cute up use
Teaching purpose⑦
学生做游戏务程中强化字母uue单词中发音
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game—Pick apples from the tree⑦
（课件出示：棵苹果树苹果单词tube but mule duke use cute tune rug gun cup huge plum mud refuse luck much两篮子uʌueju）
Divide students into two groups One group uses the basket uʌ the other group uses the basket ueju
T Now let’s have a competition If you pick the apples quickly and correctly within the limited time you will be the winner
Answers uʌ but rug gun cup plum mud luck much
Teaching purpose⑧
事中学语音语音语境相结合助激发学生学兴趣更落实课语音知识
ue ju tube mule duke use cute tune huge refuse
2 Read a story⑧
Show the story（课件出示：猫头骡子事）
This is a cute cat His name is Duke Duke’s friend is Tube Tube is a mule One day Duke lost his cute cup He was very sad Tube helped him look for the cup Oh it was under the rug Tube picked up the cup and gave it back to Duke Duke was happy




Ask students to read the story in groups and then read the story one by one

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the words and the chant to your family
2 Think about other words with u and ue
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 创设特定语言情境学生语境中学掌握语音知识教学程突出学生性鼓励学生动参独立思考胆总结纳发音规
2 拼读结合方式层次活动中练语音知识更帮助学生强化发音规
3 浅入深语音学培养学生分析力举反三力
4 编chant师生互动组竞赛等形式原枯燥语音课变生动起总节语音课发展学生听说读写基技培养学生英语语感听说感性认识

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s spell
·Be able to perceive and summarize the pronunciation rule ofue in the words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule ofue
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule ofueaccording to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to perceive and summarize the pronunciation rule ofue in the words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rule ofue
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rule ofueaccording to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
3 Let’s chant
1 Greetings
2 Read the words
3 Chant together
Review the knowledge that students have learned by making a chant
Presentation
1 Find the same letters
(1) Teach the word cute
(2) Teach the words excuse use
(3) Read and find out the rules
(4) Teach the sound of ue
Learn the words cute excuse use
Read and find out the rules Learn the sound of ue
Conclude the pronunciation rule of uefrom the three words Prepare for the spelling exercise
2 Let’s read
Show other words with ue
Try to read the words
Develop students’ ability of pronouncing words by changing the consonants of the words
3 Read listen and chant
Teach the chant and play the video of it
Learn the chant and read it after the video together
Review the words in the chant
Help students practice the pronunciation of ue in sentences
4 Let’s read and find
Present the words us up duck Play the recording of the words
Find the same letter Read and find out the pronunciation rule of u in the words
Through observation and reading help students master the pronunciation rule of u and spell some words correctly
Practice
1 Listen circle and say
Play the recording
Check the answers
Listen and circle the words
Check the answers
Read the words after the recording
Help students compare the pronunciations of u and ue Strengthen the corresponding relationship between sounds and shapes of u and ue
2 Listen circle and write
Present the pictures and play the recording
Check the answers
Observe the pictures and make predictions
Listen to the recording and write down the words
Check the answers
Cultivate students’ ability of spelling words according to the pronunciation rules
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Play a game — Pick apples from the tree
2 Read a story
Show the story
1 Compete to pick apples
2 Read the story in groups Then read the story one by one
Help students consolidate the pronunciations of u and ue in the process of playing games
Practice the pronunciation by reading the story
Homework
1 Read the words and the chant to your family
2 Think about other words withuandue
3 Do the exercises


The fourth period(第四课时)
Part B Let’s talk & Ask answer and write

▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话
·够情景中运句型Where are…—Are they on near…—Yes they are No they aren’t询问物品位置时作出判断
·够情景中恰运功句Open the door please提出行动建议
Ask answer and write
·够游戏中进步巩固运询问复数物品位置做出应答句型

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说句型Where are they—Are they… —Yes they are No they aren’t
2 够理解正确朗读课文话发音准确语调然
▶教学难点
1 够真实语境中运课句型询问物品物位置进行回答
2 够正确单复数形式
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
Teaching purpose①
通游戏chant复A部分重点句型帮助学生唤醒已知识环节学做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 A guessing game—Where is my pen①
T Look it’s my pen Now close your eyes please（钢笔藏方）Open your eyes please Where is my pen now You can ask me like this Is it in on under… the… Guess please
S1 Is it in the desk
T No it isn’t

3 Let’s chant
Present the chant Ask students to read together

Teaching purpose②
通变换物品数量物品位置进行询问学生感受单复数间区复介词 新课学做铺垫
4 Leadin②
(课件出示：球分椅子面旁边面紧接着球换成三）
T Look It’s a ball Where is the ball
Ss It’s on near under the chair
T What are these
Ss They are balls
T Where are the balls Guess
Ss Are they…

Teaching purpose③
设置情景学生语境中熟悉新单词感知新句型
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences③
(课件出示：教材Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片)
T Amy can’t find her cat Let’s help her Is she in the kitchen Guess
Ss Yes she is No she isn’t
T Open the door Let’s have a look Follow me Open the door (Help students understand the sentence with the action)
Ss …
T The cat is near the table Table table tateɪblebl table Read after me
Write down the word table on the blackboard and teach it
T (课件出示：tabledesk图) We eat beside the table The desk is for studying and working
(课件出示：教材Unit 4情景图中Amy家图片)
T Look at the table What’s on the table
Ss …
T (With a gesture) Yes it’s a phone Phone phone phf oneəʊn …
Ss …
T Now Amy can’t find her crayons Let’s help her Are they in the kitchen
Ss No they aren’t They are in the study
T Are they on the desk
Ss No they aren’t They are near the desk
Write down the sentence structures —Are they… —No they aren’t on the blackboard and teach them
Teaching purpose④
通提问讨图片激发学生阅读兴趣引导学生预测文容培养学生观察力逻辑推理力学生带着问题认真观视频整体感知文获取信息
2 Let’s talk④
(1) Look and predict
Show the pictures of Let’s talk and lead students to predict (课件出示：教材P41 Let’s talk板块图片)
T Who are they
Ss John and his mother
T What’s in John’s hand in Picture 1
Ss Keys
T Follow me kkeyi keyki keyskiz
Write down the word key on the blackboard
T What are they talking about
Ss They are talking about the keys They can’t find the keys
(2) Watch the video and answer the questions
Play the video and show the questions (课件出示：教材P41 Let’s talk板块视频)

Ask students to underline the answers in the book
(3) Watch the video again and check the answers
T Are the keys on the table
Teaching purpose⑤
该部分三活动学生够充分理解文容够正确朗读话形式朗读表演活动中学生逐步理解掌握课时重点句型熟练表达奠定基础
Ss No they aren’t
T Are they near the phone
Ss No they aren’t
T Where are the keys
Ss They’re in the door
Write down the sentences —Where are the keys —They’re in the door on the blackboard and teach them
Step 3 Practice
1 Read and act⑤
Teaching purpose⑥
学生提供相真实语境运重点句型帮助学生更掌握重点句型提高口语表达力
(1) Ask students to read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Act out the dialogue
2 Ask answer and write⑥
(1) Show the picture of Ask answer and write（出示课件）


T Look Sarah writes a letter p in the circle on the desk It means The pens are on the desk Please read what Sarah and Wu Yifan say
Read the dialogue of Sarah and Wu Yifan
(2) Ask students to play the game in pairs according to the dialogue
T Look at the picture You can write k (keys) b (book) p (pens) g (glasses) in the circles Then your partner guesses where you write them Guess like Sarah and Wu Yifan
(3) Show the dialogues
Teaching purpose⑦
通两游戏活动创设趣情景学生特定语境中快乐操练学核心语言
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 A guessing game—What is it What are they
T (课件出示：书房场景图) Look at this picture This is a study What can you see in the study
Ss …
T Now I will say a thing Please guess what it is or what they are Listen carefully They are near the phone What are they
S1 They are keys
T No they aren’t
S2 They are books
T Yes they are books
T Please ask and answer in pairs as above Which pair wants to show your dialogue
2 Play a game — The cat catches mice
Divide students into four groups red cat white cat black cat and yellow cat
T A cat that catches a mouse is a good cat There are three mice in Amy’s home Where are they The group that can catch the most mice is the winner
（课件出示：老鼠Amy家房间躲藏：1 老鼠跑进卧室藏床底2 老鼠跑进客厅藏沙发面3 老鼠跑进书房藏桌子底4 老鼠跑进厨房藏门面）
—Where are the mice
—Are they in the…（bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom…）
—Yes they are No they aren’t
—Are they under behind near…the…(bed phone table door…)
—Yes they are No they aren’t

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Listen and imitate the dialogue for three times
2 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 教学程中采旧知带新知学方法复单数形式问句答语基础进步学复数形式句型学生掌握新知时阶梯性接受程
2 利媒体先整体分段展开教学通问题引导学生学帮助学生理解文文中感知新单词新句型
3 教学活动形式样趣易操作具备层次感效激发学生学兴趣帮助学生真实情境中然学语言
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue and read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to use the sentence structuresWhere are…—Are they on near…—Yes they are
No they aren’tto ask and answer the location of objects in situations
·Be able to use the functional sentenceOpen the door pleaseappropriately in situations to put forward action suggestions
Ask answer and write
·Be able to consolidate and use the sentence structures Where are…—Are they on near… —Yes they are No they aren’t in the games
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and use the sentence structures Where are…—Are they onnear…
—Yes they are No they aren’t


·Be able to understand and read the dialogue correctly with the accurate pronunciation and natural intonation
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures of this lesson in real context to ask and answer the locations of objects or characters
·Be able to use the singular forms and the plural forms correctly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 A guessing game
3 Let’s chant
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Play a game
3 Read the chant
4 Answer the questions
Help students review prepositions feel the difference between the singular forms and the plural forms Prepare for the study of the new lesson
Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
Learn the new words and sentences
Lead students to learn new words and perceive new sentence structures by setting up the situation
2 Let’s talk
(1) Look and predict
Show the pictures
(2) Play the video and ask the questions
(3) Play the video again and check the answers Teach the sentences —Where are the keys
—They’re in the door
(1) Look and predict
(2) Watch the video and answer the questions
(3) Watch the video again and check the answers Learn the sentences
Ask questions to arouse students’ reading interest and make them watch the video with questions Cultivate students’ ability of observation and logical reasoning
Practice
1 Read and act
(1) Play the recording
(2) Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Let students act out the dialogue
(1) Read after the recording
(2) Practice the dialogue in groups
(3) Act out the dialogue
Let students gradually understand and master the key sentence structures in this lesson and lay the foundation for their skillful expression
2 Ask answer and write
(1) Show the picture
(2) Ask students to play the game in pairs
(3) Ask students to show the dialogues
(1) Look at the picture and read the dialogue
(2) Play the game in pairs
(3) Show the dialogues
Provide a real context for students to use the key sentence structures to help them master the knowledge better and improve their oral expression ability
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 A guessing game — What is it What are they
2 Play a game — The cat catches mice
1 Work in pairs
2 Work in groups
Through the two activities create interesting situations for students to practice and use the key language they have learned enjoyably
Homework
1 Listen and imitate the dialogue for three times
2 Do the exercises


The fifth period(第五课时)
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词bed phone table sofa fridge
·够熟练运句型 —Where are the keys —They’re…询问物品位置作出回答
Let’s play
·游戏中进步巩固Let’s learn板块学家居设施名称方位词描述位置

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说认读单词bed phone table sofa fridge
2 够运句型—Where are the keys —They are…询问物品位置作出回答
▶教学难点
够熟练正确运句型—Where are the keys—They are…询问回答物品位置
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
通猜猜游戏复房间词汇相关短语帮助学生唤醒已知识环节学做准备
2 Let’s do
Play the video of Let’s do on page 39 in the book
Ask students to read loudly and act at the same time
3 Leadin①
The teacher does the actions and asks students to guess
T Now I do and you say Guess what I do and where I am
Ss Watch TV Read a book Have a snack Have a nap Take a shower You are in the living roomstudykitchenbedroombathroom
Step 2 Presentation
1 Learn the new words
Present a picture of a home (出示课件)
(1) Review the word key
T This is my home It’s big I have a living room a study a bedroom a kitchen and a bathroom Do you want to visit my home Teaching purpose②
通情景引入新词单词情景结合起学游戏中巩固学更加轻松愉快达更学效果
Let’s go First let me open the door Oh no Where are the keys Are they in my bag No Are they in my pocket Yes they are Look they are my keys Now let’s open the door
(2) Teach the words sofa table phone（课件出示：客厅图片)②
T This is my living room It’s big What’s in the living room
Ss A TV is in the living room
T Yes And A sofa is in the living room too It has a sofa a green sofa Follow me sofa sofa a green sofa Sit on the sofa
Write down the word sofa on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s sit on the sofa (Do the corresponding action)
T And A table is in the living room too A table a yellow table Follow me table table a yellow table Eat at the table
Write down the word table on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s eat at the table (Do the corresponding action)
T Look What’s on the table
Ss A phone is on the table
T Follow me phone phfoneəʊn phonefəʊn Answer the phone
Write down the word phone on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s answer the phone (Do the corresponding action)
(3) Teach the word bed（课件出示：卧室图片)
T This is my bedroom It’s small What’s in the bedroom
Ss Some books a desk a chair and a bed
T Yes it has a bed a blue bed Follow me bed bed a blue bed Sleep in bed
Write down the word bed on the blackboard and teach it
T Now let’s sleep in bed (Do the corresponding action)
(4) Teach the word fridge（课件出示：厨房图片)
T Let’s go to the kitchen What’s in the kitchen
Teaching purpose③
通设置找钥匙环节学生带入情境中通熟悉生活场景激发学生学热情 学生轻松掌握课时重点词汇句型
Ss A…
T A fridge Follow me fridge frfriɪdgdʒ fridgefrɪdʒ Open the fridge
Write down the word fridge on the blackboard and teach it
T Let’s open the fridge (Do the corresponding action) Oh a lot of food is in the fridge
2 Let’s learn③
(1) Present the picture of Let’s learn and talk about it (课件出示：教材P42 Let’s learn板块图片遮住钥匙位置)
T John can’t find his keys He is looking for the keys Where are the keys Guess
S1 Are they on the table
T No they aren’t Look at that table A phone is on the table
S2 Are they on the bed
T No they aren’t Look at that bed A teddy bear is on the bed
…
（2）Watch the cartoon and answer the question（课件出示教材P42 Let’s learn板块视频）
T Watch the cartoon and answer the question Where are the keys
Ask students to underline the key sentence of the answer
T Where are the keys
Ss They’re on the fridge
T Yes they’re on the fridge
Write down the sentences —Where are the keys —They’re on the fridge on the blackboard
Ask students to read the sentences together or one by one
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
Teaching purpose④
通形式游戏新学单词进行操练充分调动学生种感官活跃课堂气氛培养学生记忆力竞争意识
Step 3 Practice
1 Sharp eyes④
(课件出示：单词sofa bed fridge table phone卡片逐出现)
T If you know the word you can stand up and read it
2 Hideandseek
(课件出示：两猫躲进Amy家客厅)
T Where are the cats They’re on near under…
3 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play（出示课件）
T Now let’s play a game Sentence Chain Three students make up a group For example
S1 Look at that room
S2 Look at that room It has a blue bed
Teaching purpose⑤
通学生设计介绍房子培养综合语言运力时增强学生家热爱情适时进行情感态度渗透
S3 Look at that room It has a blue bed The bed is near the window
Ask some groups to act it out
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Design a dream home⑤
Divide students into four groups Ask students of every group to design a dream house together A student can be chosen from the group to introduce the house as the demonstration At last select the most beautiful house


2 Make a summary
(课件出示：张含桌子椅子电话床沙发冰箱钥匙等物品房间图片)
T Now review the new words I point you say Look at the picture Where’s the sofa bed fridge table phone Where are the chairs keys
Ss It’s They are…
T I have a warm home I love my home What about you
3 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the video of the song (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences
2 Introduce your room to your family or friends
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1 节单词句型新授课Let’s do 种说做结合活动热身活跃氛围起承前启作
2 单词融入情景中教学加深学生理解记忆通游戏加巩固学效果明显
3 句型操练设计形式样学生层层递进语言输入输出完成利
4 生动课件素材良师生互动活跃课堂气氛节课教学务利完成
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the new words bed phone table sofa fridge
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Where are the keys—They’re to ask and answer
the locations of objects
Let’s play
·Further consolidate the names of home facilities learned in Let’s learn and use location words to describe their locations in the game
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand speak and read the new words bed phone table sofa fridge
·Be able to use the key sentence structures —Where are the keys—They’re… to ask and answer the locations of objects
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures —Where are the keys—They’re… to ask and answer the locations of objects skillfully and correctly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do
Play the video
3 Leadin
Do some actions
1 Greetings
2 Read loudly and act
3 Guess and say
Review the words and related sentence structures Help students awaken their existing knowledge Prepare for the next step
Presentation
1 Learn the new words
Present a picture of a house
Review the word key and teach the new words sofa table phone bed fridge
Review the word key and learn the new words sofa table phone bed fridge
Learn the words in combination with the situation Make learning easier and more enjoyable
2 Let’s learn
(1) Present the picture of Let’s learn and talk about it
(2) Play the cartoon and ask the question
(3) Play the recording and ask students to repeat it
(1) Talk about the picture
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the question
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
Stimulate students’ enthusiasm for learning and make students easily master the key words and the sentence structures of this lesson by setting up the situation of looking for the keys
Practice
1 Sharp eyes
2 Hideandseek
3 Let’s play
Present the picture of Let’s play Ask some groups to act it out
1 Read the new words
2 Play hideandseek
3 Three students make up a group Play a game Sentence Chain
Cultivate students’ memory and sense of competition
Review and practice the words and sentences in the game
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Design a dream home
2 Make a summary
3 Play the song—My home
1 Talk about the dream house in groups
2 Review all the words of this lesson
3 Enjoy the song—My home
Develop students’ comprehensive language skills by designing and introducing the house Strengthen students’ emotion of loving home
Homework
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences
2 Introduce your room to your family or friends
3 Do the exercises


The sixth period(第六课时)
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够读懂描述起居室短文完成图片文字连线描述钥匙位置务
·够意群正确语音语调朗读短文
·够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
·够综合运单元核心词句
Let’s check
·检测单元AB部分核心句型
·考查单元核心词汇认读意义理解
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说认读单元重点词汇
2 够完成阅读判断匹配等活动正确理解运单元重点句型
▶教学难点
够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇句子补充完整
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
歌曲热身学生韵律中集中注意力激发学生学兴趣歌曲单元重点容息息相关学生轻松欢快氛围中准备进入课容学
2 PPT课件课文录音视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the song of Let’s sing (课件出示：教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲)
3 Sharp eyes
Teaching purpose②
通学生描述图片中房间物品摆设复前面学句型时面阅读做铺垫
Present the vocabulary bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom key sofa bed fridge table phone one by one (出示课件) Ask students to read them out
Write down the vocabulary on the blackboard
4 Revision②
Present the picture of Let’s learn on page 42 (出示课件)
Talk about the picture with students

T This is a bedroom It has a blue bed The bed is near the window A teddy bear is on the bed

Teaching purpose③
通观察描述图片复单元词汇句型课阅读做准备
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading③
Present the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room (课件出示：教材P43 Read and write板块中吴家客厅图片)
T Look this is Wu Yifan’s living room What are in the living room
Ss A TV a table a fridge a phone and a sofa
T Where is the TV
S1 It’s on the wall
T Where is the phone
S2 It’s on the table
T Where is the fridge
S3 It’s near the table
T Oh the living room is clean and tidy（课件出示：教材P43 Read and match左侧物品图片） There are some books and pens a bag and a pair of glasses Guess Where are the books Where are the pens Where is the bag And where are the glasses
Teaching purpose④
通细读环节培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力进提高学生阅读技巧学生扎实掌握学知识
Ss …
2 Whilereading④
(1) Present the passage of Read and write (出示课件)
Ask students to read the passage carefully Pay attention to underlining the key phrases of the questions
T Where are the books Where are the pens Where is the bag Where are the glasses Now put these things in the right places
Answer the questions and match
(2) Check the answers with students
Answers 1 The books are on the sofa
2 The pens are on the fridge
3 The bag is under the table
4 The glasses are near the phone
T Wu Yifan can’t find his keys Can you help him Where are the keys
Ask students to look at the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room again and find the keys (出示课件)
Ss They are near the sofa
(3) Listen to the recording and repeat it
①Read after the recording
②Read the passage together
③Repeat the text
Teaching purpose⑤
先引导学生观察图片中容 然根观察图片中物品位置选择正确词汇进行填空检验学生否正确理解句子认读词汇学生选择正确词汇填写句子介绍房间学生运中巩固学知识

3 Postreading⑤
(1) Look choose and write (课件出示：教材P43 Look choose and write中第部分图片练)
Let students read the vocabulary living room bedroom kitchen bathroom study first
T Let’s go and visit other rooms Look at Picture 1 Answer the questions Where is the sofa Where is the picture
Ss The sofa is in the living room The picture is on the wall It’s in the living room too
T Look at Picture 2 Where is the bed Where are the chairs
Ss The bed is in the bedroom The chairs are in the bedroom too
T Great Let’s finish the exercises
Finish the exercises and check the answers
Answers The sofa is in the living room The chairs are in the bedroom
(2) Write about your room (课件出示：整洁客厅图片脏乱客厅图片)
T Which room do you like … Yes Picture 1 East or west home is the best We must keep our home clean and tidy After visiting Wu Yifan’s home you may have some ideas about your room Now write about your room in your book
(课件出示：Look choose and write中第二部分图片练)
Teaching purpose⑥
完成听力练前先引导学生观察图片获取信息推测考查点做目听录音培养学生听前预测惯进提高听力水
Let students read the words phone sofa table chairs fridge bed together first
T When you write sentences you should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter the punctuation marks and the spelling of words After that please share your ideas with your partner Let’s do it
Answers The TV is in the living room The books are in the study
(3) Listen and tick or cross⑥
①Present the pictures of Listen and tick or cross (课件出示：教材P44 Listen and tick or cross部分图片)
T Can you see the glasses in the first picture Where are they
S1 …

T Can you see the keys in the second picture Where are they
S2 …
T Where are the books in the third picture
S3 …
T Where is Mike
S4 …
②Listen and tick or cross
T Now please listen and tick or cross (课件出示：教材P44 Listen and tick or cross部分音频) Pay attention to the key words
③Check the answers
Listen to the recording again and check the answers together
Teaching purpose⑦
该活动旨检验学生认读理解力引导学生观察图片描述图片帮助学生复单元重点词句时学生进行效练技巧指导注重学生学方法培养
Answers √ × √ ×
Step 3 Practice⑦
Look and tick
(1) Present the pictures of FOR RENT of Look and tick（出示课件）
T For rent means 出租 What can we know from the ads Please discuss with your partnerS1： It has two bedrooms a living room a kitchen and two bathrooms in the first FOR RENT
S2 It has a bedroom a living room a kitchen and a bathroom in the second FOR RENT
(2) Present the picture of the house in Look and tick (课件出示：教材P44 Look and tick部分中右边房子图片)
T Look at the picture How many rooms are there What are they
Ss Four rooms A bedroom a living room a kitchen and a bathroom
Teaching purpose⑧
创设真实情境学生根实际情况画出图片编写文段展示培养学生综合语言运力学生想象空间真正实现活学活
T Now look and tick Which is right Show me your answer please
(3) Check the answer
Answer The second FOR RENT is right
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Introduce your home⑧
Present a picture of a home and introduce it (课件出示：房子居室图)

T Boys and girls this is my home What about your home Please draw and introduce your home
This activity is carried out in groups There are six students in each group Choose the best one from the groups and then take part in the class competition At last select the best one to show
2 For rent
Choose some pictures of students’ homes and show them in class
T Great These houses are pretty Now I’m going to rent these houses Which house do you need Please choose it and give your reasons The house with the largest number of choices will be rated as the most popular house today
Make a model I like this house It has a living room a bedroom a study a kitchen and a bathroom…
Teaching purpose⑨
通图片教师提问等方法帮助学生逐步学理解歌曲中难点句型调动学生学积极性
3 Let’s sing⑨
(1) Learn the new sentences
T (课件出示：台电视机) What’s this
Ss It’s a TV
T（课件出示：鼠标点击电视机电视机消失）Oh Where has the TV gone Where can it be (Do actions to help students understand the sentences)
T Is it in the living room (课件出示：没电视机客厅图片)
Ss No it isn’t
T Is it in the bedroom (课件出示：电视机卧室图片)
Ss Yes it is
T It’s in the bedroom with me
Present the pictures of the phone and the sofa (课件出示：电话沙发图片) Practice the sentence structures in the same way as above： Where has the telephone sofa gone Where can it be
(2) Listen to the song—My home
(3) Listen to the song again and sing along with it
(4) Sing the song together

▶板书设计



▶作业设计
1 Read the text three times then repeat it
2 Draw and write about your home
3 Do the exercises（见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业）
▶教学反思
1课单元课节复课教学容包括听力阅读等形式节课注重样化活动引导学生种语境中完成单元复
2突出学生学体位注重学生学方法指导包括读指导听指导写指导
3阅读部分时直观问答读学生文段容逐步熟悉通阅读问题训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息力
4充分利现代化教育技术辅助教学出示图片帮助学生理解句意充分利媒体示范教学功起正确指作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to read and understand the passage of describing the living room match the pictures with the text and complete the task of describing the position of the keys
·Be able to read the passage according to the sense group and the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to copy the topic vocabulary of this unit and complete the sentences in context
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this unit synthetically
Let’s check
·Check the key sentence structures of Part A and Part B of this unit
·Check the recognition and understanding of the key vocabulary of this unit
Let’s sing
·Be able to understand the meaning of lyrics and sing clearly and accurately
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand speak and read the key vocabulary of this unit
·Be able to complete reading judgement matching and other activities Understand and use the key sentence structures of this unit correctly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to copy the topic vocabulary of this unit and complete the sentences in context
▶Teaching Procedures

Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—My home
Play the song
3 Sharp eyes
Present the vocabulary
4 Revision
Show the picture and talk about it with students
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—My home
3 Read out the vocabulary
4 Talk about the picture
Review the key vocabulary and the sentence structures of this unit by singing reading listening and speaking Prepare for the later reading
Presentation
1 Prereading
Present the picture of Wu Yifan’s living room
Look at the picture and talk about Wu Yifan’s living room
By observing and describing the picture review the key vocabulary and the sentence structures of this unit to prepare for the reading of this lesson
2 Whilereading
(1) Present the passage and ask the questions
(2) Check the answers
(3) Play the recording Let students repeat the text
(1) Read the passage and put the things in the right places
Answer the questions and match
(2) Check the answers
(3) Read after the recording then repeat the text
Cultivate students’ ability of obtaining and processing information by close reading Improve students’ reading skills
3 Postreading
(1) Look choose and write
Ask the questions and check the answers
(2) Write about your home
(3) Listen and tick or cross
(1) Read the vocabulary and finish the exercises
Check the answers
(2) Write about their own homes
(3) Listen to the recording then tick or cross
Check the answers
Check whether students can understand the sentences and read the words correctly And let students consolidate their knowledge by writing sentences
Practice
Look and tick
(1) Show the two pictures of FOR RENT
(2) Present the picture of the house
(3) Check the answer
(1) Talk about FOR RENT
(2) Talk about the house
(3) Give the answer and check it
Test students’ ability of reading and understanding words Lead students to observe and describe the pictures independently Help students review the key vocabulary and sentences of this unit Develop students’ learning methods
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Introduce your home
2 For rent
3 Let’s sing
1 Introduce their homes
2 Design a renting house and choose one For rent in groups
3 Learn to sing the song—My home
Cultivate students’ comprehensive ability of using language Give students the space of free imagination to study and use the language flexibly
Homework
1 Read the text three times then repeat it
2 Draw and write about your home
3 Do the exercises


Unit 5 Dinner’s ready

教材分析
单元学题餐教学容围绕着餐种情景展开教学重点够听说认读核心句型What’s for dinner—What would you like (for…) —I’d like some… please—Would you like… —Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use…够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读句型What’s for dinner—What would you like (for…) —I’d like some… please—Would you like… —No thanks I can use…
·够情景中运句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like…征求表达餐意愿
·够情景中运句型Help yourself—Would you like… —Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use…提出餐建议餐具建议恰回应
·够情景中运句型What’s for dinner询问餐食物
·够意群朗读—What would you like for dinner John —I’d like some beef please等三组句子
词汇
·够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
·够正确述单词表达餐意愿餐具情况
·够意义语境中抄写述话题词汇
语音
·够掌握e发音规e单词中发长音 i
·够读出符合e发音规单词够根发音拼写出符合e发音规单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·解餐礼仪够餐建议作出恰反应
·初步解中西方餐饮文化差异
·够根e发音规拼读单词够根ee发音规拼写单词
课时安排
第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s survey
第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
第三课时 Part A Let’s spell
第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
第五课时 Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
第六课时 Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing

The first period（第课时）
Part A Let’s talk & Let’s survey
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话
·够情景中运句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… please征求表达餐意愿
·够情景中恰运功句What’s for dinner
·够语境中理解新词dinner soup vegetable ready意思够正确发音
Let’s survey
·够采访活动中进步巩固运征求餐意愿表达餐意愿句型进步巩固运食物类词汇

▶教学重点
1够听懂会说句型—What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… pleaseWhat’s for dinner
2够听懂会读单词dinner soup vegetable ready
3够听懂会读话够分角色表演
▶教学难点
够情景中正确句型—What would you like （for…） —I’d like (I would like) some… please征求表达餐意愿
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件单词卡片物头饰厨师帽食物饮品图片价格标签等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision
Teaching purpose①
通两活动学生轻松愉快氛围中复已学食物饮品单词时游戏活动引入餐话题然创设真实效教学情景
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Let’s have a picnic today (课件出示 PEP三教材P54歌曲动画)
3 Revision①
(1)Sharp eyes
Show the words about food and drinks one by one (课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake次快速出现消失)
T If you know the word you can stand up and read it aloud
(2)Drive a train
Show the words above and review the word fish with pictures (课件出示1 已学食物饮品单词egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake2 出示三张图片图片盘鱼肉教学fish图片二两条种类鱼教学fish图片三两条种类鱼教学fishes)Let students work in groups of six Ask every student in the group to ask and answer questions in turn Make a model
T Oh I’m hungry I’d like some bread and milk What would you like
S1 I’d like some… What would you like
S2 I’d like some… What would you like
S3 …
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
设置情景学生情景中学新单词感知新句型
1 Talk about dinner②
(1)Show a picture on the PPT (课件出示 幅图画面显示太阳落山钟表显示1800)
T Look It’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner Guess what dinner means
Ss 晚餐
T Yes I’m hungry What’s for dinner (Show the word card) Dinner dinner dɪnə (r)
Write down the sentence What’s for dinner on the blackboard and teach it
(2)Show a picture on the PPT (课件出示 张餐桌学生提问次What’s for dinner餐桌出现种食物次fish rice egg soup vegetable)
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some fishriceeggs
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some soup (Show the word card) Soup soup sup sup some soup
Write down the word soup on the blackboard and teach it
Ss What’s for dinner
T Some vegetables (Show the word card) Vegetable vegetable vedʒtəbl some vegetables Pay attention to the pronunciations of vv and sz
Write down the word vegetable on the blackboard and teach it
Show the picture of the table with the food mentioned above (课件出示摆放着述食物餐桌图片)
T Oh Dinner’s ready I can eat now (Show the word card) Ready ready redi Dinner’s ready
Write down the sentence Dinner’s ready on the blackboard and teach it
T What would you like for dinner
Write down the sentence What would you like for dinner on the blackboard and teach it
S1 I’d like some…
Teaching purpose③
通项活动学生够充分理解课文容够正确朗读课文形式读表演活动中学生逐步理解掌握课重点句型达熟练表达奠定基础
Write down the sentence I’d like some… on the blackboard Lead more students to answer the question What would you like for dinner by using this sentence structure
2 Let’s talk③
(1)Talk about Picture 3 of Let’s talk and predict the main idea of the dialogue (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块图三)
T (Point to the picture) Wow a lot of delicious food Dinner’s ready What’s for dinner
Ss Some soup some bread some fish and some vegetables
T Look at the food I’m hungry I’d like some bread Are you hungry What would you like
S1 Yes I’m hungry I’d like some…
S2 …
T Mike is hungry too What would he like
(2)Watch the video and answer the questions
Show Picture 1 of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块图)
T Where are Mike and his mother
Ss They are in the kitchen
T Mike is hungry What would Mike like for dinner Let’s watch the video Underline the key sentence of the answer in your books
Play the video and let students get the key sentence (课件出示教材P48 Let’s talk板块音频)
T What would Mike like
Teaching purpose④
教师播放录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调意群朗读话够进行角色扮演
Ss Some soup and bread Mike says I’d like some soup and bread please
T What would Mike’s dad like for dinner Let’s watch the video again Underline the key sentence of the answer in your books
Play the video again and let students get the key sentence (出示课件)
T What would Mike’s dad like
Ss Some fish and vegetables Mike’s dad says Some fish and vegetables please
(3)Read after the video④
T Boys and girls let’s read the dialogue after the video Please listen to it and read carefully
Play the video again and ask students to read after it and try to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation Then let students read together and read freely
(4)Read the dialogue in different roles Then act out the dialogue
T Now we’ll find the best actor or actress Please come to the front and show the dialogue
Take out some headdresses and ask some students to act out the dialogue
(5)Retell the dialogue according to the blackboardwriting and the pictures of Let’s talk
Teaching purpose⑤
通完成调查活动进步巩固练新单词核心句型创设语境中提高学生语言运力学生够熟练运学语言询问表达餐意愿
Make a model first and then lead students to retell the dialogue without their textbooks
Step 3 Practice⑤
Let’s survey
(课件出示教材P48 Let’s survey板块表格句型)

T Suppose it’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Let’s make a survey
Let students do the survey in groups of four
Make a model
T S1 what would you like for dinner
S1 I’d like some fish and rice
T S2 what would you like for dinner
S2 I’d like some bread and milk
T …
S3 …
Teaching purpose⑥
教师学生先模仿练话创设餐厅点餐情景层层深入学生创建真实语言运环境巩固节课重点容时达学致目
T S1 would like some fish and rice S2 would like some bread and milk S3…
Ask each group to choose a reporter to interview the other three students fill in a form and report the results to the whole class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑥
1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to imitate the text to make a new dialogue
(1)Make a model

(2)Let students imitate to work in groups of three Then make a new dialogue in groups
(3)Show time
Ask some groups to act out their dialogues
2 In the restaurant
(课件出示家餐厅背景句子Don’t waste food)
Take out a prepared chef cap some pictures of food and drinks and the relevant price tags Let students act as customers or a cook
(1)Make a model
T Look What do I do Yes I’m a cook I can cook delicious food Please come to my restaurant for dinner My restaurant’s rule is Order as much as you can eat Don’t waste food
T Welcome to my restaurant What would you like for dinner
S1 I’d like…
T Here you are Ten yuan please
S1 Thank you
(2)Let students work in groups
(3)Show time
Ask some groups to act out

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the dialogue of Let’s talk five times
2 Ask your parents with the key sentence structures and write their answers down
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 课前热身阶段活动丰富歌曲游戏表演学生轻松环境中迅速进入英语学状态时起承启作新课做铺垫
2 设计生活相课文容相关语境导入新单词句型然引出课文环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握课文容
3 呈现活动设计丰富操练形式样具连贯性层次性学生积极动参参面广体现学生体教学原学生仅中学新知识更拓展思维效果非常明显
4 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作



▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the general idea of the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… pleasein situations
·Be able to use the sentence What’s for dinner in situations properly
·Be able to understand the new words in context and pronounce them correctly
Let’s survey
·Be able to further consolidate and use the sentence structures of asking for and expressing the will to eat in the interview activities And further consolidate and use the vocabulary of food
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and speak the sentence structures —What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… please What’s for dinner
·Be able to understand and read the words dinner soup vegetable ready
·Be able to understand read and act out the dialogue in different roles
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What would you like (for…) —I’d like (I would like) some… please to ask for and express the will to eat in situations
▶Teaching Procedures


Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Sing a song—Let’s have a picnic today
3 Revision
(1)Sharp eyes
(2)Drive a train
1 Greetings
2 Sing the song
3 Revision
Play the games
Help students review the words easily in the song and the games and prepare to learn the new content
Presentation
1 Talk about dinner
Teach the new words and the sentence structures
Learn the new words Have a preliminary understanding of the new sentence structures
Set the situation Let students learn the new words and perceive the new sentence structures in the situation
2 Let’s talk
(1)Show the third picture of Let’s talk and ask students to talk about it
(2)Play the video and ask the questions
(3)Let students practice the dialogue in different ways
(1)Talk about the picture
(2)Watch the video and answer the questions
(3)Read after the video
(4)Read the dialogue in different roles Act out the dialogue
(5)Retell the dialogue
Understand the content of the text and read the text correctly Understand and master the key sentence structures of this lesson in different forms of reading and performing activities
Practice
Let’s survey
Let students do the survey in groups Make a model
Assign investigation tasks and do the survey in groups Report the results to the class
Further consolidate and practice the new words and sentence structures through doing the survey
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a new dialogue
Ask students to imitate the text to make a new dialogue
(1)Make a model
(2)Let students imitate to work in groups of three and make a new dialogue
(3)Show time
2 In the restaurant
(1)Make a model
(2)Let students work in groups
(3)Show time
1 Imitate the text to make a new dialogue in groups
2 Act as customers or a cook Work in groups and show in class
Consolidate the key content of this lesson and transform the knowledge into abilities by making a new dialogue about ordering in the restaurant
Homework
1 Read the dialogue of Let’s talk five times
2 Ask your parents with the key sentence structures and write their answers down
3 Do the exercises

The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
·够熟练运句型—What would you like —I’d like some…征求表达餐意愿
Let’s play
·够模拟餐馆中顾客点餐时服务员间话够快速找食物图片判断图片正确性
▶教学重点
1 够听说认读单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
2 够真实虚拟情景中熟练运句型—What would you like —I’d like some…征求表达餐意愿
▶教学难点
够熟练运学单词核心句型进行简单点餐活动
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Teaching purpose①
韵句激发学生学兴趣复节课Let’s talk板块容通游戏复学关食物饮品单词数词激活学背景学新知识做铺垫
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant

Let students change the words of food to make a new chant
3 Sharp eyes
Review the words of food and drinks (课件出示 apple 10 apples banana 12 bananas egg 5 eggs bread milk rice juice fish次快速出现消失)
T If you know the word or the phrase you can stand up and read it aloud
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
创设情境利餐馆环境引出课重点知识菜单餐馆中常见重物品引出食物类词汇帮助学生接学做词汇积累工作
1 Teach the new words②
Show a picture of a restaurant (出示课件)
(1)T Welcome to my restaurant—Fresh Restaurant We have lots of yummy food This is the menu (课件出示 教材P49 Let’s learn板块菜单) Let’s have a look The rice is one yuan The fish is…
Ss The fish is ten yuan The juice is five yuan The milk is two yuan The bread is one yuan
（2）Teach the word noodles
T Good Guess what these are They’re usually long and white (Show the back of the card) Yes they’re noodles Noodles nnooudledlsz noodles (课件出示 图片 筷子夹根面条出示单词noodle图片二碗面条出示单词noodles)
Put the word card of noodles on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher with some actions
T Noodles noodles long noodles I like noodles If you’d like some noodles you can say I’d like some noodles Yummy yummy What would you like
Ss I’d like some noodles Yummy yummy
T Look There are many kinds of noodles (课件出示种面条图片) We have egg noodles vegetable noodles beef noodles and chicken noodles Eggs and noodles are egg noodles so vegetables and noodles are vegetable noodles
(3)Teach the word vegetables （课件出示西红柿根黄瓜南瓜）
T Look Are they fruit
Ss No
T They are vegetables Vegetable vevegedʒtatə blebl vegetable
Put the word card of vegetables on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher Let students pay attention to the change of singular and plural forms
T Vegetable vegetable green vegetables red vegetables yellow vegetables… I like vegetables What would you like
Ss I’d like some vegetables Yummy yummy
(4)Teach the word beef
T Beef noodles are very yummy Beef is from the cow （课件出示牛牛肉图片）I like beef Do you like beef
Put the word card of beef on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher
T Beefbif bbeeiff beefbif I like beef What would you like
Ss I’d like some beef Yummy yummy
(5)Teach the word chicken
T Chicken is very yummy too We often eat chicken in the KFC Do you like chicken （课件出示鸡肉图片）
Put the word card of chicken on the blackboard and write down this word Ask students to read and chant after the teacher
T Chicken chtʃiɪckkenɪn chicken I like chicken What would you like
Ss I’d like some chicken Yummy yummy
(6)Teach the word soup (课件出示种汤图片)
T (Point to the picture of soup) What’s this It’s soup Soupsup ssouupp Look There are many kinds of soup in my restaurant What are they
Teaching purpose③
继续创设情境结合情境练课句型课句型基础加食物价格学生食物价格建立起联系话创编做准备教师播放Let’s learn板块录音学生听录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读话通组中创编分角色表演话激发学生兴趣然挑选组全面呈现操练结果巩固课重点句型强化语言知识点
Ss They are egg soup vegetable soup fish soup beef soup and chicken soup
T I like fish soup What would you like
…
2 Watch the cartoon and answer the question③
(1)T It’s 600 o’clock in the evening It’s time for dinner My restaurant is open now Welcome to Fresh Restaurant This is the menu (课件出示 教材P49 Let’s learn板块菜单) What would you like
S1 I’d like some beef please
T You should eat some rice noodles or bread Or you won’t be full
（课件出示标示出菜单中食rice noodles bread）
S1 I’d like some beef and rice please
T OK Twentyone yuan please Oh look Zoom and Zip are in my restaurant What would Zoom like Guess
S1 Maybe some…
S2 Maybe some…
…
T Maybe Let’s watch the cartoon and answer What would Zoom like
Play the cartoon of Let’s learn (出示课件) Ask students to read after it
(2)Let students read the dialogue again and answer the question
Check students’ answers and lead students to make an introduction according to their answers It can be done like this Zoom says I’d like some vegetables please
(3)Read and act
①Play the recording again and ask students to read after it （出示课件）Lead students to try to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation of the recording Let them read together and read freely
②Let students read the dialogue in pairs and choose some food Several minutes later ask some students to act out their dialogues
Make a model
S1 What would you like
S2 I’d like some chicken vegetables and rice
S1 OK Twentyone yuan please
S2 Here you are
…
③Choose the best performers and give awards
Teaching purpose④
通活动学生形成新授词汇立体记忆达牢固掌握课新授词汇目
Step 3 Practice④
1 Play a game—What’s missing
(游戏说明单词noodles vegetables beef chicken soup课件逐消失学生快速读出消失单词)
2 Let’s match
Let students match the corresponding words with the pictures
T Now let’s match I show the pictures and you read the words
3 Play a game—What would I like
Make a model
T Please guess It’s five yuan on the menu What would I like
S1 You’d like some juice
Teaching purpose⑤
学生点餐方式进行话练教师提供语言架构支持学生模拟情境中进行较流畅话帮助学生提高口语表达力
T No
S2 I know You’d like some vegetables Please guess It’s ten yuan on the menu What would I like
S3 …
Ask some students to do as they do
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑤
1 Let’s play

Let students work in groups of six
Teaching purpose⑥
学生听说读写中写训练时学生明白珍惜粮食 科学搭配 均衡营养学会根喜设计三餐
T You know the restaurant well and you know how much the food is Now let’s play Please make a dialogue in groups One of you can be the waiter or waitress in the restaurant The others go to the restaurant and order
2 According to the dining principles design your own three meals⑥

Choose students with the most reasonable three meals and the best handwriting

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the new words and the dialogue of Let’s learn five times
2 Design three meals for your parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 chant游戏引入带领学生复已学食物关单词课句型迅速抓住学生注意力
2 通情景引入新词做语篇中呈现单词具情景性完整性限度增加单词篇章中运频率提高综合语言运力
3 听说读量输入学生输出易难呈现递进关系时运种方式调动学生学动性积极性
4 写生活相结合学生进行思想教育学生学知识生活更紧密结合起



▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the words beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What would you like —I’d like some… skillfully to ask for and express the will to eat
Let’s play
·Be able to simulate the dialogue between the customer and the waiter when ordering in the restaurant and quickly find the picture of food or judge the correctness of the pictures
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak and read the words beef chicken noodles soup vegetable
·Be able to use the sentence structures —What would you like —I’d like some… skillfully in real or virtual situations to ask for and express the will to eat
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key words and sentence structures to carry out simple ordering activities
▶Teaching Procedures



Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 Sharp eyes
1 Greetings
2 Read the chant together and make a new chant
3 Review the words of food and drinks
Stimulate students’ learning interest Review the contents of Let’s talk Create a learning atmosphere and pave the way for learning new knowledge
Presentation
1 Teach the new words
Teach the new words noodles vegetables beef chicken soup
Learn the new words
Pay attention to the singular plural and uncountable forms of the words about food
Create a situation and use the restaurant environment to bring out the key knowledge of this lesson Introduce the words about food by using the menu Help students accumulate words for the next step
2 Watch the cartoon and answer the question
(1)Play the cartoon Let students guess what Zoom would like
(2)Let students read the dialogue again and answer the question
(3)Read and act
(1)Watch the cartoon and guess the answer
(2)Read the dialogue and answer the question Check the answer with the teacher Make an introduction according to the answer
(3)Read in different ways and act out
Create a situation to practice the sentence structures Establish a link between the food and its price by adding the price of the food Prepare for the creation of a new dialogue
Practice
1 Play a game—What’s missing
2 Let’s match
3 Play a game—What would I like
Make a model
1 Say the missing word
2 Match the corresponding words with the pictures
3 Some students say the price of the food and the others guess what they would like
Let students form a threedimensional memory of the new words through the activities so as to achieve the purpose of mastering the new words of this lesson firmly

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Let’s play
Let students work in groups of six
2 According to the dining principles ask students to design their own three meals
1 Make a dialogue in groups
2 Design their own three meals
Improve students’ ability of speaking and writing by practicing the dialogue and designing their own three meals
Homework
1 Read the new words and the dialogue of Let’s learn five times
2 Design three meals for your parents
3 Do the exercises

The third period（第三课时）
Part A Let’s spell
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s spell
·够感知纳e单词中发音规
·够读出符合e发音规单词
·够根单词读音拼写出符合e eae ie oe ue发音规单词

▶教学重点
1感知纳字母e开音节（e）闭音节（e）中发音规
2够读出符合ee发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合发音规单词
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
Teaching purpose①
通复已学字母发音编韵句进行热身帮助唤醒学生已知识
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant

T Who can try to make a new chant like this Please have a try
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
学生通读韵句观察单词发现字母ee结构中发相读音i e结构中发e通录音读学生初步感知体验音素字母间应关系面拼读练做准备
1 Present the pictures②

(1)Talk about the pictures
T This is Lee He is ten He has… Tell me more about him
Ss He is thin He has a red pen
T Look This is Eve Tell me something about her
Ss Eve is a girl She is ten She has a yellow pen
(课件出示男孩女孩身边笔消失然起找笔红色笔课桌黄色笔床)
T Where’s the red pen Where’s the yellow pen
Ss The red pen is on the desk The yellow pen is on the bed
(课件出示Zoom出现笔说Let me get the pens)

Write down he she me and ten red pen yellow desk bed on the blackboard
T Read the chant together then observe these words and tell me the common letter among them
Ss The letter e
(2)Look at the words and find out the pronunciation rules
T Look at these words he she me What’s the sound of the letter e Listen to me carefully (Read these words)
Ss i
Teach the sound i
T Look at these words ten red pen yellow desk bed What’s the sound of the letter e Listen to me carefully (Read these words)
Ss e
Teach the sound e
(3)Compare these words and summarize the pronunciation rules of the letter e

Teaching purpose③
教师变换辅音字母学生尝试读出新单词含字母e单词读音进行强化训练培养学生见词读力
2 Let’s read③
Show the words me be we set red hen beg let on the PPT （出示课件）
T Who can read these words
(1)Ask some students to read these words
Teaching purpose④
歌谣中练学字母e读音做音离词词离句
(2)Read aloud together
3 Read listen and chant④
(1)Show the pictures and the words (课件出示教材P50 Read listen and chant部分容)
Ask students to read the words one by one and then read in groups
(2)Let’s chant
Show the chant of Read listen and chant on the PPT

①Ask students to listen and read after it
②Read together with students
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑤
学生单词读音拼写结合起时帮助学生区分字母e开音节闭音节里发音
1 Read listen and tick⑤
(课件出示教材P50 Read listen and tick部分图片)
T Look at these words Who can read these words
Ss …
T Good Now listen to the recording and tick the words you hear please (课件出示教材P50 Read listen and tick部分音频)
Check the answers
Teaching purpose⑥
学生通观察书写单词训练学生根发音规拼写单词力真正做语音学落实单词拼写面培养学生听词写力
Answers be red me she let
2 Listen circle and write⑥
(1)Let students observe the four pictures and guess what words should be filled in the picture (课件出示教材P50 Listen circle and write部分图片)
(2)Lead students to listen to the recording and write down the answers Then check the answers
Answers rice he red we
T Rice Is it for e or ie
Ss It’s for ie
T So circle ie
T He circle…
Ss e

Teaching purpose⑦
学生做游戏务程中感知字母e发音
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 1Play a game—Pick the apples from the tree ⑦
(课件出示棵苹果树苹果单词we wet yes me pencil Lee hen be set met he let desk tell she树两篮子eiee)
Divide students into two groups Let one group use the basket ei and the other use the basket ee
Teaching purpose⑧
锻炼学生听懂学语音例词提高学生听音辨音力
T Now you’re competing to pick apples Give you ten seconds The winner belongs to the fast group
2 Listen and lift⑧
The teacher gives out some word cards to students When the teacher says a word students find the corresponding word card and lift it up
Teaching purpose⑨
通韵句完整呈现课重点语音知识复总结前四课语音知识
3 Make a new chant⑨
T It’s chant time Listen first then chant together E e e it’s in he i i i E e e it’s in pen e e e
Ask students to make a new chant one by one
Use these chants to review the pronunciations of letters a e i o u

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Write the words rice he red we in four lines and three grids
2 Think about other words with the letter e in the open syllable and the closed syllable
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
课教PEP四年级册第五单元语音教学板块学英语语音教学教会学生运英语语音基知识提高听说读写基技培养学生英语语感听说感性认识结合四年级学生年龄特点课设计突出点
1 创设语言情境语境中学语音
2 拼读结合层次活动中练语音
3 浅入深培养学生分析力举反三力
4 利编chant师生频繁互动组竞赛等形式原枯燥语音课变生动起

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s spell
·Be able to perceive and summarize the pronunciation rule of e in words
·Be able to read words that conform to the pronunciation rule of e
·Be able to spell out the words that conform to the pronunciation rules of e e and ae ie oe ue according to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to perceive and summarize the pronunciation rules of the letter e in the open syllable and the closed syllable
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rules of e and e
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell out the words that conform to the pronunciation rules according to the pronunciation of the words
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
1 Greetings
2 Read the chant together
Warm up with the pronunciation of the letters they have learned through the chant
Presentation
1 Present the pictures
(1)Talk about the pictures
(2)Look at the words and find out the pronunciation rules
(3)Compare these words and summarize the pronunciation rules of the letter e
(1)Talk about the pictures then read the chant and review the words he she me and ten red pen yellow desk bed
(2)Read and find out the pronunciation rules Learn the sounds of iand e
(3)Compare these words
Let students have a preliminary perception by reading rhymes Find out the pronunciation rules by observing and comparing Prepare for the following spelling exercises
2 Let’s read
Show the words me be we set red hen beg let on the PPT
Read these words Pay attention to the pronunciation of the letter e in the words
Change different consonants and ask students to read the new words Develop students’ ability to read words
3 Read listen and chant
Teach the words and play the chant
Learn the words and chant together
Practice the pronunciations of the letter e in rhymes Keep the sounds in the words and keep the words in the sentences
Practice
1 Read listen and tick
Ask students to read the words and finish the exercises
Check the answers
Read these words
Listen to the recording and tick the words they heard
Check the answers
Let students combine the pronunciation of the words with the spellings At the same time help students distinguish the pronunciations of the letter e in the open syllable and the closed syllable
2 Listen circle and write
Let students observe the four pictures and write down the words
Listen to the recording and write down the words
Let students observe and write down the words Train students to spell out the words according to the pronunciation rules
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Play a game—Pick the apples from the tree
Divide students into two groups
2 Listen and lift
Give out some word cards and say the words
3 Make a new chant
Make a model
1 Compete to pick the apples
2 Find the corresponding word card and lift it up
3 Make a chant one by one
Let students feel the pronunciations of the letter e in the process of playing games and finishing tasks
Improve students’ ability of listening and distinguishing
Use the chant to review the pronunciations of letters a e i o u
Homework
1 Write the words rice he red we in four lines and three grids
2 Think about other words with the letter e in the open syllable and the closed syllable
3 Do the exercises

The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s talk & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话
·够情景中恰运句型—Would you like… —Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use…提出餐具建议做出正确回应
·够情景中恰运功句Help yourself
·够语境中理解新词knife fork chopsticks意思够正确发音
Let’s play
·够选择食物场景中巩固运句型Would you like some…

▶教学重点
1够听懂会说句型—Would you like some… —Yes pleaseNo thanksHelp yourself
2够理解正确朗读课文话做发音准确语调然
▶教学难点
够真实情景中运课句型提出餐建议餐具建议
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频卡片筷子刀叉等
Teaching purpose①
通听音乐玩游戏复学词汇谈话中复A部分句型帮助唤醒学生已知识环节学做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song—What would you like (课件出示教材P54 Let’s sing板块歌曲动画)
3 Play a game—What’s missing
(课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake beef chicken noodles soup vegetables图片次快速出现消失)
T Look A lot of food What are they
Ss …
T Now what’s missing
Ss …
4 Free talk
T What delicious food Oh I’m hungry I’d like some fish chicken and beef (教师表现出副想品尝模样) What would you like
Ss I’d like some…
Teaching purpose②
设置情景学生情景中学新单词感知新句型
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences②
（1）(课件出示1800闹钟食物图片)
T It’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Would you like some beef If you would you can say Yes please If you wouldn’t you should say No thanks
S1 Yes please
T Would you like some rice
S2 No thanks
…
Write down the sentence structures —Would you like some… —Yes pleaseNo thanks on the blackboard Read these sentences together
（2）T I want to eat some noodles What can I use (课件出示双筷子副刀叉)
T (Pick up the prepared tableware) Chopsticks or a knife and fork
(Students point to the chopsticks)
T Yes chopsticks chtʃoɒchoptʃɒpsticksstɪks I can use chopsticks
Write down the word chopsticks on the blackboard and teach it
(3)T (Point to S1) He would like some beef What can he use Chopsticks or a knife and fork
(Students point to the knife and fork)
T Yes a knife and fork Knifenaɪf knniaɪfef naɪf forkfɔk fforɔkk fɔk Knives and forks are used in sets A set of knife and fork means a knife and fork He can use a knife and fork
Write down the phrase a knife and fork on the blackboard and teach it
T (Point to some food on the table on the PPT and say to students) Now dinner’s ready Help yourself Helphelp ee helphelp yourself yourjɔselfself yourself
Write down the sentence Help yourself on the blackboard and teach it
T You are all polite so you should say…
Ss Thanks
T Good Oh I can use chopsticks but I can’t use a knife and fork Can you teach me
Ask a student to demonstrate how to use it on the platform
Teaching purpose③
通种活动学生够充分理解课文容够正确朗读课文形式读表演活动中学生逐步理解掌握课重点句型熟练表达奠定基础
T The fork is on the left The knife is on the right Do like this (教师做刀叉动作) Now I can use a knife and fork Thank you
2 Let’s talk③
(1)Present the first picture of Let’s talk (课件出示教材P51 Let’s talk板块图)
T Look Mike is at Wu Yifan’s home It’s 600 in the afternoon It’s time for dinner Dinner’s ready What’s for dinner Look at Picture 1
S1 Soup beef vegetables and bread
T They are all western food Why
S2 Mike is from Canada
T Would Mike like a knife and fork for dinner Guess
S2 YesNo
（2）Watch the cartoon and answer the questions （课件出示教材P51 Let’s talk板块视频）

T When you listen to the recording pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation And underline the key sentences in your book
(3)Check the answers
①T Would Mike like a knife and fork
S1 No Mike says No thanks
②T What can he use Can he use chopsticks？
S2 He can use chopsticks Mike says I can use chopsticks
③T Would Mike like some soup？
S3 Yes Mike says Yes please
(4)Read and act
①Read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Teaching purpose④
通创编话学生握重点句型结构熟练表达重点句型
②Let students practice the dialogue in groups
③Act out
Ask some groups to perform in different roles
Step 3 Practice
1 Make a new dialogue④
Take out some pictures of food and tableware Let students work in pairs to make a new dialogue

Make a model
T Would you like some bread… (Take out a picture of food)
S1 Yes pleaseNo thanks
T (Take out a picture of tableware) Would you like a knife and forkchopsticks
S1 Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use chopsticksa knife and fork
Teaching purpose⑤
利教材中关特惠菜图片进行话交流学生交流中练重点句型培养学生灵活运语言力落实课标求实现语言迁移运
T Now practice the dialogue with your partner
2 Let’s play (课件出示教材P51 Let’s play板块图片)⑤
T Let’s go to a restaurant now Look Today’s specials Soup is only 1 yuan now Noodles are only 3 yuan now Juice is only 2 yuan Fish is only 8 yuan Beef is only 10 yuan Vegetables are only 5 yuan So cheap
Let students work in pairs Make a model with a student
T Here are today’s specials Would you like some beef
S1 Yes please How much is it
T Ten yuan
T Now do it in pairs Ask and answer please
Ask some pairs to perform on the platform
Teaching purpose⑥
设置吴Mike家做客情境更具延续性引导学生运学新句型结合旧知创编新话提高语言综合运力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a new dialogue (课件出示吴Mike家吃饭情景图)⑥
T Look Who are they
Ss They are Mike’s mum Mike and Wu Yifan
T Today Wu Yifan is at Mike’s home for dinner Mike is from Canada What’s for dinner Chinese food or western food Guess
Ss Chinese food Wu Yifan is from China
(课件出示分类展示中餐西餐图片)
T Please make a new dialogue with your partners
Let students work in groups of three Then act out their dialogues
Make a model

Teaching purpose⑦
通换单词编韵句活动现总结重点词汇重点句型巩固学知识
2 Let’s chant⑦

Change the words to make a new chant

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Listen and imitate the dialogue of Let’s talk for three times
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 课前热身阶段通听歌曲玩游戏话等活动学生轻松气氛中进入复时食物类单词句型起承启作新课做定铺垫
2 设计生活相课文容相关语境导入新词汇句型然引入课文环环相扣层层深入学生轻松掌握课文容
3 呈现活动丰富操练形式样充分调动学生积极性学生够积极动参活动中拓展思维明显提高语言力
4 节课话学中穿插中西饮食文化中餐具差异充分激发学生学兴趣

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the general idea of the dialogue
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
·Be able to use the sentence structures—Would you like… —Yes pleaseNo thanks I can use…to offer suggestions on the use of tableware and make correct response in situations
·Be able to use the functional sentence Help yourself in situations properly
· Be able to understand the meanings of the new words knife fork chopsticks in context and pronounce them correctly
Let’s play
·Be able to consolidate and use the key sentence structures in the scene of food selection
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and say the sentence structures —Would you like some… —Yes please No thanks Help yourself
·Be able to understand and read the text correctly with the accurate pronunciation and natural intonation
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the sentence structures of this lesson in real situations to give advice on dining or using tableware to others
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Play a game—What’s missing
4 Free talk
Ask some questions
1 Greetings
2 Enjoy the song
3 Say the missing words
4 Answer the questions
Review the words learned by listening to music and playing games And review the sentence structures of Part A in free talk Help students arouse their existing knowledge and prepare for the next step

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
Learn the new words and sentences
Set the situation and let students learn the new words in situations and perceive the new sentence structures
2 Let’s talk
(1)Present the first picture ofLet’s talk
(2)Play the cartoon and ask three questions
(3)Check the answers
(4)Read and act
Let students practice the dialogue in groups
(1)Talk about the picture
(2)Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
(3)Check the answers with the teacher
(4)Read after the recording Practice the dialogue in groups Then act out
Let students understand and master the key sentence structures in this lesson gradually and lay the foundation for their skillful expression
Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
Show some sentences on the PPT Make a model
Look at the sentences on the PPT
Make a new dialogue in pairs according to the example
Through making new dialogues let students grasp the structures of key sentences and express them skillfully
2 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT Set a scene for students to practice Make a model
Look at the picture of Let’s play
Practice in pairs according to the picture of Let’s play
Ask and answer as the teacher’s model Perform on the platform
Let students practice the key sentence structures Cultivate students’ ability to use language flexibly
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a new dialogue by imitating the text
Give the central sentences
2 Let’s chant
Give an example
1 Talk about the main scene with the teacher
Make a new dialogue in groups of three Act out the dialogue
2 Change the words to make a new chant
Through the two activities let students practice and use the key words and sentence structures they have learned
Homework
1 Listen and imitate the dialogue of Let’s talk for three times
2 Do the exercises

The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s do
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读单词chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
·够运句型Pass me the knife and fork please熟练表述餐时需餐具
Let’s do
·够听懂指令根指令做出正确动作

▶教学重点
1够听懂会说认读单词chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
2够运句型Pass me the knife and fork please熟练表述餐时需餐具
▶教学难点
够熟练正确提出餐建议餐具建议做出正确回应
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
Teaching purpose①
课时课重点句型作韵句结构进行热身帮助唤醒学生已知识环节学做准备
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片餐具蔬菜等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant①
Teaching purpose②
通课件快速闪现食物图片学生快速说出单词复旧知时学新知做铺垫游戏学生注意力高度集中快速融入课堂

3 Sharp eyes②
T Now let’s play a game When you see the picture try to say the word as quickly as you can (课件出示egg juice bread milk water fish rice cake beef chicken noodles soup vegetables图片逐快速闪现)
4 Leadin
T Do you know what I would like Can you guess
S1 Would you like some bread
T No thanks
S2 Would you like some beef
T Yes please
…
T What would I like Yes I’d like some beef … (Write down the food the teacher likes on the blackboard)
Teaching purpose③
通情景引入新词单词句子情景结合起学话中加强学生新知理解运力
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences③
(1)Teach the words pass knife fork
(教师出餐具chopsticks a knife and fork a spoon a bowl)
T Oh I’m hungry I’d like some beef How can I eat it？I can use…
S1 A knife and fork
T Good I can use a knife and fork Pass me the knife and fork Passpɑːs aɑː passpɑːs Pass me the knife and fork
Write down the sentence Pass me the knife and fork on the blackboard and teach it
T Thank you Knifenaɪf knniaɪfef Knife knife cut with the knife (教师边说边做动作学生读)
T Forkfɔk orɔ Fork fork use the fork (教师边说边做动作学生读)
T Look The knife is in my right hand The fork is in my left hand Then cut with the knife and use the fork to eat Can you use them now
S1 Yes I can Let me show you
T Great Can you use the knife and fork
S2 No I can’t
T Let me help you
(2)Teach the word bowl
T (Show a bowl) What’s this
S2 碗
T Yes it’s a bowl Bowlbəʊl owəʊ Pass me the bowl (动作示意S2碗递)
T Thank you Bowl bowl pass me the bowl (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word bowl on the blackboard and teach it
T What can I put in the bowl
Ss RiceNoodlesSoup
(课件出示a bowl of rice a bowl of noodles a bowl of soup)
T Bowl bowl a bowl of ricea bowl of noodlesa bowl of soup
(3)Teach the word chopsticks
T Oh I’m hungry too I’d like a bowl of noodles How can I eat them Use a knife and fork
S3 No Use the Chopsticks
T Good I can use the chopsticks Chopsticks chtʃ opɒpchoptʃɒpsticksstɪks Pass me the chopsticks (动作示意S3筷子递)
T Thanks Chopsticks chopsticks use the chopsticks (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Write down the word chopsticks on the blackboard and teach it
(4)Teach the word spoon
T I can use the chopsticks to have noodles Can I drink the soup with the chopsticks
S4 No
T I can use the spoon Spoonspun spsp oou u noodles food soup Pass me the spoon (动作示意S4勺子递)
T Thank you Spoon spoon use the spoon (教师边说边做动作学生读)
Teaching purpose④
引导学生理解课文容掌握课重点单词句型学生够课学单词句型灵活运起
Write down the word spoon on the blackboard and teach it
2 Let’s learn (课件出示：教材P52 Let’s learn板块图片音频) ④
(1)Listen and ask
T John is eating dinner at Wu Yifan’s home Wu Yifan’s mum cooks a lot of delicious food What can you see
S1 I can see some rice some beef some vegetables some soup…
S2 I can see a knife and fork a spoon some bowls some chopsticks…
T Let’s listen to the recording then answer the following questions
①What would John like
②How can he eat it
(2)Let students read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(3)Check the answers
T What would John like
S1 John would like some beef
T How can he eat it
S2 He can use a knife and fork
(4)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
(5)Act out the dialogue
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑤
游戏中巩固课学新词学生学起更轻松更愉快学效果更
1 Play games and practice the words⑤
(1)What’s missing
(游戏说明课件出示词汇chopsticks a knife and fork a spoon a bowl然中词汇快速消失学生说出消失词汇词汇换成图片玩次)
T Please watch carefully and tell me what the missing word is
(2)Listen and find
Say a word or a phrase each time and let students find the corresponding picture （课件出示筷子刀叉勺子碗图片）
Teaching purpose⑥
通分享salad制作程学生课学容更加感兴趣利TPR教学方法营造轻松愉快课堂气氛更调动学生学积极性
2 Let’s do⑥
(1)Make a salad
T You really did a good job I want to make a salad for you I need some help Who can help me
Take out the prepared vegetables knife bowl fork and spoon and ask a student to help with the salad
T Look A lot of vegetables I want to make a vegetable salad S1 I say you do Pass me the bowl Pass me the knife
S1 Here you are
T Good thank you Go back to your seat Let’s go on Cut the vegetables Use the spoon Use the fork Now let’s try it Wow yummy
(2)Listen and do some actions
①Present the pictures of Let’s do (课件出示次出示教材P52 Let’s do板块图片学生回答呈现图片应文字)
T Let’s look at the pictures I show you say
(Show Picture 1)
S1 Pass me the bowl
(Show Picture 2)
S2 Pass me the knife
…
②Listen to the recording and read after it (课件出示教材P52 Let’s do板块音频)
③Listen to the order and point to the corresponding pictures
T Now I say you point Use the spoon
S1 (Point to Picture 4)
…
④Listen to the order and do the corresponding actions
T I say you do Pass me the knife
S1 (Do the corresponding action)
…
(3)Make a salad and taste the salad
Make a salad in groups of four Then taste the salad
Teaching purpose⑦
通创设情境学生情境中运学语言知识仅帮助学生更深层次理解掌握学语言知识通组活动培养学生合作力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Dinner time
T Suppose your friends are eating dinner at your home Make a dialogue with your friends Work in groups of three
Make a model
A Dinner’s ready Help yourself
B Thanks
C Would you like some…
B Yes pleaseNo thanks Pass me the…
C Here you are
Ask some groups to perform the dialogues on the platform and select the best group
▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences for twenty minutes
2 Make a salad for your parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 节单词句型新授课Let’s chant 种说做结合活动热身调节气氛起承前启作
2 单词放入情景中教学加深学生理解记忆然通游戏加巩固学效果事半功倍
3 句型操练设计形式样学生层层递进完成语言输入输出程
4 Let’s do部分制作沙拉实物教学边做边教学学生动手做品尝成果节课推高潮学生仅学会做沙拉学会语言表达沙拉制作程
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作



▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the words chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
·Be able to use the sentence structurePass me the knife and fork pleaseto express the tableware needed in dining skillfully
Let’s do
·Be able to understand the instructions and make correct actions according to the instructions
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand speak and read the words chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon
·Be able to use the sentence structurePass me the knife and fork pleaseto express the tableware for dining adroitly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to give suggestions on dining or using tableware to others skillfully and correctly and make correct response
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Let’s chant
3 Sharp eyes
4 Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Read the chant loudly and act it out
3 Say the word quickly
4 Answer the questions
Review the words about food and related sentence structures Help students awaken their existing knowledge

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Teach the new words and sentences
Learn the new words and sentences
Introduce the new words through situations Learn the words in combination with the situation Strengthen students’ understanding and application of new knowledge in dialogue
2 Let’s learn
(1)Play the recording and ask
(2)Play the recording again
(3)Check the answers
(4)Let students practice the dialogue in pairs
(5)Let students act out the dialogue
(1)Listen and answer
(2)Read after the recording and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
(3)Check the answers with the teacher
(4)Practice the dialogue in pairs
(5)Act out the dialogue
Understand the content of the text master the key words and the sentence structures and use them flexibly through the above activities
Practice
1 Play games and practice the words
(1)What’s missing
(2)Listen and find
(1)Say the missing words
(2)Listen to the teacher and find out the corresponding pictures
Consolidate the new words in the game Make learning more relaxing and enjoyable for students and make the learning effect better
2 Let’s do
(1)Make a salad
Teach how to make a vegetable salad
(2)Listen and do some actions
Show the pictures of Let’s do
(3)Make a salad and taste the salad
(1)Learn how to make a salad
(2)Listen and do the relevant actions
(3)Make a salad in groups and taste it
Stimulate students’ learning interest and enthusiasm Increase students’ participation
Consolidation
&
Extension
Dinner time
Create a scene for students And give relevant sentence structures Select the best group
Make dialogues Work in groups of three And show the dialogue on the platform
Understand and master the language knowledge at a deeper level Develop students’ cooperative ability through group activities
Homework
1 Listen to the recording and read the new words and sentences for twenty minutes
2 Make a salad for your parents
3 Do the exercises

The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够意群正确语音语调朗读话理解意
·够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇完成句子
·够综合运单元核心词句
Let’s check
·检测学生否够听懂理解单元AB部分核心句型
·考查学生单元核心词汇认读意义理解
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说认读单元重点词汇
2 够完成阅读判断匹配等活动正确理解认读单元重点句型
▶教学难点
1 够意义语境中抄写单元话题词汇完成句子
2 够综合运单元核心词句
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2 PPT课件课文录音视频卡片等
Teaching purpose①
通听命令问句找应词汇互动形式复已学重点句型词汇帮助唤醒学生已知识环节学做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do (课件出示教材P52 Let’s do板块音频)
3 Listen and do
The teacher pastes the pictures of tableware and food around the classroom before class
The teacher says Pass me…Give me… And students find the right pictures and give them to the teacher Or the teacher says What would you like And students answer the question and find the right pictures
Teaching purpose②
通观察描述图片复单元词汇句型基础认读理解课新句型
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading (课件出示傍晚John家图片)②
(1)Look and say
T It’s time for dinner Look Where is John Yes he’s at home What would John like for dinner Can you guess
Ss BeefBread…
The students guess the answers and the teacher writes down the words on the blackboard The teacher takes out the pictures of food and asks several students to paste the pictures next to the corresponding words
Show the pictures of tableware
T I’m hungry I’d like some noodles (教师图片中机抽取餐具图片提问) Can I have a spoona knife and forkchopsticks please
Ss YesNo
T Would you like some noodles
S1 Yes please (教师提示学生抽取张餐具图片中包含筷子图片) Can I have a spoona knife and fork please
T Yes but try chopsticks for noodles
Teaching purpose③
通细读环节培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力进提升学生阅读技巧学生较扎实掌握学知识
Teach the sentence structures Can I have… please Try… for… and ask students to practice them (课件出示①先呈现牛肉勺子图片然出现刀叉图片②先呈现汤筷子图片然出现勺子图片)
2 Whilereading③
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer
T Look John is at home with his mother It’s time for dinner They are talking about their dinner What would John like for dinner Watch the cartoon find the answer and underline the key sentences (课件出示教材P53 Read and tick部分动画)
(2)Watch the cartoon again and answer
T Would John like some noodles What can John use for noodles Watch the cartoon again find the answers and underline the key sentences （出示课件）
(3)Read after the cartoon then tick the pictures you read about in the talk
Ask students to pay attention to imitating the accurate pause and intonation and realize the emotion of the characters
Check the answers
Answers Picture 2 3 4 5
(4)Read the dialogue after the teacher
Instruct students to read the text according to the sense groups

Teaching purpose④
先引导学生观察图片中容选择正确单词进行填空检验学生否正确理解句子认读单词学生选择正确单词填写句子介绍想吃晚餐食物学生中巩固学知识
(5)Read the dialogue aloud
(6)Act out the dialogue
3 Postreading④
Look choose and write (课件出示教材P53 Look choose and write部分图片练)
(1)Talk about the soup and choose some words to fill in the blanks
T (Point to the soup) What’s this Yes soup This is John’s soup What’s in the soup
Ss Beef vegetables and noodles
T If you are John you can say In my soup I’d like some beef vegetables and some noodles Pay attention to the spelling of these words When we write sentences we should pay attention to capitalizing the first letter And we should also pay attention to punctuation marks Write the sentence on the blackboard for demonstration
(2)Talk about your dinner and choose some words to fill in the blanks
T Now suppose it’s 600 in the evening It’s time for dinner What would you like for dinner Please talk to your partner then write down your dinner in your book
Write the sentence on the blackboard for demonstration
I’d like some fish vegetables and rice
Teaching purpose⑤
完成听力练前引导学生观察图片获取信息养成做听力前先获取信息惯
Step 3 Practice
1 Let’s check⑤
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them (课件出示教材P54 Listen and tick部分图片)
Lead students to observe the four pairs of pictures carefully
T Let’s look at the first pair of pictures What’s in the picture above
S1 Some soup and vegetables
T What’s in the picture below
S2 Some vegetables and fish
T Let’s look at the second pair of pictures What’s in the picture above
S3 A spoon
T What’s in the picture below
S4 Chopsticks
…
(2)Listen and tick
Play the recording (课件出示教材P54 Listen and tick部分音频) Ask students to tick the correct pictures
(3)Check the answers
Teaching purpose⑥
活动检验学生单词认读理解力学生获图片中信息匹配单词果够正确认读单词轻松完成活动
Answers 第组图 第二组图 第三组图 第四组图
2 Look and match⑥
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them (课件出示教材P54 Look and match部分图片)
T Look at the table What’s on the table Talk about it with your partner
(2)Look and match
(3)Check the answers
Answers 第行左右序号531410
第二行左右序号78926
Teaching purpose⑦
学生想象空间真正语言活学活运写作中提高学生写作水语言组织力
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Let’s write⑦
(1)Show some sentences with blanks on the PPT and let students try to write and practice in groups

(2)Choose the best one in each group then select in the whole class Selection rules
Teaching purpose⑧
首歌单元重点容息息相关学歌曲结束节单元课程学生轻松欢快氛围中复巩固单元容
①Write correctly and beautifully
②Eat healthily
2 Let’s sing⑧
(1)Learn the first part of the song

①Listen to the first part of the song then answer What would I like (出示课件)
Ss Some fish and beef
(课件出示学生回答出示 fish beef图片出现dish图片做出鱼牛肉放碟子中动画通动画学生理解Put it on my dish含义)
T (鼠标点击鱼鱼碟中) Put it on my dish
T (鼠标点击牛肉牛肉碟中) Put it on my dish
②Learn the first part of the song after the recording
(2)Learn the second part of the song
①Listen and do (课件出示图片a fork a spoon a knife)
T Please pass me a fork (请名学生前找PPT中fork图片点击图片图片飞碟子左边)
T Please pass me a knife (请名学生前找PPT中knife图片点击图片图片飞碟子右边)
T Please pass me a spoon (请名学生前找PPT中spoon图片点击图片图片飞碟子中)
T Now dinner’s ready Can we please eat soon Can we please eat soon (教师边说边做动作帮助学生理解句子)
②Listen to the second part of the song and learn it （出示课件）
(3)Students sing the song while doing actions
(4)Ask students to replace the words of food in the song when they sing

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Write a family dinner plan
2 Sing the song to your family
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
课单元课时节综合复阅读课
1 热身部分前面课程容复学生唱听样复轻松复效果事半功倍
2 阅读部分直观问答读学生部分容烂熟心样语言输入完成通练拓展完成语言输出程
3 学生正确四线三格书写单元四会单词句子
4 整教学程流畅然重点突出趣达知识趣味结合


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and understand the general idea of the dialogue
·Be able to copy the topic words of this unit in meaningful context and complete the sentences
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentences of this unit synthetically
Let’s check
·Check students’ listening and understanding of the key sentence structures in this unit
·Examine students’ reading of the key words and understanding of the meanings of the words
Let’s sing
 ·Be able to understand the meaning of lyrics and sing clearly and accurately
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand speak and read the key words of this unit
·Be able to complete the reading judgment matching and the other activities Understand and read the key sentence structures of this unit correctly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to copy the topic words of this unit and complete the sentences in meaningful context
·Be able to use the key words and sentences of this unit synthetically
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Play the recording of Let’s do
3 Listen and do
Give instructions or ask questions
1 Greetings
2 Let’s do
3 Find the right pictures
Review the key words and sentence structures of this unit by singing reading listening and speaking Prepare for the following study
（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
1 Prereading
Show a picture of John staying at home Write the words on the blackboard Take out the corresponding pictures Show the pictures of tableware
Guess what John would like for dinner Paste the pictures Choose the tableware and practice the sentence structures
By observing and describing the pictures read and understand the new sentence structures of this lesson on the basis of reviewing the vocabulary and sentence structures of this unit
2 Whilereading
(1)Play the cartoon and ask
(2)Play the cartoon again and ask
(3)Let students read after the cartoon and tick
Check the answers
(4)Let students read after the teacher
(5)Let students read aloud the dialogue by themselves
(6)Act out
(1)Watch the cartoon and answer
(2)Watch the cartoon again and answer
(3)Read after the cartoon
Then tick the pictures in the talk Check the answers with the teacher
(4)Read after the teacher
(5)Read aloud
(6)Act out
Cultivate students’ ability of obtaining and processing information by close reading and then improve students’ reading skills so that students can grasp the knowledge solidly
3 Postreading
Look choose and write
Lead students to observe the picture and finish the exercises
Talk about the soup and choose some words to fill in the blanks Talk about your dinner and choose some words to fill in the blanks
Check whether students can understand the sentences and read the words correctly And let students consolidate their knowledge by writing sentences

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Let’s check
(1)Lead students to observe and describe the pictures
(2)Ask students to tick the correct pictures
(3)Check the answers
2 Look and match
(1)Lead students to describe the pictures
(2)Look and match
(3)Check the answers
1 Let’s check
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them
(2)Listen and tick Tick the correct pictures
(3)Check the answers
2 Look and match
(1)Look at the pictures and describe them
(2)Look and match
(3)Check the answers
This activity is to test students’ ability to read and understand the words Students get the information from the pictures and then match the words If they can recognize the words correctly they can easily complete the activity
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Let’s write
(1)Show some sentences with blanks on the PPT Make a model
(2)Choose the best one
Write something about food and tableware Practice in groups
Give students the space of free imagination and apply the language to writing after learning and using so as to improve students’ writing level and language organization ability
2 Let’s sing
(1)Teach the first part of the song
(2)Teach the second part of the song
(3)Let students sing the song while doing actions
(4)Ask students to replace the words of food in the song when they sing
(1)Learn the first part of the song
(2)Learn the second part of the song
(3)Sing the song while doing actions
(4)Replace the words of food in the song
This song is closely related to the key content of this unit At last finish this section and this unit by learning the song so that students can review and consolidate the content of this unit in a relaxing and happy atmosphere
Homework
1 Write a family dinner plan
2 Sing the song to your family
3 Do the exercises

Unit 6 Meet my family

教材分析
单元学题朋友间互相解方家庭情况教学容通谈家庭成员职业展开教学重点够听说认读核心句型—How many people are there in your family —Three—Is this your uncle —Yes it is He’s a football player—What’s your aunt’s job —She’s a nurse够听说认读单词短语parents cousin uncle aunt baby brother doctor cook driver farmer nurse
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·够听说认读句型—How many people are there in your family —Three—Is this your uncle —Yes it is He’s a football player—What’s your aunt’s job —She’s a nurse
·够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员够情景中恰运句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five
·够情景中运句型—Is this your… —Yes it is—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s a…询问回答某说话方亲属关系职业情况
·够意群朗读Read and write文段中核心句型
词汇
·听说认读单词短语parents cousin uncle aunt baby brother doctor cook driver farmer nurse
·够语境中正确述关家庭成员职业单词短语简单介绍家庭成员职业
·够意义语境中抄写述话题词汇
语音
·够掌握ae ie oe ue e单词中长音发音规
·够掌握a e i o u长短音发音规
·够根发音规正确读出生词够示范例词提示歌谣中找出符合a e i o u长短音发音规单词
情感态度､文化意识､学策略目标
·够体会表达家庭生活热爱情
·够解英语国家中家庭成员间称呼俗
·够逐步做见符合ae ie oe uee发音规单词够拼读听符合发音规单词够拼写
课时安排
第课时 Part A Let’s talk & Let’s count
第二课时 Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
第三课时 Part A Let’s spell
第四课时 Part B Let’s talk & Draw and say
第五课时 Part B Let’ learn & Let’s play
第六课时 Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing & Part C Story time

The first period(第课时)
Part A Let’ s talk & Let’s count
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够图片教师帮助理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话够进行角色扮演
·够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员
·够情景中恰运句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five
·够语境中理解生词people but little puppy意思够正确发音
Let’s count
·够通图数数活动语境中运句型How many…are there inonnear…the…询问回答物品数量

▶教学重点
1 够图片教师帮助理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话够进行角色扮演
2 够情景中运句型How many people are there in your family询问回答家中位家庭成员
▶教学难点
1 够熟练掌握句型How many…are there…法实际情景中运
2 够掌握句型My family has six peopleBut that’s only five进行初步运
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频实物头饰家庭片等
Teaching purpose①
英语话快速吸引学生注意力营造良英语课堂氛围通谈手指学校品数量帮助学生复数字知识运课堂实物物操练句型How many学课重点句型做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Use the number of fingers and school supplies to review the knowledge
T How many fingersbookspens…do you see
Ss …
Ask three boysfour girls to come to the platform
T How many boysgirls are there
Ss Three Four
Step 2 Presentation
Teaching purpose②
先请学生认真观察图片获取信息然请学生数数换词汇方式练重点句型
1 Let’s count②
(1) Show the picture of Let’s count on the PPT （课件出示 教材P58 Let’s count板块图片）And talk about it with the sentence structure How many applesantsbirds…are there onin the… in class (2) Teach the word people
T Look in through the window How many people are there in the family
Write down the word people on the blackboard and teach it
T ppeo iplepl people
Then help students answer the question
Ss Three
T Who are they
Ss The father the mother and a boy
T Yes they’re parents and the son
(3) Teach the word parents
Tell students a father + a motherparents Show a picture of parents (课件出示父母亲图片) Lead them to understand what parents means
Teaching purpose③
处理课新授话时采处理局部语言呈现完整话方式先学话中出现新词新句面学理解话扫清障碍时利教学资源学生真实情况展开讨提高语言运实践性完成步教学务做铺垫
T ppaeəren əntsts parents
Let students read the word parents several times
2 Teach the new sentence structures③
(1) Ask a student a question How many people are there in your family
S1 Three My father(dad) my mother(mum) and me
T You can also say My parents and me
Write down the sentence structures —How many people are there in your family —Three My parents and me on the blackboard
Lead students to make dialogues with the question How many people are there in your family according to the actual situations
First students answer with the number Then students may answer with the words like brother sister grandfather(grandpa) and grandmother(grandma) Ask students to read and review these words
(2) Present and practice the sentence structure My family has…people
T …’s family has 5 people What about you
Ask students to practice the sentence structure in pairs Then choose some students to introduce their families
(3) Present a survey form about the number of family members (课件出示家庭成员数调查表) Let students use the sentence structures to carry out an investigation in groups of four and report the results of the survey
Present the results of a group survey Point to the largest number in the form and say WowIt’s a big family Then point to the smallest number and say But that’s only three Ask students to guess the meaning of the sentence and then explain the meaning of but
(4) Take out a photo of the teacher’s family Then point to the family photo and ask the question
T Look This is a photo of my family How many people are there in my family
Ss Five
T No my family has six people This is my father This is my mother This is my husbandwife This is my little baby and this is me (Point to the pet) And this is my little puppy
Teach the words baby puppy and ask students to read them Use body language to make students understand the meaning of little
Teaching purpose④
通观察话情景图片初步猜测意激发学生新知学兴趣然提出问题激发学生阅读兴趣阅读话通学生回答问题帮助学生理解话含义学会具体语境中运新知
3 Let’s talk④
(1) Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT （出示课件）
Lead students to observe the pictures and predict the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Watch the cartoon and answer the questions
Show the questions （出示课件） Play the cartoon and ask students to answer the questions (课件出示教材P58 Let’s talk板块动画) Let students try to underline the answers in the book
Q1 How many people are there in Chen Jie’s family (Three)
Q2 How many people are there in Amy’s family Five or six (Six)
T Great Who are they in Chen Jie’s family Who are they in Amy’s family Let’s watch the cartoon again
Play the cartoon again (出示课件) Ask students to try to underline the answers in the book
T Who are they in Chen Jie’s family You can answer like this Chen Jie says My parents and me
Ss Chen Jie says My parents and me
Teaching purpose⑤
通读录音帮助学生正确语音语调朗读话通构建语言框架学生根话原文填空帮助学生充分理解课文容
T Yes The word parents here means father and mother My parents and me means Chen Jie her father and her mother So there are three people in Chen Jie’s family
T Who are they in Amy’s family
Ss Amy says My dad my mum my sister my baby brother and me And my little puppy
T Wonderful
（3）Play the recording of the dialogue (出示课件) Ask students to read after it and pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation⑤
Then show the sentences related to the dialogue on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks according to the dialogue


Teaching purpose⑥
通分角色朗读话形式表演活动学生进步理解掌握课重点句型学生够熟练运重点句型进行表达奠定基础
Step 3 Practice⑥
1 Read the dialogue in roles
T Now who wants to be Amy Who wants to be Chen Jie Let’s read it in roles
2 Act out the dialogue in class
Take out some headdresses and ask some students to act out the dialogue
3 Play a game — 3D Family Photos
Lead students to work in groups of four One student introduces hisher family members and the others act out according to hisher introduction in groups
For example
S1 Look this is a photo of my family This is my grandpa
S2 Hi I’m grandpa I’m old (Act with body language)
S1 This is my dad
S3 Hi I’m Dad I’m tall and strong (Act with body language)
Teaching purpose⑦
通课件示范学生运学词汇句型介绍家庭培养学生综合语言运力
…
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Show a picture of Amy on the PPT Introduce her family by using the sentence structures of this lesson Let students try to introduce their families by following the example

Ask students to practice in pairs Then choose four students to show in class At last select the best introduction




▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Read and act out the dialogue of Let’s talk
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 课时学谈家庭成员课程开始复数字导入句型How many…结合活动中图片操练运句型
2 课程活动设计丰富易操作具备层次感局部整体先学话中出现新词新句面学理解话扫清障碍效提升学生核心素养结合表格进行调查谈家庭成员情况帮助学生理解核心句型意义学会运
3 话教学时观察图片猜测容预设问题粗读话进行感知听录音精读话回答问题通填空补充话复述容步步浅入深易难符合教学规律通种形式朗读帮助学生掌握话落实知识点

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the pictures and the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in different roles
·Be able to use the sentence structureHow many people are there in your familyin situations to ask and answer the number of family members
·Be able to use the sentencesMy family has six peopleBut that’s only fiveappropriately in situations
·Be able to understand new words people but little puppy in context and pronounce them correctly
Let’s count
·Be able to use the sentence structureHow manyare there inonnearthein context
to ask and answer the number of things through counting activity
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the pictures and the teacher Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and act it out in different roles
·Be able to use sentence structure How many people are there in your familyin situations to
ask and answer the number of family members
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to master the sentence structure How many…are there… adroitly and use it in real situations
·Be able to master and use the sentences My family has six peopleBut that’s only five
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
1 Greetings
2 Revision
Practice the sentence structures with fingers and school supplies
1 Greetings
2 Answer the questions and practice the sentence structures
Attract students’ attention quickly Practice the sentence structures with objects and characters in class Prepare for studying the key sentence structures in this lesson
Presentation
1 Let’s count
(1) Show the picture of Let’s
count and talk about it with the key sentence structure
(2) Teach the word people
(3) Teach the word parents
(1) Look at the picture and talk about it
(2) Answer the questions and learn the word people
(3) Learn the word parents
Get information by observing the picture carefully Practice the key sentence structures by replacing words
2 Teach the new sentence structures
(1) Ask a student a question How many people are there in your family
(2) Present and practice the sentence structure My family has…people
(3) Lead students to complete the form Teach the word but
(4) Teach the words little baby
puppy with a family photo
(1) Answer the question and make dialogues according to the actual situations
(2) Practice the sentence
structure My family has…people in pairs
(3) Use the sentence structures to carry out an investigation in groups of four and report the results Learn the word but
(4) Learn the words little baby puppy
Clear the way for studying the new dialogue by learning the new words and sentence structures Improve the practicality of language using by discussing the actual situations of students


（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Presentation
3 Let’s talk
(1) Present the pictures of Let’s talk on the PPT Help students predict the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Play the cartoon twice and ask some questions
(3) Play the recording Ask students to read the dialogue after it
Show the sentences
related to the dialogue on the PPT Ask students to fill in the blanks
(1) Observe the pictures and predict the main idea of the dialogue
(2) Watch the cartoon twice
Answer the questions
(3) Read the dialogue after
the recording Fill in the blanks according to the dialogue
Stimulate students’ interest in learning new knowledge through observing pictures Use the questions to attract students’ attention and help students learn how to use new knowledge in specific contexts
Make sure students can read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation
Practice
1 Read the dialogue in roles
Ask students to read the
dialogue in roles
1 Read the dialogue in roles
Through reading the dialogue in roles and different forms of performing activities let students further understand and master the key sentence structures
2 Act out the dialogue in class
Ask students to act out the
dialogue in class
2 Act out the dialogue in
class
3 Play a game— 3D Family
Photos
3 Work in groups of four One student introduces
hisher family members and the others act out
Consolidation
&
Extension
Show a picture of Amy
Present an example
Let students try to introduce
their families by following the
example
Introduce their families by following the example
Cultivate students’ comprehensive language using ability by introducing their families
Homework
1 Read and act out the dialogue of Let’s talk
2 Do the exercises

The second period（第二课时）
Part A Let’s learn & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听懂会说认读单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
·够语境中正确运单词短语介绍家
Let’s play
·够通活动巩固学单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
·够真实情景中运句型This is my… He’sShe’s…介绍家庭成员简单描述外貌特征

▶教学重点
1 够听懂会说认读单词短语parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother简单介绍描述家
2 够理清家庭成员间关系
▶教学难点
够综合运学词汇句型介绍描述家
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频物头饰家庭成员类单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
歌曲吸引学生注意力帮助开启英语学旅时复关家庭成员描述外貌知识接学做知识心理双重准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings and enjoy a song
Play the song—I love my family (课件出示PEP三教材P20 Let’s sing板块歌曲) Ask students to listen carefully and sing together
2 Revision
Take out the word cards of family members that students have learned in Grade 3
Teaching purpose②
通介绍Tom家学生解学语言介绍描述家环节学做准备
Choose several word cards at random Ask students to read the words and act with body movements according to the words on the cards
3 Leadin②
Show a photo of Tom’s family (课件出示男生Tom家庭片)
Lead students to introduce and describe Tom’s family members Lead in the relevant content of this lesson
T Boys and girls look This is Tom’s family There are four people in his family This is his father He is tall and strong This is his mother She is short and nice This is his baby sister She is little and cute He loves his family
Teaching purpose③
物轮廓猜猜方式设疑激发学生学兴趣观察头发猜猜图中物谁引导学生进入新授知识学中极提高学效率
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the phrase baby brother③
Show the picture of Amy’s outline on the PPT （课件出示 Amy轮廓图） Ask students to guess who she is Then play the recording of Amy’s monologue Hi Meet my family （出示课件） Help students understand the meaning of the sentences and ask them to read after the recording
Show the picture of the baby brother’s hair (课件出示Amy弟弟头发图片) Lead students to guess basing on what they have learned brother sister mother father Then show the complete picture of the baby brother (课件出示Amy弟弟全图)
Write down the phrase baby brother on the blackboard and teach it
T bbaeɪbbyi baby
Teaching purpose④
继续猜物方式引出单词整合复节课学知识面教学然渡做铺垫
T This is Amy’s baby brother He’s cute
2 Teach the word parents④
Present the picture of Amy’s mum and dad’s outline (课件出示Amy父母亲轮廓图) Lead students to guess Amy’s father and mother
Continue to show the whole picture and teach the word parents (出示课件)
Write down the word parents on the blackboard and teach it
Teaching purpose⑤
理解单词意义中英国家中法基础教授单词帮助学生更理解掌握单词
3 Teach the words uncle aunt cousin⑤
Present the picture of Amy’s aunt and uncle on the PPT （课件出示 Amy叔叔婶婶图片） Ask a question The man is Amy’s father’smother’s brother Who is he
Help students understand the word uncle Write it down on the blackboard and teach it
T uʌnŋcklel uncle
Teach and practice the word aunt in the same way
T auɑːnntt aunt ɑːnt
Explain the usage of aunt uncle in Englishspeaking countries
Show the picture of uncle and aunt’s child (课件出示叔叔婶婶孩子图片)
T She is Amy’s uncle’s daughter She’s Amy’s…
Teach the word cousin
T ckouʌszinn cousin
Explain the meaning of cousin The uncle and the aunt’s daughter or son can be called cousin
Write down the word cousin on the blackboard
Point to the words uncle cousin Get students to pay attention to the pronunciation of u and ou
Teaching purpose⑥
通读录音帮助学生掌握正确读音通边读边指种形式学词汇音形相结合
T The letter u in uncle and the letter combination ou in cousin both sound ʌ
4 Listen read and point⑥
Play the recording of the vocabulary of Let’s learn and ask students to read after the recording (课件出示教材P59 Let’s learn板块中词汇部分音频)
Let students listen again and point out the words or the phrase they hear as they read them
5 Let’s learn⑦
Teaching purpose⑦
掌握词汇基础结合语言支架挑选物进行描述表演灵活操练效突出课重点
Show the picture of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P59 Let’s learn板块图片) Let students choose two people from the picture to describe them according to the sentences on the PPT and act out in pairs

Teaching purpose⑧
三活动目学生熟悉操练重点词汇活动帮助学生理解单词意思单词图片意义结合起活动二学生词形读音结合起活动三学生通反复猜测断重复重点词汇进熟悉掌握词汇
Step 3 Practice⑧
1 Sharp eyes
Show pictures of Amy’s family members in a flash on the PPT and then pause at random (出示课件) Let students say the vocabulary related to the characters on the screen
T Who’s heshe
Ss He’sShe’s Amy’s…
2 Point and say
Point to the vocabulary on the blackboard Ask students to say it out quickly
3 A guessing game
Teaching purpose⑨
做家谱树方式帮助学生理清家庭成员间关系
Show the back of the family members’ word cards Ask students to guess what word or phrase it is
4 Make a family tree⑨
Ask students to make a family tree for Amy Let students choose the words or the phrase and fill them in the blanks of the family tree
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑩
1 Let’s play
Teaching purpose⑩
种趣味活动方面激发学生参兴趣方面综合（课件出示Amy家家谱树图）介绍家描述物外貌特征知识学生参活动程中提升口语表达力
Show the picture of Let’s play on the PPT （课件出示 教材P59 Let’s play板块图片） Lead students to observe the picture
T Look at Zhang Peng He draws his family members on his fingers and talks about his family members Please draw and say in the same way
Ask students to work in groups by following the example on the PPT and choose some students to show in class

Teaching purpose⑪
通介绍family含义学生进行情感教育教育学生热爱家庭关心家珍惜家爱
2 Make a summary ⑪
Show the word family on the PPT and explain what it means Remind students to love their families and family members
T Look at the word family F is from father A is from and M is from mother L is from love Y is from you It’s a sentence Father and mother I love you Say it to your parents Do more for your parents And I think your parents will love you more


▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Copy the new vocabulary in this lesson five times
2 Introduce your family photos to your teacher or friends in English
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)
▶教学反思
1 节课词汇教学词汇正确运学英语关键词汇运词汇进行语言实践程程中句子单词间相辅相成相互促进
2 采图片音频等直观教学手段设计意义务学生完成务程中帮助听懂理解话达运语言进行真实交流目
3 操练环节中通学生参Let’s play板块活动增强学生口语表达力
4 教学程遵循学生认知规律单词短语句型教学先学生知义识音形学生理解中学运

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to understand speak and read the vocabulary parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother
·Be able to use the vocabulary above to introduce their family members in context correctly
Let’s play
·Be able to consolidate the vocabulary parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother through
activities
·Be able to use the sentence structures This is my… He’sShe’s… to introduce their family members and describe their appearance characteristics simply in real situations
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand speak and read the vocabulary parents uncle aunt cousin baby brother and be able to introduce and describe their family members briefly
·Be able to sort out the relationship among family members
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the vocabulary and the sentence structures synthetically to introduce and describe their family members
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings and enjoy a song
Play the song—I love my family
2 Revision
Review the words of family
members with the word cards
3 Leadin
Show a photo of Tom’s family
Lead in the relevant content of this lesson
1 Greetings Listen to the song carefully and sing together
2 Read the words and act
with body movements
according to the words on the cards
3 Look at the photo of Tom’s family Introduce and describe Tom’s family members
Use a song and a picture to arouse students’ curiosity and interest Let students know how to use the language they have learned to describe their family members
Presentation
1 Teach the phrasebaby brother
Show Amy’s outline the picture of Amy Amy’s baby brother’s hair and the picture of Amy’s baby brother on the PPT Teach the phrase baby brother
Guess who shehe is
Learn the phrase baby
brother
Lead in the new knowledge and improve students’ learning efficiency by asking questions
2 Teach the word parents
Show the outline and the picture of Amy’s parents and teach the word
Look at the picture and learn the word parents
Integrate and review the
knowledge of the last lesson
3 Teach the words uncle aunt cousin
Teach the words with pictures and explain the usage of these three words in Englishspeaking countries
Learn the words uncle
aunt cousin
Understand the usage of
these words in
Englishspeaking countries
Help students understand and master the words on the basis of understanding the meaning of words and the different usages in Chinese and English countries
4 Listen read and point
Play the recording of the vocabulary of Let’s learn twice
Read after the recording
Point out the words or the phrase they hear as they read them
Make sure students master the correct pronunciation
5 Let’s learn
Show the picture of Let’s learn Let students choose two people from the picture to describe according to the sentences and act out in pairs
Choose two people from the picture to describe according to the sentences Act out in pairs
On the basis of mastering vocabulary help students use sentence structures to practice the vocabulary flexibly

















（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Sharp eyes
Show pictures of Amy’s
family members in a flash and then pause at random
Say the vocabulary related to the characters on the screen
The purpose of the three activities is to make students familiarize and practice the key vocabulary
2 Point and say
Point to the vocabulary on the blackboard
Say the words or the phrase
out quickly
3 A guessing game
Show the back of the word cards about family members
Guess what word or phrase it is
4 Make a family tree
Ask students to make a family tree for Amy
Make a family tree for Amy
Choose the words or the phrase and fill them in the blanks of the family tree
Help students sort out the relationships among family members by the way of making a family tree
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Let’s play
Show the picture of Let’s
play Ask students to work in groups and choose some students to show in class
Observe the picture then draw and say in the same way Work in groups and show in class
Let students enhance their oral expression ability in the process of participating in activities
2 Make a summary
Show the word family and explain what it means
Know the meaning of family
Through knowing the meaning of family students are reminded to love their families care for their family members and cherish their family members’ love
Homework
1 Copy the new vocabulary in this lesson five times
2 Introduce your family photos to your teacher or friends in English
3 Do the exercises

The third period（第三课时）
Part A Let’s spell
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s spell
·够根a e i o u ae ie oe uee发音规读出单词
·够通a e i o u长短音听录音选词强化已学发音规
·够读歌谣节奏吟唱中强化学述发音规
·够示范例词提示歌谣中找出符合述发音规单词

▶教学重点
1 够感知纳元音字母a e i o u开音节闭音节中发音规
2 够读出符合a e i o u发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根单词读音拼写出符合发音规单词
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件､录音､视频等
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision & Leadin①
1 Greetings
Teaching purpose①
通韵句唤醒学生记忆帮助学生复学单词引出语音韵句中提cat
2 Read a chant
Show a chant on the PPT Ask students to read it with the teacher together
Teaching purpose②
通讨图片引导学生预先感知韵句容回忆语音例词读音

3 Leadin②
Show a picture of a cat on the PPT （课件出示 猫图片）Then ask students to discuss what they see
T What’s this
Ss It’s a cat
Teaching purpose③
运课件逐步呈现部分猫图片采方法师生话中寻找该部分单词语音特点卡通形象呈现中展示单词利拼读规找出组单词细微加深学生元音字母发音规理解掌握单词基础听韵句初步感知韵句容然读获取正确语音通表演韵句学生喜欢方式操练韵句达熟练说韵句目
T Yes It’s a cute cat
Step 2 Presentation③
1 Listen and chant
(1)①Present the picture on the PPT （课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫头部图片）
Play the recording of the sentence We like the cat （出示课件） At the same time present two options cat cut on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cat like this kæt kæt And choose the right word cat Emphasize that a sounds æ in cat
Read the words cat cut in class and compare the sounds of the two words catk t cutkʌt
②Present the picture on the PPT （课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫左右两手空着图片）
Lead students to sayOh the cat is cute Then present two options cutcute on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cute like this kju t kjut And choose the right word cute Emphasize that ue sounds ju in cute
Read the words cut cute in class and compare the sounds of the two words cutkʌt cutekjut
③Present the picture on the PPT (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫右手蛋糕图片)
Play the recording of the sentence He’s got a cake （出示课件） At the same time present two options cake Coke on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of cake like this keɪk keɪk And choose the right word cake Emphasize that ae sounds eɪ in cake
Read the words cake Coke in class and compare the sounds of the two words cake keɪk Cokekəʊk
④Point at the rose on the cake in the picture and say A red rose on the cake Ask students to spell the two words according to the pronunciations of red and rose like this red red rəʊz rəʊz
Read the phrase a red rose in class
⑤Present the picture on the PPT (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分中猫左手杯牛奶图片)
Play the recording of the phrase a cup of milk (出示课件) Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of milk like this mɪlk mɪlk
Read the phrase a cup of milk in class
⑥Ask the question Do you like the cat Lead students to answer Yes we like the cat
Present two options likelake on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to spell it according to the pronunciation of like like this laɪk laɪk Then choose the right word like Emphasize that ie sounds aＩ in like Read the words like lake in class and compare the sounds of the two words likelaɪk lakeleɪk
(2) Play the recording of Listen and chant (课件出示教材P60 Listen and chant部分音频)
First let students listen carefully and feel the melody of the chant Then ask students to sing the chant after the recording
Chant with students sentence by sentence
2 Sing the chant freely
Let students sing the chant freely with clapping their hands
3 Act out the chant together
Teaching purpose④
活动学生单词读音词形结合起帮助学生区分元音字母开音节闭音节中发音方式
Let students act out the chant in pairsthen ask four pairs to show in class
Step 3 Practice
1 Read listen and circle④
Ask students to read the words of Read listen and circle and pay attention to the pronunciations of the words
Play the recording of this part (课件出示教材P60 Read listen and circle部分音频) Get students to listen to the recording and circle the correct words
Teaching purpose⑤
通教师引导示范帮助学生回忆表格中元音字母发音规根发音规写出符合发音规单词通拼写拼读进步巩固发音规
Check the answers in class
Answers 1 he men rice2 had make nose3 use cat mum
2 Chant again Group and write⑤
Show the chart of Chant again Group and write on the PPT （课件出示 教材P60 Chant again Group and write部分表格）
Get students to sing the chant in groups again and read the words in the chart by themselves Then let them complete the chart in groups Ask a group to show their answers and then ask other students to add
Write down students’ answers on the blackboard

3 Classify the words⑥
Teaching purpose⑥
通活动学生根例词单词进行分类区分属开音节发音规闭音节发音规字母发音匹配起帮助学生更掌握元音字母发音规
Show lots of words students have learned on the PPT （出示课件） Let students read and classify them according to the example words
Check the answers

Teaching purpose⑦
通语音韵句帮助学生次巩固元音字母发音规
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Make a summary
2 Review the chant
Play the recording of the Listen and chant (出示课件) Ask students to sing it together

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Read the words and the chant of Let’s spell three times after the recording
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 课节语音复课教学元音字母a e i o uae ie oe ue e发音规教学音标时充分调动学生积极性学生断感知练中总结发音规律
2 通编chant导入发音规融入活泼韵句中激发学生学兴趣
3 组全班学中进行图片听录音选单词拼读单词选单词chant表演等活动学知识运实践提高学生参课堂学意识调动学热情
4 通听听读读圈圈分分等种形式反复练学生听读中体会发音规律拼写规律做见词读听音写

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s spell
·Be able to read the words according to the pronunciation rules of a e i o u ae ie oe ue e
·Be able to listen and choose the words by comparing the long and short sounds of a e i o u
·Be able to read the chant after the recording and learn the pronunciation rules above in rhythmic chant
·Be able to identify the words that conform to the pronunciation rules above from the chant according to the example words
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to perceive and summarize the pronunciation rules of vowel letters a e i o u in open and closed syllables
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rules of a e i o u
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell the words that conform to the pronunciation rules according to their pronunciations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Revision
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Read a chant
3 Leadin
Show a picture of a cat and ask students to discuss what they see
1 Greetings
2 Read the chant with the
teacher
3 Talk about the picture
Help students review the words they have learned
Lead students to perceive the chant and recall the pronunciations of the example words by discussing the picture
Presentation
1 Listen and chant
(1) Show the pictures and play
the recordings
Lead students to notice the different pronunciations of the similar words
(2) Play the recording of Listen and chant
(1) Look at the pictures and listen to the recordings to distinguish the similar words in each group and master the words
(2) Listen to the chant carefully and feel the melody of it Then sing after the recording
With the method of comparison deepen students’ understanding of the pronunciation rules of the vowel letters
Read after the recording to help students get the correct pronunciation
2 Sing the chant freely
Sing the chant freely with clapping their hands
Let students practice the chant in the way they like to achieve the goal of singing the chant skillfully
3 Act out the chant together
Act out the chant in pairs and show in class
By acting the chant strengthen the pronunciation rules of the vowel letters


（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Read listen and circle
Play the recording Then check the answers in class
Read the words Then listen to the recording and circle the correct words Check the answers
Help students distinguish the sounds of vowel letters in the open and closed syllables
2 Chant again Group and write
Show the chart Ask students to complete it Write down the words on the blackboard
Sing the chant in groups again and read the words in the chart by themselves
Complete the chart
Help students review and consolidate the pronunciation rules of the vowel letters in the chart
3 Classify the words
Show lots of words students
have learned on the PPT
Read and classify the words according to the example words
Help students better master the pronunciation rules of the vowel letters
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a summary
2 Review the chant
Play the recording of the chant
Sing the chant together
Help students further consolidate the pronunciation rules of the vowel letters
Homework
1 Read the words and the chant of Let’s spell three times after the recording
2 Do the exercises

The fourth period（第四课时）
Part B Let’s talk & Draw and say
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s talk
·够图片教师帮助理解话意
·够正确语音语调朗读话够分角色表演话
·够情景中运句型—Is this your… —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…询问回答某说话方亲属关系职业情况
·够语境中理解词汇football player nurse意思够正确发音
Draw and say
·够通画画说说巩固B部分话中学核心句型

▶教学重点
1 够图片教师帮助理解话意够正确语音语调朗读话分角色表演
2 够理解运句型—Is this your —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your’s job —He’sShe’s aan
▶教学难点
够真实情景中灵活运核心句型
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频家庭称呼类职业类单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
编chant吸引学生注意力激发学英语兴趣时复关家庭称呼知识接学做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Show the chant—I love you①
Ask students to read the chant carefully and then chant it together

3 Leadin
Show the outline picture of the teacher’s family photo on the PPT （课件出示 教师全家福轮廓图）Ask students to guess the relationship between the person in the picture and the teacher
T This is my family photo Guess Who’s shehe You can ask like this Is this your… Remind students to use rising tones in general questions
Ss Is this your cousinaunt…
T Yes it is No it isn’t No it’s me
Write down the sentence structures —Is this your… —Yes it is No it isn’t No it’s me on the blackboard
Teaching purpose②
通图片帮助学生理解新词含义引导学生通听音拆音方法学新词读音话学扫清障碍
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary and sentence structures②
(1) After guessing some characters the picture of the teacher’s family members is clearly presented The teacher points to herselfhimself and says I’m a teacher
Then point to herhis aunt in the picture
T This is my aunt She’s a nurse
Show a picture of the teacher’s aunt in a nurse’s uniform Help students understand what nurse means
Teach the word nurse nnurɜːses nursenɜːs (课件出示nurse相关容)
Ask students to read after the teacher and pay attention to the sound of ur It sounds ɜː here
T What’s my aunt’s job She’s aan…
Ask students to guess the meaning of this question and the word job according to the context
Ss She’s a nurse
Write down the sentence What’s your aunt’s job on the blackboard and get students to read after the teacher
Teaching purpose③
通介绍家职业引出职业名称帮助学生理解含义掌握单词读音
T auɑːnntt auntɑːnt t’sts aunt’sɑːnts t’s sounds ts here
T jdʒoɒbb jobdʒɒb③
T Now you can ask me about my other family members with the sentence structure
Ss What’s your…’s job
T He’sShe’s aan… (doctor football player nurse farmer cook driver…)
Show the pictures of the jobs above to help students understand
Write down the sentence structure He’sShe’s aan… on the blackboard
(2) Write down the phrase football player and the sentence He’s a football player on the blackboard Help students understand the meaning of football through pictures of a foot a ball and a football on the PPT （出示课件）
Show the cards of father teacher sister and so on Let students listen to the pronunciation of these words to know the sound of er when it appears at the end of a word and spell the word player Teach the word player Ask students to read after the recording （课件出示player相关容）
Teaching purpose④
通单元情景图学设置特定语言环境进步感知核心句型
2 Talk about the picture of the main scene④
Present the picture of the main scene on the PPT（课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图）
T This is Sarah’s family They are putting on a play Do you know its name
Students may answer in Chinese
T How many people are there in Sarah’s family
Ss Nine Wow
Point to one actor in the picture and ask Is this Sarah’s uncle
Ss Yes it is No it isn’t
T What’s his job
Lead students to find a relevant person Ask students to describe his job through the dialogue in the picture
Ss He’s a football player
Continue to talk about Sarah’s aunt’s and father’s jobs
Play the cartoon of the main scene on the PPT (课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图视频) Ask students to read after it
Teaching purpose⑤
通提问学生话容产生阅读兴趣通回答问题帮助学生理解话容
3 Let’s talk⑤
(1) Show the pictures of the three characters in Let’s talk on the PPT （课件出示 教材P61 Let’s talk板块中Sarah叔叔婶婶片Sarah时候片）
Ask students to guess who these people related to Sarah are and predict the main idea of the dialogue
T Is this your Sarah’s…
Ss …
Write down the words on the blackboard according to students’ guessing
T What are Sarah and Zhang Peng talking about
Ss They are talking about Sarah’s family members and their jobs
(2) Play the cartoon and ask the questions
Questions Who’s this manwoman What’s hisher job Is the little baby Sarah’s baby brother
① Play the cartoon of Let’s talk on the PPT and let students pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation (课件出示教材P61 Let’s talk板块视频) Ask students to watch the cartoon with the questions Underline the answers in the book
②Answer the questions
T Who’s this man
Ss It’s Sarah’s uncle
T What’s his job
Ss He’s a football player
T Who’s this woman
Ss It’s Sarah’s aunt
T What’s her job
Ss She’s a nurse
③Play the cartoon again （Pause at the last picture） (出示课件)
Teaching purpose⑥
通读分角色表演话保证学生够正确朗读话进步熟悉重点句型表达
T Who’s the baby Is the little baby Sarah’s baby brother
Ss No It’s Sarah Sarah says It’s me
(3) Read after the recording⑥
Play the recording of Let’s talk on the PPT （出示课件） Ask students to read after it Then let them read in pairs
(4) Act out the dialogue
Ask students to read the dialogue freely and act out in roles Select four pairs to act out in class
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑦
通呈现单元情景图创编话操练重点句型帮助学生真实情景中运核心句型进突破课重难点
1 Make a dialogue⑦
Present the picture of the main scene of this unit once again on the PPT (课件出示 教材Unit 6情景图) Ask students to select a person in the picture and make a dialogue Then let them practice in pairs
Make a model
A Is this Sarah’s mother
B Yes it is No it isn’t She’s…
Teaching purpose⑧
通观察图片问答操练换单词操练逐步达部分画画说说求帮助学生巩固话中学核心句型
A What’s Sarah’s mother’s job
B She’s aan…
2 Draw and say⑧
(1) Let students look at the four stick figures in Draw and say （课件出示教材P61 Draw and say板块四幅简笔画） Ask them to describe the jobs of the characters
(2) Ask two students to read the dialogue of this part Remind them to use rising tones in general questions
(3) Ask students to draw pictures of their family members Then lead them to introduce their family members and the jobs of their family members w ith the key sentences
(4) Lead students to ask and answer in pairs with the following sentence structures
Teaching purpose⑨
魔镜游戏教学环节Draw and say活动变化延伸学生轻松游戏中操练重点词汇句型结合肢体语言学生职业名词理解更深入

Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Play a game— Magic mirror⑨
Ask two students to make a model
First use the readymade materials in the classroom to make the frame of the magic mirror such as a wooden ruler broom etc
Then ask student A to wear a mask with reflective effect and stand behind the mirror in a fixed position
B (Stand in front of the mirror and ask) Mirror mirror on the wall Is this B
A (Magic mirror) Yes it is
B What’s hisher job
A (Magic mirror) He’sShe’s aan…
Then let both of them make the representative action of this job at the same time
Teaching purpose⑩
通结活动帮助学生梳理现重点词汇句型课重点容进行总结强化
Get students to practice in pairs then show in class
2 Let’s sing—My family
Play the song —My family （课件出示教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲）Ask students to listen carefully and sing together
3 Make a summary⑩
Point to the vocabulary and the sentence structures on the blackboard and ask students to review them quickly

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the dialogue to your parents
2 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 课A部分基础学重点句型—Is this your —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your’s job —He’sShe’s aan教学容贴学生生活学生话题较熟悉助更掌握知识
2 通单元情景图教学学生情景中初步感知重点词汇句型英语课堂生动起
3 实践中注意分层教学材施教效方式激发学生动参兴趣培养独立思考合作探究创新精神
4 教学层次分明引导适体现学生学中体位利完成教学目标
5 板书设计清晰明重点突出起辅助作


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s talk
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the pictures and the teacher
·Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and act out the dialogue in roles
·Be able to use the sentence structures —Is this your —Yes it isNo it isn’t No it’s me—What’s your’s job —He’sShe’s aan in situations to ask and answer the relationship
between a person and the speaker and the person’s job
·Be able to understand new vocabulary football player nurse in context and pronounce them correctly
Draw and say
·Be able to consolidate the key sentence structures learned in Part B by drawing and saying
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand the main idea of the dialogue with the help of the pictures and the teacher Be able to read the dialogue with the correct pronunciation and intonation and act out the dialogue in roles
·Be able to understand and use the sentence structures —Is this your… —Yes it isNo it isn’tNo it’s me—What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use the key sentence structures flexibly in real situations
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Show the chant—I love you
3 Leadin
Show the outline picture of the teacher’s family photo on the PPT Ask students to guess
1 Greetings
2 Read the chant carefully and chant with the teacher
3 Talk about the outline
picture with the teacher
Stimulate students’ curiosity and enthusiasm to participate in class by guessing
Presentation
1 Teach the new vocabulary and sentence structures
(1) Teach the word nurse and the sentence structures —What’s your…’s job —He’sShe’s aan…
(2) Teach the phrase football
player
Learn the vocabulary and the sentence structures
Help students learn the meanings and pronunciations of the new vocabulary
Let students perceive the new sentence structures
Clear the way for dialogue learning
2 Talk about the picture of the main scene
Present the picture and play the cartoon of the main scene
Practice the key sentence structures by talking about the main scene
Read after the cartoon
Further perceive the key sentence structures by learning the main scene of the unit
3 Let’s talk
(1) Show the pictures of the three characters in Let’s talk on the PPT Ask students to guess
(2) Play the cartoon and ask the
questions
(3) Play the recording of Let’s talk
(4) Ask four pairs to act out in class
(1) Look at the pictures and guess
(2) Watch the cartoon with
the questions Underline the answers in the book And answer the questions
(3) Read after the recording and read in pairs
(4) Read the dialogue freely and act out in roles
Attract students’ interest in reading by asking questions
Help students understand the dialogue and perceive the key sentence structures





（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Make a dialogue
Present the picture of the main scene Ask students to select a person in the picture and make a dialogue Then let them practice in pairs
Select a person in the picture and make a dialogue Then practice in pairs
Help students use the key sentence structures and break through the difficult points in real situations
2 Draw and say
Lead students to
complete the activities as
required
Watch the stick figures and read the dialogue of this part
Draw pictures of their family members
Ask and answer in pairs
Help students consolidate the key sentence structures through a series of activities
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Play a game — Magic mirror
Ask two students to make
a model Then ask
students to play the game in pairs
Play the game and practice in pairs and then show in class
Practice the key vocabulary and sentence structures in the relaxing game Make students have a deeper understanding of occupational nouns
2 Let’s sing—My family
Listen carefully and sing the song together
Activate the atmosphere of class
3 Make a summary
Point to the vocabulary and the sentence structures on the
blackboard
Review the vocabulary and the sentence structures quickly
Help students consolidate and sort out the key knowledge of this lesson
Homework
1 Read the dialogue to your parents
2 Do the exercises

The fifth period（第五课时）
Part B Let’s learn & Let’s play
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Let’s learn
·够听说认读五关职业单词doctor cook driver farmer nurse
·够语境中正确运五单词
·够真实语境中理解句子They’re helpful意义引导学生树立职业等观念
Let’s play
·够活动中模仿五职业标志性动作学句型—What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan正确询问回答模拟职业

▶教学重点
1 够听说认读正确运单词doctor cook driver farmer nurse
2 够灵活运句型—What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan
▶教学难点
够正确询问回答家职业
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频学生准备家片家庭称呼类单词职业类单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
学生学句子结合全家福片组中交流激发学生语言表达欲快速导入教学
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk and leadin①
Ask students to take out photos of their family and introduce their family members to each other in groups Then ask four students to show in class Select the best performer
Make a model
Teaching purpose②
运节课学话然亲切创设真实效教学情境 采方式教学nursedoctor帮助学生掌握词义读音
Hi Meet my family
This is my father
This is my mother
This is my sister
This is my brother
Step 2 Presentation
1 Teach the words nurse doctor②
Present Sarah’s aunt’s photo on the PPT and ask the question
T What’s Sarah’s aunt’s job
Ss She’s a nurse
T Yes she’s a nurse and she works in a hospital Present the word nurse on the PPT and teach it (课件出示nurse相关容)
T nnurɜːses nursenɜːs
Present a picture of the hospital to help students understand the meaning of hospital （课件出示医院图片）
T My aunt works in a hospital too But she is not a nurse (课件出示位女医生图片) She’s a
Present the word doctor on the PPT and teach it (课件出示doctor相关容)
T ddoɒckttor ə (r) doctor
Write down the words nurse doctor on the blackboard
Play the recording of the two words (出示课件) Let students read them after the recording
Ask students to read the words in groups with actions
For example nurse (Do the action of holding an injector)
Teaching purpose③
通观察讨图片学生先新授知识直观认识通认真倾听获取信息新单词词义读音更深认识通driverfarmer较纳掌握更符合种构词规职业类名词
doctor (Do the action of holding a stethoscope)
2 Teach the words driver farmer③
Present Sarah’s uncle’s photo on the PPT and
ask the question What’s Sarah’s uncle’s job
Ss He’s a football player
T Great My uncle is not a football player He drives a taxi He is very helpful What’s his job
Lead students to guess the word driver with the help of teacher’s body movement Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word driver on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示driver相关容）
Teaching purpose④
图片音频相结合方式呈现新单词学生角度感知新教学容通做职业相关动作听职业相关声音降低学难度加深新词理解通拼读教学法读获取新单词准确读音学生模仿中加深新词理解记忆
T drdriaɪvver ə (r) driver
Let students read after the recording and read it one by one or in a row (出示课件)
Present a picture of a farmer on the PPT （课件出示 位农民图片）④
T Sarah’s grandpa is very strong He works on a farm What’s his job
Lead students to guess the word farmer Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word farmer on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示farmer相关容）
T ffarɑːmmer ə (r) farmer
Let students read after the recording and read it one by one or in a row （出示课件）
Present some occupational nouns similar to driver farmer Get students to try to read and find out what the words have in common
Teaching purpose⑤
适时进行情感教育帮助学生树立职业等观念培养家职业豪情感

3 Teach the word cook⑤
Present a picture of a cook on the PPT （课件出示 位厨师图片）
T Look at the man He looks like a farmer But he is not a farmer Listen What’s his job (课件出示菜入油锅炒菜声音)
Lead students to guess the word cook Some students may speak in Chinese
Write down the word cook on the blackboard and teach it （课件出示cook相关容）
T ckooʊkk cookkʊk
Let students read after the recording （出示课件）Ask some students to read aloud
T The nurse and the doctor can protect our health The driver can drive They can do many things for us They are helpful
Write down the sentence They are helpful on the blackboard and teach the word helpful（课件出示helpful相关容）
T helphelpfulful helpfulhelpful
Ask students to read the sentence
4 Watch the cartoon and read
Teaching purpose⑥
掌握新单词核心句型基础通角色扮演表演话学生真实情景中灵活运语言体验学乐趣
Play the cartoon of Let’s learn（课件出示教材P62 Let’s learn板块视频） Let students read after the recording Remind them to pay attention to the pronunciation and the intonation
Ask students to listen again and point out the words they hear as they read after the recording
5 Act out the dialogue⑥
Teaching purpose⑦
通操练活动帮助学生认读单词单词读音拼写词义结合起
Show the picture of Let’s learn (课件出示教材P62 Let’s learn板块图片) Take out the headdresses of Chen Jie and Sarah Let students act out the dialogue in pairs
Chen Jie What’s your’s job
Sarah Myis aan
Step 3 Practice⑦
1 Play a game— I point you say
Point to the words on the blackboard quickly Let students read them loudly
2 Play a game—What’s missing
Show all the word cards of jobs to students
Ask students to close their eyes and take out one card from the word cards
Then let students open their eyes Show them the word cards again
T What’s missing？
Let students say the missing word quickly Reward the student who guesses quickly and correctly
3 Play a game— Stand stand stand
Choose five students to go to the front of the classroom Let each student squat down with a word card Then lead students to play the game
Teaching purpose⑧
通活动学生重温课重点单词句型起复巩固效果
（游戏说明座位位学生说出句子I’m aan蹲前面五中着相应图卡学生马站起举起图卡该单词声读三遍果没时站起者站起持正确单词图卡学生出局寻找学生换）
4 Ask and answer⑧
Show some word cards of family members and jobs Take out a card randomly and ask students to practice
T If I show you the word cards mother and nurse boys must ask What’s your mother’s job Then girls answer She is a nurse
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
Teaching purpose⑨
通TPR活动训练手眼脑配合方面帮助学生进步理解职业特征方面学生巩固职业类单词读音词义
1 Let’s play⑨
（1）Present the five pictures of Let’s play on the PPT (课件出示教材P62 Let’s play板块图片) Ask students to say out the words of jobs in the pictures in turn and do actions to act out the jobs
（2）A boy does the action and the other boys ask What’s his job Girls guess the job with the sentence structure He’s aan Then exchange
Teaching purpose⑩
通组活动学生进行调查时断目标语言达熟练掌握目
2 Make a survey in groups⑩
Let students ask the jobs of family members in the groups with the sentence structure What’s your’s job and make a survey according to the chart
（活动说明果出现会职业类名词学生先中文代教师巡视程中帮助补充）


▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times
2 Investigate the jobs of friends or relatives
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 课学五表示职业单词询问某职业句型回答教学新课前歌曲话方式帮助学生复节课学知识面授课做铺垫
2 结合课件师生互动复旧知导入新课新授单词融入句型教学中利图片引入单词灵活操练学新词基础进行句型操练
3 通I point you sayWhat’s missingStand stand stand三游戏单词拼写读音词义进行匹配操练通单词创编话活动单词核心句型穿插融合灵活操练系列活动程易难趣味性强
4 运TPR活动完成Let’s play教学加强学生新知识掌握组中完成调查表格进步加深学生单词句型理解运

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Let’s learn
·Be able to listen speak and read the words doctor cook driver farmer nurse
·Be able to use the five words of jobs correctly in context
·Be able to understand the meaning of the sentence They’re helpful in real context Lead students to establish the concept of occupational equality
Let’s play
·Be able to imitate the symbolic actions of the five occupations in the activity Be able to ask and answer about the occupation with the key sentence structures —What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aan correctly
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to listen speak and read the words doctor cook driver farmer nurse and use them correctly
·Be able to use sentence structures —What’s hisher job —He’sShe’s aanflexibly
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to ask and answer about the jobs of their family members correctly
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Greetings
2 Free talk and leadin
1 Greetings
2 Introduce family members to each other in groups
Free talk can stimulate students’ language expression desire
Presentation
1 Teach the words nurse doctor
Play the recording
Learn the words nurse doctor Read after the recording and read the words in groups with actions
Have a good grasp of the meanings and pronunciations of the words by comparing
2 Teach the words driver
farmer
Play the recording
Learn the words driver farmer Read after the recording and read one by one or in a row
Through discussion and listening make students get a deeper understanding of the meanings and pronunciations of new words
3 Teach the word cook
Play the recording Help students understand the sentence They’re helpful
Learn the word cook and the sentence They’re helpful
Read after the recording Read the sentence
The teaching of vocabulary was accompanied with emotional education
4 Watch the cartoon and read
Play the cartoon
Read after the recording
Listen again and point out the words they hear as they read after the recording
Get the exact pronunciations of new words by reading Deepen students’ understanding and memory by imitating
5 Act out the dialogue
Show the picture of Let’s learn Take out the headdresses of Chen Jie and Sarah
Act out the dialogue in pairs
Make sure students can read the dialogue correctly and fluently




（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Play a game— I point
you say
Point to the words on the
blackboard quickly
2 Play a game — What’s missing
Show all the word cards
of jobs and take out one
card from them
3 Play a game — Stand stand stand
1 Read the words loudly
2 Say the missing word
quickly
3 Play the game
Help students become familiar with the spellings pronunciations and meanings of the new words
4 Ask and answer
Show the word cards and
make an explanation
Make a new dialogue according to the cards taken out by the teacher
Review the key words and sentence structures in this lesson to summarize and consolidate the knowledge
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Let’s play
Lead students to complete the activity
2 Make a survey in groups
Give help and
supplement to students
1 Say out the words of jobs and do actions to act out the jobs
2 Ask and answer in groups and make a survey
Through the activity of TPR train the coordination of students in hands eyes and brains
Help students master the target language
Homework
1 Copy the words learned in this lesson five times
2 Investigate the jobs of friends or relatives
3 Do the exercises

The sixth period（第六课时）
Part B Read and write & Let’s check & Let’s sing & Part C Story time
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read and write
·够图片帮助读懂文段文图提示职业判断文四问题正误
·够图片帮助仿示范例句四线三格中填充缺少单词
·够根实际情况画简图呈现家庭成员朋友外貌特征职业仿示范例句填充句子
Let’s check
·检测单元核心句型考查单元关家职业核心词汇认读
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义够清晰准确歌唱
Story time
·够图片帮助理解事容复巩固关职业词汇句型
·够教师帮助表演事

▶教学重点
够综合运单元核心词汇句型求完成练
▶教学难点
总结复单元学知识提高学生总结知识力
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频家庭称呼类职业类单词卡片等
Teaching purpose①
首先通歌曲激发学生学兴趣助单词卡片帮助学生复学家庭称呼类职业类词汇讨学生家职业帮助复单元重点句型环节学做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Revision①
1 Enjoy a song—My family
Play the song twice (课件出示教材P64 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频) Ask students to listen to it and then sing after it At last let students sing the song together
2 Revision
Take out the word cards they have learnt in this unit
Show students the word cards one by one Let students say them as quickly as they can Then ask students to talk about their family members and the jobs of their family members with the word cards
T What’s your…’s job
Ss He’sShe’s aan…
Teaching purpose②
预读中先学生观察图片结合图片中物师生展开话描述外貌特征猜测职业复旧知扫清文段中障碍面阅读务完成奠定基础
Step 2 Presentation
1 Prereading②
（1）Show the picture of Read and write on the PPT (出示课件) Talk about it with students
T Look at the picture It’s a picture of John’s family How many people are there in the picture
Ss Five
T Look at this woman Can you say something (Point to the woman on the right in the picture)
Lead students to describe her with the sentence She’s friendly and guess her job with the sentence structure She’s aan…
(2) Point to the taller man in the picture
T Look at this man Can you say something
Lead students to describe him with the sentence He’s strong and guess his job with the sentence structure He’s aan…
(3) Draw a basketball on the blackboard Show a picture of a basketball player (课件出示名篮球运动员图片)
Lead students to say basketball player according to the football player
Write down the phrase basketball player on the blackboard and get students to read after the teacher
（4）Point to another man in the picture
Ask students to describe his appearance and guess his job with the pictures of a cook’s hat and a spatula on the PPT (出示课件)
Ss He’s a cook
T Yes He can cook so many kinds of food He is very helpful
(5) Point to the little boy John
T Look this is John Can you say something about him
Teaching purpose③
首先学生粗读文段预测短文意找出短文关键词汇然观察问题里图片感知图片容找出问题关键信息培养学生阅读获取信息处理信息力模仿录音读引导学生正确语音语调朗读短文
Ss He’s friendly
T Yes He is very friendly What’s his job Is he a basketball player too
Ss … (Students guess)
Present a schoolbag on the PPT and lead students to answer No (出示课件)
T He likes basketball But he isn’t a basketball player He is a student He has no job
Write down the phrase no job on the blackboard and teach it
2 Whilereading③
Read and tick or cross
(1) Show the passage of Read and write (课件出示教材P63 Read and write板块短文容) Ask students to predict the main idea of the passage
(2) Look at the family photo in the book Lead students to find the key vocabulary mother teacher father basketball player uncle cook aunt nurse in the passage
(3) Ask students to observe the pictures in the questions carefully in the book Lead students to find the key information of the questions Then let students read the passage and finish the task of Read and tick or cross
Check the answers together Answers ×××√
(4) Ask the question What’s hisher job about the characters in the pictures
Ask students to find out and state the character’s jobs according to the passage
(5) Be A reading star
Play the recording of the passage (课件出示教材P63 Read and tick or cross部分音频) Ask students to read after it and imitate with the correct pronunciation and intonation
Let students read together then read the passage freely in groups
Select one student from each group for the reading contest The best reader will be named as A reading star
Teaching purpose④
先引导学生观察图片复熟练运核心句型学生根观察图片容选择正确单词进行填空检验学生否正确理解句子认读单词性化书写中学生发散思维正确运书写核心句型学生中巩固学知识
3 Postreading④
Look and write
(1) Show the picture of the driver in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s his job
T This is a man So we say He is a…
Ss He is a driver
Then show the picture of the doctor in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s this man’s job
Ss He’s a doctor
Write down the sentence structures —What’s his job —He’s aan… on the blackboard
Remind students to use capital letters at the beginning of sentences And ask students to fill in the blanks in the book as required
(2) Show the picture of the nurse in Look and write (出示课件)
T This is a woman So we say She is aan…
Ss She is a nurse
Then show the picture of the farmer in Look and write (出示课件)
T What’s this woman’s job
Ss She’s a farmer
Ask students to fill in the blanks in the book
(3) Ask students to draw a stick figure of a family member and finish the imitative writing activity in the book independently
Step 3 Practice
Teaching purpose⑤
完成听力练前先引导学生观察图片获取信息养成做听力题目前先获取信息惯
1 Listen and tick⑤
Let students look at the pictures one by one (课件出示教材P64 Listen and tick部分图片) Talk about the pictures with students
How many people are there in Picture 1Picture 2 (FourThree)
What’s his job in Picture 3Picture 4 (He’s a farmerdoctor)
What’s her job in Picture 5Picture 6 (She’s a nursedoctor) What’s his job in Picture 7Picture 8 (He’s a cookbasketball player)
Then play the recording and ask students to finish the task (出示课件) Remind students to pay attention to the key vocabulary while listening
Teaching purpose⑥
活动检验学生否正确认读句型理解重点词汇句型意思带韵律吟唱增加文段朗读趣味性
Ask students to retell what they have heard or say the key vocabulary they have heard Then check the answers in class
Answers P1 P4 P5 P8
2 Look and match⑥
Show the pictures of Look and match on the PPT（课件出示 教材P64 Look and match部分图片） Let students look at the pictures Ask them to read the text in the book carefully
T Let’s look at this family How many people are there in this family What are their jobs
Teaching purpose⑦
事中根学生力水制定目标学生媒体教师帮助分达层次：理解事容理解朗读事理解表演事等范围扩学生参度学生拓展环节体会学成感
Remind students to pay attention to the key words while reading and match the pictures with the sentences Then check the answers together (出示课件)
Lead students to chant the text with a certain rhythm
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
1 Story time
(1) Present the pictures of a baseball and a baseball player on the PPT（课件出示 棒球名棒球运动员图片）
Teach the word baseball and the phrase baseball player
Present a picture of a taxi driver on the PPT and teach the phrase taxi driver (课件出示位出租车司机图片)
Get students to read the phrases after the teacher and do actions
(2) Play the cartoon (课件出示教材P65 Story time板块动画) (Help students understand the main idea of the story) Introduce the background of the story first
T Some animals are in Zip’s house They look at Zip’s family photos and talk about the people in the photos
Play the cartoon again and ask the questions

Check the answers
Answers 1 Yes they are2 He’s a cook3 It’s Zip
(3) Play the recording of the story (出示课件) Ask students to read the story after the recording Remind students to imitate the pronunciation and the intonation after the recording
(4) Ask students to act out the story in groups Then choose two or three groups to perform on the platform And select the best group
Teaching purpose⑧
重温歌曲方式结束课程补充歌曲第二段歌词编创面歌词学生通歌曲回忆单元重点词汇核心句型达总结目
2 Sing the song together⑧
Play the song —My family (出示课件) Let students sing it in two groups
Show the second paragraph of the song on the PPT Ask students to learn to sing it

Then lead students to make some new parts of the song according to the real situations

▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Complete the composition of My family with the key vocabulary and sentence structures
2 Sing the song to your parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 课时基掌握单元重点词汇句型基础进行阅读练测试复课
2 阅读教学程中知识点难点阅读前进行细化阅读中教师指导学生抓住问题关键词通听录音读课文短文重点句子找出阅读轻松完成活动减轻学生压力活跃课堂气氛
3 整教学程中运游戏图片录音等教学手段充分学生参课堂活动学生参意识强完成效果错
4 通引导学生开展练操练句型完成务加深学生句型印象培养学生继续学英语兴趣

▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read and write
·Be able to read and understand the passage And be able to finish the task of Read and tick or cross according to the pictorial prompts
·Be able to fill in the missing words with the pictures following the examples
·Be able to present the required content with stick figures according to the actual situation and fill in the sentences following the examples
Let’s check
·Check the key sentence structures in the unit Examine the reading of the key vocabulary about family and jobs in this unit
Let’s sing
·Be able to understand the meaning of the lyrics and be able to sing it clearly and accurately
Story time
·Be able to understand the story with the pictures review and consolidate the vocabulary and sentence structures related to the occupations
·Be able to act out the story with the help of the teacher
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentence structures of this unit synthetically and complete
the exercises as required
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Summarize and review the main points learned in this unit Improve students’ ability
of summarizing knowledge


▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Warmup
&
Leadin
1 Enjoy a song—My family
Play the song twice
2 Revision
Take out the word cards Show the word cards one by one
1 Listen to the song and sing after it Sing the song together
2 Say the words quickly
Then talk about family members and the jobs of their family members with the word cards
Stimulate students’ interest in learning
Review the key words and sentence structures in this unit
Presentation
1 Prereading
Show the picture of Read and write and talk about it with students
Teach the phrases basketball player no job
Talk about the characters in the picture and understand the meanings of the phrases basketball player no job
Review the knowledge they have learned and remove the obstacles in the passage
2 Whilereading
Read and tick or cross
(1) Show the passage of Read and write on the PPT
(2) Lead students to find the key
vocabulary
(3) Ask students to observe the pictures and finish the task in this section Check the answers
(4) Ask the question What’s hisher job about the characters in the pictures
(5) Be A reading star
(1) Predict the main idea of the passage
(2) Find the key vocabulary in the passage
(3) Observe the pictures and finish the task
Check the answers
(4) State the character’s jobs according to the passage
(5) Read the passage in
different ways Compete to be A reading star
Cultivate students’ ability of obtaining and processing information Improve
students’ reading skills
3 Postreading
Look and write
Show the pictures in this
section on the PPT one by
one
Ask students to fill in the blanks
Ask students to draw a stick figure of a family member and finish the imitative writing activity in the book
Talk about the pictures and
fill in the blanks in the
book
Draw a stick figure of a
family member And finish
the imitative writing
activity in this section
independently
Make sure students can correctly understand the sentences and recognize the words Cultivate students’ awareness of standardized writing

（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Practice
1 Listen and tick
Lead students to look at the pictures and talk about them with students
Play the recording
Check the answers
Look at the picture and talk with the teacher Listen to the recording and finish the task
Retell or say the content they have heard
Check the answers
Help students get into the habit of obtaining
information before listening
2 Look and match
Show the pictures Lead students to read the text and complete the matching task
Look at the pictures and read the text carefully
Finish the matching task
Chant the text with a certain rhythm
Check whether students can read and understand the sentences correctly
Increase students’ interest in reading passages
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Story time
(1) Teach the phrases baseball player taxi driver with pictures
(2) Play the cartoon twice Ask the questions
(3) Play the recording
(4) Ask two or three groups of students to perform
(1) Observe the pictures and learn the phrases
(2) Watch the cartoon twice and answer the questions
(3) Read the story after the recording
(4) Ac t out the story in groups
Improve students’
participation and help students experience a
sense of achievement in learning
2 Sing the song together
Play the song and show the second paragraph of the song Then let students make some new parts of the song according to the real situations
Sing the song in two groups
Make some new parts of the song according to the real situations
Let students review the key words and sentence structures of this unit to achieve the purpose of making a summary through the song
Homework
1 Complete the composition of My family with the key vocabulary and sentence structures
2 Sing the song to your parents
3 Do the exercises

Recycle 2

教材分析
单元复单元复4~6单元核心知识点该单元包含六部分容
Read aloudListen and number the rooms通John陈杰Mike家参加家庭圣诞晚宴情景学生情景中综合复4~6单元核心句型通听录音房间编号活动复第四单元房间名称词汇
Look listen and write通女孩圣诞老话复册学语音知识活动求学生根单词读音填出话中缺少单词
Look ask and answer通John家相聚圣诞节情景综合复4~6单元容包括第四单元学房间名称词汇询问物物品位置句型第五单元餐情景第六单元询问描述家庭情况家职业句型
Let’s sing部分歌曲围绕单元题圣诞节展开帮助学生进步感知单元题
Play a game活动综合复4~6单元重点词汇核心句型通问答竞赛形式复位置房间家具家职业食物等话题词汇句型
教学目标
知识力目标
句型
·复询问物品位置句型—Where areis the… —They’reIt’s…—AreIs theyit onnearin the… —Yes they areit isNo they aren’tit isn’t够运句型询问谈物品位置
·复餐时基句型—What would you like —I’d like…Help yourselfWould you like some…够运句型征求表达餐意愿提出餐建议
·复询问家庭情况句型How many people are there in your familyIs this your…—What’s your…’s job —She He is aan…够运句型询问方家庭成员信息职业回答家庭情况
词汇
·理解Merry Christmas意思会唱歌曲We wish you a merry Christmas
·复词汇bedroom living room study kitchen bathroom bed phone table sofa fridge够运词汇简单描述家结合句型描述房间室家具陈设名称特征位置等
·复单词beef chicken noodles soup vegetable chopsticks bowl fork knife spoon够运单词表达餐食物餐具意愿
·复词汇parents cousin uncle aunt baby brother doctor cook driver farmer nurse够正确述词汇简单介绍家情况
语音
·复ae ie oe ue e单词中长音发音规够综合运规逐步做见词够拼读听音够拼写
情感态度文化意识学策略目标
·感受激发家间互爱互助情感
·解西方国家圣诞节文化俗
·进步注意单词音形义间联系整体学单词够规律举反三运
课时安排
第课时 Read aloud & Listen and number the rooms & Look listen and write
第二课时 Look ask and answer & Let’s sing & Play a game
The first period（第课时）
Read aloud & Listen and number the rooms & Look listen and write
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Read aloud
·够理解事意
·够整体认读句子正确语音语调朗读话
·够情景中综合运4~6单元中核心句型
·够语境中理解新词Father Christmas turkey情景语言Merry Christmas意思够正确发音
Listen and number the rooms
·够图说话完成听录音房间标号务
·够复巩固描述房间名称室陈设重点词汇句型
Look listen and write
·够根单词读音填出话中缺少单词
·够读出符合ae ie oe ue e发音规单词

▶教学重点
1 够理解情景中综合运4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
2 复巩固ae ie oe ue e单词中发音够读出符合发音规单词
▶教学难点
够根ae ie oe ue e发音规拼写单词完成听音填空务
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频物头饰等
Teaching purpose①
通歌曲唱图片讨学生轻松愉快氛围中复相关容环节学做准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Warmup & Leadin
1 Sing a song—My home①
Play the video (课件出示教材P44 Let’s sing板块歌曲视频) Ask students to sing the song My home together
2 Revision
Show the pictures of Let’s learn on page 39 (课件出示教材P39 Let’s learn板块图片)
T Whose home is this
Ss It’s Amy’s home
T Where is Amy Is she in the bathroom Is she in the bedroom
Ss No She is in the study
T Where are her mother and father Are they in the study
Ss …
T Where is the bed Where is the phone
Ss …
Teaching purpose②
通观察动画讨问题带领学生获取话中信息初步解话容
Step 2 Whilelearning
1 Leadin②
Play the cartoon of the last picture of the story on the PPT (课件出示 教材P66张图片动画) And play the song We wish you a merry Christmas as the background music (出示课件)
T Is this Mike’s family Where are they
Ss …
T What’s for dinner
Lead students to observe the picture and answer Salad bread juice…
T And turkey
Teach the word turkey Emphasize that ur sounds ɜː
T Listen Why are Chen Jie and John having dinner with Mike’s family
Ss For Christmas
T Do you know about Christmas Can you say something about Christmas
Teaching purpose③
通讨图片容学生理解事背景接活动做准备
Ask students to say what they know about Christmas in Chinese or English
2 Learn about the background of the story③
（1）Show the pictures of a Christmas tree and Father Christmas on the PPT （课件出示圣诞树圣诞老图片）
Teach the word Christmas Emphasize that ch sounds k The consonant t is silent
Play Father Christmas and greet students with Merry Christmas Lead students to say Merry Christmas
（2）Wear Mike’s father’s or mother’s headdress and talk with students
Teaching purpose④
设置问题引起学生阅读兴趣学生学会带着问题听读培养认真倾听阅读惯
T Now I’m Mike’s motherfather You’re at my home for Christmas dinner
T What would you like
S1 I’d like…
T Would you like some turkey
S2 Yes please No thanks
3 Watch and answer④
Play the cartoon of the story on the PPT （课件出示 教材P66 Read aloud板块视频）Ask the question
T What would Chen Jie like
Ss She would like some turkey
Present three questions and related pictures on the PPT （出示课件）Ask students to peruse the story with the questions then answer them
Teaching purpose⑤
通读学生掌握话正确读音通读分角色读学生方式读中熟悉巩固重点句型化语言提高综合语言运力
①Where is the Christmas tree (It’s in the living room)
②Who is Father Christmas now (Mike’s father)
③What’s Mike’s mother’s job (She’s a nurse)
Check the answers together
4 Listen and read⑤
Play the cartoon again Let students listen carefully and read after it
Ask students to read the story in roles Then act it out
Teaching purpose⑥
进行听音标号活动前先学生进行定提示指导完成活动学生讨答案创造交流机会
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Listen and number the rooms⑥
（1）Present the picture of Listen and number the rooms on the PPT（课件出示教材P67 Listen and number the rooms部分图片）
T Look This is Mike’s home Where is he Is he in the study
Ss No He’s in his bedroom
T Yes and his father and mother are in their bedroom too
Father Christmas will come and give gifts to children He will put gifts in the socks
（2）Play the recording of Listen and number the rooms （课件出示教材P67 Listen and number the rooms部分音频） Let students listen to the recording and complete the task
T Father Christmas wants to give Mike some gifts for Christmas What does he say Does he find the sock Listen and number the rooms according to what you hear
Teaching purpose⑦
通导读帮助学生理解话背景通种形式读学生掌握词汇句子标准读音通表演学生化语言提高口语表达力
Remind students that there are six rooms in the picture and only five in the recording
Check the answers
T Which room is not in the recording
Ss The bathroom
2 Look listen and write⑦
(1) Present the pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示：教材P67 Look listen and write部分图片) Talk about them with students
T Do you like Christmas Do you like Father Christmas The name of Father Christmas is Santa Claus Look A girl meets Santa Claus What does she want
(2) Play the recording (课件出示教材P67 Look listen and write部分音频) Ask students to complete the task of writing the missing words
Check the answers
(3) Ask students to read the dialogue freely and practice it in roles Then choose some students to act it out in class
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension
1 Make a dialogue
T Do you want to invite your friends to your home When will you invite them What will you say What will you do Ask students to make a dialogue with their friends and practice in groups
Walk around to help students solve problems in the process
Ask four groups of students to perform on the platform Then select the best group
Teaching purpose⑧
欢乐歌曲结束课程学生够愉快心情中结束课学
2 Enjoy a song⑧
T They say Merry Christmas at Christmas They sing Merry Christmas too Let’s listen to other Christmas songs
Play a Christmas song Jingle Bells (课件出示歌曲Jingle Bells) Let students listen to the song and sing along with it
T Do you like the song Let’s sing the song together

▶板书设计


▶作业设计
1 Read the story to your family
2 Sing the song My family to your parents
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 节课歌曲开场唱歌曲讨图片师生话中学生复4~6单元学单词短语然引出相关话题句型复部分话学做铺垫
2 学事时候通图片圣诞节音乐播放营造真实语言情景次通角色扮演方式练话提高学生口语表达力
3 通听录音图片填单词活动复巩固元音字母发音规律
4 通创编话活动仅学生更化学词汇句子更语言知识助真实情景延伸话题间横构建完成语言输出
▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Read aloud
·Be able to understand the main idea of the story
·Be able to read sentences as a whole and read the story with the correct pronunciation and
intonation
·Be able to understand and apply the key sentence structures in Units 4~6 in situations
·Be able to understand the new vocabulary Father Christmas turkey and the sentence Merry Christmas in context and pronounce them correctly
Listen and number the rooms
·Be able to describe the pictures and finish the task of listening and numbering the rooms
·Be able to review and consolidate the key vocabulary and sentence structures that describe rooms and indoor furnishings
Look listen and write
·Be able to write the missing words in the dialogue according to the pronunciation of the words
·Be able to read the words that conform to the pronunciation rules of ae ie oe ue e
▶Teaching Priorities
·Be able to understand and apply the key vocabulary and sentence structures in Units 4~6 in situations
·Review and consolidate the pronunciation of ae ie oe ue e in words and pronounce the words according to their pronunciation rules
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to spell words according to the pronunciation rules of ae ie oe ue e and complete the task of listening and filling in the blanks






▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prelearning
1 Sing a song
Play the song—My home
2 Revision
Show the pictures and talk with students
1 Listen to the song and sing together
2 Look at the pictures and talk with the teacher
Review the content of the rooms and indoor furnishings through the song and the pictures Prepare for the next learning
Whilelearning
1 Leadin
Play the cartoon of the last
picture and the song
Teach the word turkey
Watch the cartoon and learn the word
Then say something about Christmas
Lead students to get information in the story and have a preliminary understanding of the story
2 Learn about the background of the story
Show the pictures about Christmas Teach the word Christmas and the phrase Merry Christmas
Look at the pictures and learn the word Christmas and the phrase Merry Christmas
Help students know the background of the story
3 Watch and answer
Play the cartoon of the story and ask some questions Check the answers with students
Watch the cartoon and answer the questions Check the answers with the teacher
Set questions to stimulate students’ interest in reading
Develop their habit of listening and reading carefully

4 Listen and read
Play the cartoon again and ask students to read the story in roles and act it out
Listen carefully and read after the cartoon
Read the story in roles Then act it out
Make sure students can read the story correctly and fluently
Strengthen the key sentence structures and internalize the language Improve students’ comprehensive language application
ability





（续表）
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Postlearning
1 Listen and number the rooms
(1) Present the picture of this part on the PPT And talk about it with students
(2) Play the recording and lead students to complete the task
(1) Look at the picture and review knowledge through talking
(2) Listen to the recording and complete the task
Improve students’ listening
skills Help students review the vocabulary and the sentence
structures about rooms Create communication opportunities for students
2 Look listen and write
(1) Present the pictures of this part Talk with students
(2) Play the recording Ask students to complete the task Then check the answers
(3) Ask students to read the dialogue and act it out in roles
(1) Look at the pictures and talk with the teacher
(2) Complete the task of writing the missing words Check the answers
(3) Read the dialogue and
act it out in roles
Help students get the standard pronunciation of the vocabulary and the sentences by reading in various forms
Consolidation
&
Extension
1 Make a dialogue
Ask students to make a dialogue and act it out in groups
2 Enjoy a song
Play the song —
Jingle Bells
1 Make a dialogue and act it out in groups
2 Listen to the song and sing along with it
Help students internalize the language and improve their speaking ability
Homework
1 Read the story to your family
2 Sing the song My family to your parents
3 Do the exercises

The second period（第二课时）
Look ask and answer & Let’s sing & Play a game
▶教学容目标
课时教学容
课时教学目标
Look ask and answer
·够通图问答Where’s…复第四单元学房间名称词汇询问物物品位置句型
·够通图问答How many people are there in the familyIs this John’s…What’s hisher job复第六单元询问描述家庭情况家职业句型
·够通观察图片复第五单元餐情景
·够语境中灵活运4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
Let’s sing
·够解歌词意义清晰准确歌唱
Play a game
·够通游戏活动复巩固4~6单元重点词汇核心句型

▶教学重点
1 够通系列活动复4~6单元重点词汇核心句型
2 够游戏中正确回答问题复巩固相关知识
▶教学难点
够学容正确进行提问做出相应回答
▶教学准备
1预XX课堂创优作业100分XX作业中课时相关容
2PPT课件课文录音视频类词汇卡片（家职业房间）4~6单元重点句型卡片
Teaching purpose①
欢快歌曲进行热身创造良语言环境学生学节课容做充分知识心理准备
▶教学程
Step 1 Prelearning①
1 Enjoy a song—We wish you a merry Christmas
(1) Play the recording of the song We wish you a merry Christmas （出示课件）Let students listen and try to sing along with it
(2) Ask students to sing the song in groups
2 Leadin
T Mike is at John’s home today It’s time for dinner Now let’s do a roleplay
Show some pictures of food (课件出示Unit 5中食物图片) Take out the headdresses of John and Mike Lead students to make dialogues as the demonstration
S1(John) What would you like for dinner Mike
S2(Mike) I’d like some… please
S1(John) OK Would you like some…
S2(Mike) Yes please …
Teaching purpose②
通家称呼类职业类房间名称类词汇卡呈现TPR游戏What’s missing开展帮助学生复学词汇面完成问答活动做准备
Step 2 Whilelearning
Look ask and answer②
(1) Take out the word cards of family members jobs and room names
①Ask students to read the words of family members in lines or rows one by one
②Select one from the cards of jobs Lead students to do the corresponding actions
③Take out all the cards of room names Play a guessing game with students
Take away a card and hide it when students close their eyes
T What’s missing
Ss … (Students guess the missing words)
(2) Lead students to look at the small pictures of characters around the big picture (课件出示教材P68 Look ask and answer部分物介绍图)
T How many people are there in the family Who are they
Ss …
Teaching purpose③
通老师示范帮助学生尝试针图片进行提问引导学生回答
…
(3) Lead students to ask and answer according to the pictures in pairs as the example③
T What’s John’s mum’s job
Ss She is a PE teacher
S1 What’s John’s…’s job
S2 He’sShe’s a…
…
Teaching purpose④
完成针图片进行问答活动复关家庭关系家职业重点句型
(4) Present the pictures of this part on the PPT (课件出示 教材P68 Look ask and answer部分图片)④
Let students observe the pictures Ask and answer in class with the sentence structures —Where is… —He She is… —Where are… —They are…
T Where is John
Ss He is in the living room
T Where are John’s grandma and grandpa
Ss They are in the bedroom
(5) Ask students to read the questions below the pictures and discuss in pairs Finally choose four pairs of students to show their answers
Step 3 Postlearning
1 Talk about the pictures
Let students close their books Show the pictures of John’s family on the PPT （课件出示 乱序John家图片） Ask students to say who they are and what they do
Teaching purpose⑤
复4~6单元重点词汇唤醒学生记忆接活动做准备
2 Let’s sort⑤
Show different kinds of words in Units 4~6 on the PPT （课件出示教材Units 4~6中类词汇）
Ask students to read the words and sort them Choose some students to show their answers
Then check the answers together

3 Play a game⑥
Teaching purpose⑥
赛形式进行问答活动学生限时间里练重点句型锻炼学生熟练重点句型力
（1）Ask students to read the questions fluently by themselves Then lead students to ask and answer in groups
（2）Choose some students to have a show The winner is the group that spends the least time
（3）Take out the question cards prepared before class And rearrange them Finally ask several students to take turns on the platform to choose cards The rest of the class answer the questions on the cards
Teaching purpose⑦
通听写学生牢固掌握4~6单元重点词汇句子查漏补缺发现足
Step 4 Consolidation & Extension⑦
Have a dictation
Ask students to take out their exercise books and have a dictation about the key vocabulary and sentences of Units 4~6


▶板书设计

▶作业设计
1 Sing the song We wish you a merry Christmas to your parents
2 Read the sentences of Play a game five times
3 Do the exercises (见系列丛书创优作业100分XX作业应课时作业)

▶教学反思
1 通唱歌词汇分类游戏师生话方式带领学生复4~6单元学词汇句型节课活动完成做铺垫
2 通听录音唱歌曲图片等方式解圣诞节文化文化语言牢牢结合起体现语言实性
3 通组竞赛问答核心句型等方式节课知识加巩固激发学生积极性整教学程学生活动充分体现学生体教育理念教学效果良


▶Teaching Contents & Teaching Aims
Look ask and answer
·Review the vocabulary of the room names and the sentence structures of asking about the locations of people and objects in Unit 4 by looking at the pictures asking and answering the questions
·Review the sentence structures of asking and describing family members and their jobs in Unit 6 by looking at the pictures asking and answering the questions
·Review the dining scene of Unit 5 by observing the pictures
·Be able to use the key vocabulary and sentence structures flexibly in Units 4~6 in context
Let’s sing
·Be able to understand the meaning of the lyrics and sing clearly and accurately
Play a game
·Review and consolidate the key vocabulary and sentence structures in Units 4~6 by playing the
game
▶Teaching Priorities
·Review the key vocabulary and sentence structures in Units 4~6 through a series of activities
·Be able to answer the questions correctly in the games review and consolidate relevant knowledge
▶Teaching Difficulties
·Be able to use what they have learned to ask questions correctly and respond appropriately
▶Teaching Procedures
Teaching Stages
Teacher’ s Activities
Students’ Activities
Teaching Purposes
Prelearning
1 Enjoy a song
Play the song We wish you a merry Christmas
2 Leadin
Show the pictures of food and take out the headdresses of John and Mike Lead students to make dialogues
1 Listen to the song and
learn to sing
2 Make dialogues as the
demonstration and act it
out
Create a good language learning environment for students
Review the key words and sentence structures of Unit 5
Make preparation for the following class
Whilelearning
Look ask and answer
(1) Take out the word cards of
family members jobs and room names Help students review the vocabulary
Read the words in lines or rows one by one Do the actions and play a guessing game
Help students review the learned vocabulary Prepare for the next activity
(2) Lead students to talk about
John’s family members with
the key sentence structures
(3) Lead students to talk about
John’s family members’ jobs with the key sentence structures
(4) Present the pictures Ask
students to talk about the
locations of people with the
key sentence structures
Observe the pictures Ask and answer in class with the key sentence structures in different ways
Through the teacher’s
demonstration help students try to talk about the pictures
Enhance students’ communication ability Help them review the knowledge in Units 4~6
(5) Lead students to finish the exercises below the pictures in the book
Read the questions and
practice in pairs
Review the key sentence structures about family relations and jobs
Postlearning
1 Talk about the pictures
Show the pictures of John’s
family on the PPT Ask students to say who they are and what they do
Look at the pictures on the PPT and answer the questions
Through this activity students are more familiar with the vocabulary and the sentence structures of asking the locations of family members and jobs
2 Let’s sort
Show different kinds of words in Units 4~6 on the PPT Ask students to read and sort them Choose some students to show their answers
Read the words freely
Sort the words
Check the answers
Review the words wake up students’ memory and prepare for the following activity
3 Play a game
Lead students to complete the activity in the form of competition
Complete the activity in groups and in class
In the form of competition students can practice their ability to use key sentence structures proficiently
Consolidation
&
Extension
Have a dictation
Have a dictation about the key vocabulary and sentences of Units 4~6
Help students grasp the key knowledge firmly And help them find their weaknesses
Homework
1 Sing the song We wish you a merry Christmas to your parents
2 Read the sentences of Play a game five times
3 Do the exercises

学英语四年级册教学计划
学情分析 ：　
学期担xx学四年级班英语教学工作跨入四年级部分学生已初步具备听说认读等力少数学生遇困难学兴趣减弱课标求脚踏实学期学生提出新求：培养听说读写技始终激发学生学兴趣放首位引导学生端正学态度掌握良学方法培养学生良学惯
二全册教材容：
    册教材义务教育课程标准试验教科书英语（PEP）四年级册根教育部制定国家英语课程标准编写成供学四年级学生
册教材特点：强调语言运注重力培养突出兴趣激发重视双交流融合学科容重视灵活扩展实现整体设计分六单元两复单元册教材强调语言运注重力培养突出兴趣激发重视双交流融合学科容重视灵活扩展实现整体设计
三全册教学总目标：
1四会三会求掌握学单词
2四会求掌握学句型
3日常交际语活四会句型进行简单交流做胆开口发音正确
4突破手势情境等非语言提示帮助听懂清晰话语录音
5初步培养良书写惯做书写整洁规范
6养成响亮清晰读英语说英语惯认真模仿语音语调培养语感
7完成某务（涂色制作）程中学会相关语句培养动手力
8演唱已学英语歌曲诵读已学歌谣
四教材重难点：
1四会三会求掌握学单词
2四会求掌握学句型
3日常交际语活四会句型进行简单交流做胆开口发音正确
4图片手势情境等非语言提示帮助听懂清晰话语录音
5初步培养良书写惯做书写整洁规范
五教学措施：
1活动课堂教学形式设计丰富彩教学活动学生乐中学学中保证学生英语学持续性发展
2通听说读写唱游演画做等形式进行量语言操练练充分调动孩子英语学兴趣
3直观教具电教手段媒体课件相结合培养学生良朗读惯良语音语调基础
4设计全面高效课外作业培养学生良书写惯做整洁规范正确书写
5教学中采种教学手段激发学生学兴趣进行：学赶帮活动种竞赛形式检验学生英语掌握情况
6根班组竞赛加分形式班分成学组采取学生理老师指导方式督促学生觉完成作业背单词务
7教授英语国家风土情历史文化风俗时适时学生渗透思想品德教育孩子扬长避短汲取国家较进步思想加强祖国文化热爱
8家长时反馈学情况配合
教学进度安排：
Unit 1 My Classroom 6 课时
Unit 2 My Schoolbag 6 课时
Unit 3 My Friends 6 课时
Recycle1 3 课时
Unit 4 My Home 6 课时
Unit 5 Dinner’s ready 6 课时
Unit 6 Meet My Family 6 课时
Recycle2 3 课时
PEP学英语四年级册教学工作总结
新课程标准提出创新精神实践力培养重点建立新教学方式强调教学程师生交发展互动程教学程中处理传授知识培养力关系注重培养学生独立性性引导学生质疑调查探究实践中学创设引导学生动参教学环境激发学生学兴趣培养学生掌握运知识态度力学生充分发展
现代心理学家皮亚杰说：智力方面工作赖兴趣激发学生学英语热情调动学积极性英语课老师盼学学
学兴趣学生学活动中种觉动心理状态学生动学积极思维探索知识动力布鲁纳提出学刺激学生学教材兴趣教未兴趣必乐学见兴趣力量巨兴趣老师
优化学法指导优化教法相结合
课堂教学程师生双边活动程程中教师充分发挥导作努力确保学生课堂教学中体位外语课堂教学学生体学生学程优劣具决定性作需研究教法时必须研究学生学法基点根学生学外语心理程方法惯研究制定教方法课堂教学程中教学环节安排教学方法采教学练设计教学手段运等符合学生外语学认知规律利充分发挥学生积极性动性教师教法学生学法达优化谐结合达提高课堂教学效率目
二充分利教材优势进行情景教学
教师课堂善表演利创造实际生活类似情景模拟实际生活中交际演戏样教师助情景动作表情辅助开展听说读写活动教材特点图文茂形象生动生活实际联系密切样组织容助学生学英语客观事物交际场联系真正达英语交际工具作提高教学质量充分利相应直观教具动作表演卡片挂图实物时取材根课文容创设语言环境量英语逐步渡英语进行课堂教学学生置身英语环境中说互相东西买东西问路学生熟练掌握情况表演出甚根原话改编成身边发生新话鼓励学面前胆表演意创设语言环境形象直观生动活泼助学生理解学英语引起兴趣视听结合便加深初学印象强化记忆例教第单元时告诉熟朋友见面招呼时常样表达：
A HelloHow are you
B Fine thank you and you
A I’m fine too
问候格式适时适设想两骑着车相行没必车交谈时该搬种十秒钟完成问候形式仅说Hello 者简单Hi甚微笑着点头致意行课堂两学生表演骑车说全部问候语场面边擦身边回头完成问候样子学笑中领会意
学目全应教英语语法知识决学生粮仓提高学生听说读写力首先放开手脚提供机遇充分利新教材较贴生活接实际特点引导学生利已学容联系课外具体实际进展开想象放机会怕词半句话加手势动作表达思想利起次化难易第步提出十常动词意识强调天必少次数动作帮助代动词：behavedocomegogetletasklikeputhave代buyborrowlendthrowcarry等着学深化逐步增加定注意目学生感难时规定阶段必练重点句型let me (us) do sth Id like…I want to do…等做法学生想说英语怕说错畏难情绪中解放出
三激发参意识活跃课堂气氛
兴趣老师学英语课堂教学必须限度激发学生学兴趣针学生心理特点量运动形象直观教学方法开展趣课活动课堂教学声情茂激发学生求知欲样学生仅乐英语课更盼机会参课堂活动回答老师问题喜爱做游戏游戏引进课堂样活跃课堂气氛训练听力表达力轻松愉快时学新知识例句型操练课时学生讲台蒙眼睛背学然台找学生悄悄学生带远离座位方俩英语话句讲台学猜出学名字发出声音位置相差太远猜学出错学干着急劲说：No guess again台学猜测Are you……求台玩游戏学争先恐
时候学某句型某词法时做游戏样利实物寓玩教学What’s in the bag 句型时事先桔子苹果鸡蛋橡皮等实物放入包学生闭眼睛摸然It’s aan…回答回答会奖励学介词in on under behind时支钢笔藏某方学生猜Its inon under… 样学生喜欢学便掌握
英语课交际性强学科教师教学方式影响学生学情绪学效果交风格心理健康长远影响学程中学生够断积累愉悦逐渐积累成功体会学乐趣做学轻松学扎实
学生奇动心理学家认种年龄孩子集中注意力限度十分钟介绍定课文新知识进行游戏性操作唱唱英文歌样调节学生学情绪增强集体合作感凝聚学生注意力融洽师生关系学生学生动活泼轻松愉快学英语变成快乐事
四挖掘学生潜力培养学生信心
德国教育家第斯惠说：教学艺术传授适应激励唤醒鼓舞教师应学生英语讲完予鼓励感豪种成感渴成受重视关注发挥身价值实现种思想学生身便体现希许成功引起老师学注意落实身便掌握点滴知识旦证实成功产生成功感时便信心增兴趣盎然情禁想更层楼程度学课堂予程度问题回答丁点进步时鼓励觉认真着老师学学树立起学英语心理优势课堂教学中求学生参加强交际互动性课堂交流中少批评表扬少指责鼓励努力找学生做方常Very GoodGreat Excellent Well doneYou did a good job等等鼓励积极参充分唤起说英语豪感
英语毕竟母语教学想学须坚持懈努力吃透教材针学生特点材施教取定成绩孔子说知者者者乐者学生年龄特点出发通种方法激发学生学兴趣回学生学积极性调动起思维活跃起终达学目
Unit 1 My classroom
核心词汇　
常见物体名称classroom教室　window窗户　blackboard黑板　light电灯picture图画　door门　teacher’s desk讲台　computer计算机　fan风扇　wall墙壁　floor板
二解词汇　
1TV电视　really(表示兴趣惊讶)真　near距离　clean扫　help帮助
2常见方位介词in……里面　on……面　under……面
三核心句型　
1We have a new classroom间新教室
解读We have …意……
拓展句中语第称复数形式谓语动词have语第三称单数形式时谓语动词has
2Let’s go and see吧
解读 let’slet us缩写形式let’s包括听话者 let us包括听话者
3— Where is it
— It’s near the window窗户旁边
解读 where询问物体位置方位回答时in on under near等方位介词
4What’s in the classroom 教室里什
解读询问某处什句型中what’swhat is缩写形式
拓展想知道某物面面附什What’s onundernear+名词提问
5Let me clean the windows 擦窗户
解读meI宾格形式let me面接动词原形
四解句型　
1Open the door开门　　　　　 2Turn on the light开灯
3Close the window关窗户 4Put up the picture张贴图画
5Clean the blackboard擦黑板 6The door is orange门橘黄色
Unit 2 My schoolbag
核心词汇　
常见物品名称schoolbag书包　maths book数学书　English book英语书Chinese book语文书　storybook事书　candy糖果　notebook笔记　toy玩具　key钥匙
二解词汇　
1wow哇呀　lost丢失　cute爱
2副词短语so much非常
三核心句型　
1I have a new schoolbag新书包
解读 I have意……表达拥某物
拓展句中语第称单数形式果语第三称单数形式have应改has
2— What’s in your schoolbag书包里什
— An English book a Chinese book a maths book and three storybooks 英语书语文书数学书三事书
解读 What’s in …意……里面什询问某处什东西
拓展想知道书桌里什说What’s in the desk
3— What colour is it什颜色
— It’s green绿色
解读询问物体颜色句型
拓展果提问物体复数形式说What colour are they
四解句型　
1Put your Chinese book in your desk语文书放书桌里
解读put+名词+介词短语表示某物放某处
2I lost my schoolbag弄丢书包
解读 lostlose式形式表示动作某时间发生
3It’s blue and white蓝白色
4Thank you very much非常感谢
5My bag is heavy书包重
6Put away your books书收起
解读 put away …意……收起放
7Is everything in your schoolbag东西书包里
8Take out your books please请出书
解读 take out 意……出
Unit 3 My friends
核心词汇　
1常见描述外貌性格特征单词strong强壮　friendly友　quiet安静
2常见身体部位单词短语hair头发　long hair长头发　short hair短头发
3常见物品名称shoe鞋　glasses眼镜　brown shoes棕色鞋　blue glasses蓝色眼镜　a green bag绿色书包
二解词汇　
1常见物品名称hat(常指带檐)帽子
2his　or者　right正确　her
三核心句型　
1— What’s his name什名字
— His name is Zhang Peng张鹏
解读句型询问姓名his意
拓展询问什名字应What’s her name回答时说Her name is …
2He’s tall and strong高壮
解读句型描述性格外貌特征
拓展 he’sshe’s分he isshe is缩写形式形容词short thin friendly quiet cute good等
3He has glasses and his shoes are blue戴眼镜穿蓝色鞋子
解读句型描述外貌特征hashave第三称单数形式
拓展描述第三称句型She’s … She has …
4— Who is he谁
— He is Wu Yifan吴
解读句型询问姓名身份
拓展询问谁应Who is she回答时说She is …
四解句型　
1He’s very friendly友
解读 friend意朋友加ly变形容词意友
2She’s a cute cute girl爱爱女孩
3She’s quiet and friendly安静友
4— Is he Wu Yifan吴
— Yes You’re right答
5My friend has blue glasses朋友戴着蓝色眼镜
6He is short and thin矮瘦
7I can’t pull it up拔出
解读 pull … up意……拉……拔出
8Please help me请帮帮
解读 please面接动词原形
Unit 4 My home
核心词汇　
1常见表示家庭居室单词bedroom卧室　living room客厅起居室　study书房　kitchen厨房　bathroom浴室洗手间
2常见表示生活物品单词bed床　phone电话　table桌子　sofa长沙发fridge冰箱
3常见描述生活中动作短语watch TV电视　read a book读书
4描述方位短语near the phone电话旁边　under the table桌子面　on the table桌子
二解词汇　
1常见描述生活中动作短语have a snack吃零食　have a nap睡会　take a shower洗澡
2find找　them()
三核心句型　
1— Where is she
— She is in the kitchen厨房
解读句型询问某某物位置
拓展语复数句应改— Where are they— They are in the kitchen表示方位介词inonundernear 等
2They’re in the door门
解读句型表达某某物某句型结构语+be动词(isare)+介词短语
拓展语单数句应改It’s in the door
3— Is she in the living room客厅里
— No she isn’t
解读句般疑问句判断某某物否某
拓展语复数时句应改Are they+介词短语 Yes they areNo they aren’t
4Open the door please请开门
解读句型提出行动建议
四解句型　
1She’s in the kitchen厨房里
解读句型表达某某物某She’sshe is缩写形式
2— Is it in your desk书桌里
— No it isn’t
解读句般疑问句判断某物位置回答时Yes it isNo it isn’t
3Go to the living room Watch TV客厅电视
解读句型动词原形开头提出行动建议
4Look at that room房间
解读 look at意面接名词代词
5Do you see my glasses见眼镜
解读句型般疑问句询问方否某物肯定回答Yes I do否定回答No I don’t
6Those are not my glasses眼镜
解读句型表示某物thosethat复数形式
7Let’s change our glasses换换眼镜吧
解读句型提出行动建议Let’slet us缩写形式change意交换
Unit 5 Dinner’s ready
核心词汇　
1常见表示食物单词beef牛肉　chicken鸡肉　noodles面条　soup汤vegetable蔬菜
2常见表示餐具单词chopsticks筷子　bowl碗　fork餐叉　knife刀　spoon勺
3常见描述生活中动作短语use chopsticks筷子
二解词汇　
1常见生活中短语help yourself()取　pass me the blow碗递　today’s special天特价食品
2dinner(中午晚吃)正餐　ready准备　pass递　try试尝试
三核心句型　
1What’s for dinner晚餐吃什
解读句型询问餐食物What’swhat is缩写形式for句中意作作
拓展果想问早餐吃什应What’s for breakfast
2— What would you like想吃什
— I’d like some soup and bread please想汤面包
解读句型征求晚餐意见I’d likeI would like缩写形式意想面接名词
3I’d like some vegetables please想蔬菜
解读句型表达餐意愿
4— Would you like a knife and fork想刀叉
— No thanks I can use chopsticks谢谢会筷子
解读句型提出餐具建议Yes pleaseNo thanksI can use …回答
5— Would you like some soup想喝汤
— Yes please想
解读句型提出餐建议Yes pleaseNo thanks回答
6— Help yourself便吃吧
— Thanks谢谢
解读句型请方便餐
7— Can I have a knife and fork please刀叉
— Yes John but try chopsticks for noodles约翰请试试筷子吃面条
解读句型征求某种餐具
四解句型　
1Dinner’s ready晚餐准备
解读 dinner’sdinner is缩写形式
拓展果想表达早餐准备Breakfast is ready
2Here are today’s specials天特价食品
解读句型表示某物
3Pass me the bowl碗递
解读句型表示某递某物pass面称代词宾格形式
4Anything else
解读句型询问否东西完整形式Would you like anything else
5Here’s your bill账单
解读句型表达某物Here’shere is缩写形式意
Unit 6 Meet my family
核心词汇　
1常见表示家庭成员间称呼单词 parents父母cousin辈表亲(堂亲)
uncle舅父叔父伯父姑父姨夫　aunt姑母姨母　baby brother婴弟弟
2常见表示职业单词 doctor医生　cook厨师　driver司机　farmer农民　nurse护士
3表示询问数名词数量短语 how many少
二解词汇　
1生活中常单词 people　but　little　puppy狗　job工作　basketball篮球
2常见表示职业短语 football player足球运动员　basketball player篮球运动员　baseball player棒球运动员
2生活中常短语 on the tree树　a cup of milk杯牛奶　cut the cake切蛋糕
三核心句型　
1— How many people are there in your family家口
— Three三口
解读句型询问家中位家庭成员how many数名词量进行提问回答时直接说数字
2My family has six people家六口
解读句型表达家中位家庭成员hashave第三称单数形式意
3— Is this your uncle叔叔
— Yes it is
解读句型询问某说话方亲属关系
4— What’s your aunt’s job婶婶做什工作
— She’s a nurse位护士
解读句型询问某职业What’swhat is缩写形式
5— What’s her job做什工作
— She’s a nurse位护士
解读句型询问第三称职业
6This is my family家
解读句型表达某家
7He is a driver名司机
解读句型描述某职业
四解句型　
1 How many apples are there on the tree 树少苹果
解读句型询问树少苹果how many数名词量进行提问回答时直接数字
2 Meet my family 见见家吧
3These are photos of my family家片
解读句型表达某物photo of …意……片
4 It’s me

文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传

《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档